that they dye not or and let them not dye in their uncleannesse that is as Chazkuni expoundeth it 〈◊〉 their uncleannesse meaning both these figurative pollutions of issues lepries and the like as also their sinnes especially idolatry and corruptions of religion for which the Prophets often reproved the people under this name of pollution or uncleannesse and making the Lords Sanctuarie uncleane as Ierm 2. 23. and 7. 30. Ezek. 5. 11. and 14. 11. and 22. 3. 4. and 37. 23. CHAP. XVI 1 Moses is taught how to direct the high Priest for to doe his service on Atonement day 3 with what sacrifices he must come into the Holy-place 4 and with what garments 6 The bullocke for the Sin of the Priest himselfe 7 The two goats for the people on which lots were cast for the one to be killed and the other sent away 11 The killing of the high Priests bullocke 12. The burning of incense in the most holy 15 The killing of the goat for the people sprinkling of his blood 16 The clensing of the most holy place 18 and of the holy 20 The sending away of the scape-goat 29 The yeerly â—ast on expiation day the tenth of the seventh moneth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses after the death of the two sons of Aaron when they offred before Iehovah and dyed And Iehovah said unto Moses Speake unto Aaron thy brother that he come not at all time into the Holy place within the veile before the Covering-mercie-seat which is upon the arke that hee dye not for in the cloud I will appear upon the Covering-mercie-seat With this shall Aaron come into the holy place with a bullock a yongling of the herd for a sin offring and a ram for a Burnt-offring He shall put-on an holy linnen Coat linnen Breeches shall be upon his flesh and with a linnen Girdle shall he be girded and with a linnen Miter shall he be attired they are garments of holines and he shall wash his flesh in water and put them-on And hee shall take of the Congregation of the sons of Israel two goat-bucks of the goats for a Sinne offring and one ram for a Burnt-offring And Aaron shall offer the bullocke of the Sinne offring which is for himselfe and shall make-atonement for himselfe and for his house And he shall take the two goat-bucks and present them before Iehovah at the doore of the Tent of the congregation And Aaron shall give lots upon the two goat-bucks one lot for Iehovah and one lot for the scape-goat And Aaron shall bring neer the goat-buck that upon which the lot for Iehovah did ascend and he shall make him a Sin offring But the goat-bucke that upon which the lot for the Scape-goat did ascend shalâ— bee presented alive before Iehovah to make-atonement with him to send away him for a Scape-goat into the Wildernesse And Aaron shall bring-neere the bullock of the Sinne offring which is for himselfe and shall make atonement for himselfe and for his house and shall kill the bullocke of the sin-offring which is for himselfe And hee shall take a censer full of coales of fire from off the altar before Iehovah and his hands full of incense of sweet spices beaten-small and he shall bring it within the veil And he shall put the incense upon the fire before Iehovah that the cloud of the incense may cover the Covering-mercie-seat which is upon the testimonie that he dye not And he shall take of the blood of the bullock and shall sprinkle with his finger upon the Covering-mercie-seat eastward and before the Covering-mercie-seat hee shall sprinkle of the blood with his finger seven times And he shall kill the goat-buck of the Sinne-offring which is for the people and bring his blood within the veile and shall doe with his blood as hee did with the blood of the bullock and sprinkle it upon the Covering-mercie-seat and before the Covering-mercie-seat And he shall make-atonement for the Holy place because of the uncleannesses of the sonnes of Israel and because of their trespasses and aâ—l their sinnes and so shall he do for the tent of the congregation that dwelleth with them in the middest of their uncleaÌ„nesses And there shal not be any man in the Tent of the congregation when he goeth in to make-atonement in the Holy place untill he come-out and he have made atonement for himselfe and for his house and for all the Church of Israel And hee shall goe-out unto the Altar which is before Iehovah and make-atonement for it and shall take of the blood of the bullocke and of the blood of the goat-bucke and put it upon the hornes of the altar round-about And he shall sprinkle of the blood upon it with his finger seven times and shall clense it and sanctifie it from the uncleannesses of the sonnes of Israel And hee shall make an end of making-atonement for the Holy place and the Tent of the Congregation and the Altar and hee shall bring neere the goat bucke that is alive And Aaron shall impose both his hands upoÌ„ the head of the live goatbuck and shal confesse over him all the iniquities of the sons of Israel and all their trespasses and all their sinnes and shall put them upon the head of the goat-bucke and shall send him away by the hand of a fit man into the wildernesse And the goat-bucke shall beare upon him all their iniquities unto a land of separation and he shal send away the goat-bucke into the wildernesse And Aaron shall come into the Tent of the congregation and shall put off the linnen garmeÌ„ts which he did put on when he went into the Holy place and shall leave them there And he shall wash his flesh with water in the holy place and shall put-on his garments and he shall come forth and shall make his burnt offring and the burnt-offring of the people and make-atonement for himselfe and for the people And the fat of the Sin offring he shall burne upon the altar And hee that sent away the goat-bucke for the Scape-goat shall wash his clothes and bathe his flesh in water and afterward he shall come into the campe And the bullocke for the Sin offring and the goat-bucke for the Sin-offring whose blood was brought in to make-atonement in the Holy place hee shall carie-forth without the campe and they shall burne in fire their skins and their flesh and their dung And he that burneth them shall wash his clothes and bathe his flesh in water and afterward hee shall come into the campe And this shall bee to you a statute for ever in the seventh moneth in the tenth day of the moneth yee shall afflict your soules and shall not doe any worke the home-borne or the stranger that sojourneth among you For in this day hee shall make-atonement for you to clense you from all your sinnes before Iehovah shal ye be clensed A sabbath of sabbathisme shall it be unto
sanctifieth And he doth not sanctifie sitting because it is as a service and no service is dont but standing as it is written in Deut. 18. 5. TO STAND TO MINISTER and who so serveth sitting is profâ—â—e and his service not allowable c. Maimony ibidem Sect. 3. 4. 5. 8. 16. 17. and Thalm 〈…〉 Bab. intreat Zâ—bachim Chap. 2. Vers. 〈◊〉 dye not by the hand of God as 〈◊〉 Aarons sonnes in Levit. 10. 1. 2. So Maimony in the foresaid place Sect. 1. saith The Priest that serveth and sanctifieth not his hands and his feet in the morning is in danger of death by the hands of the God of heaven as it is written They shall wash with water that they die not and his service is unlawfull whether â—e 〈…〉 the high Priest or an inferiour This rite did teach them and us faith in Christ in whose blood we are washed from our sinnes and made Kings and Priests unto God Revel 1. 5. 6. also sanctification by the washing of regeneration and renewing of the holy Ghost Tit. 3. 5. that we being sprinkled in our hearts from an evill conscience and washed in our bodies with pure water may draw neere with a true heart in assurance of faith Heb. 10. 22. and washing our hands in innocencie may compasse the Altar of the Lord Psal. 26. 6. to burne the fire offring which the Greeke explaineth to offer the Burnt-offrings and the Chaldee more generally to offer oblations before the Lord. Vers. 21. wash in the Chaldee sanctifie to his seed the posteritie of Aaron the Chaldee expounds it his sonnes Vers. 23. chiefe or head spices that is the principall and most excellent so in Ezek. 27. 22. Song 4. 14. pure myrrh in Greeke choise myrrh Hebrew myrrh of freedome that is free pure naturall as it floweth Myrrh so named of the Hebrew Mor is a sweet gumme or moisture that issueth out of the myrrh tree and none is preferred before it as Plinie sheweth in his hist. booke 12. chap. 15. The graces of Christ and of his Church are often resembled by this myrrh Song 1. 13. and 3. 6. and 4. 14. and 5. 1. 5. 13. Psal. 45. 9. shekels this word is added by the Greeke and the Chaldee in Thargum Ierusalemy and in the verse following it is here expressed sweet or aromaticall cinamon which commeth of the Hebrew name Kinnemon and is the barke of a tree used for sweet odours and signified spirituall grace Prov. 7. 17. Song 4. 14. halfe thereof that is halfe the fore-said quantity as followeth 250. shekels weight But the Hebrew Doctors understand it otherwise and say there was of this 500. shekels as of the former and this which the Law saith Cinamon the halfe thereof 250. is because they weighed it at two times 250 at each time saith Maimony in treat of the Implements of the Sanctuarie chap. 1. Sect. 2. Calamus or Cane according to the Hebrew name 〈◊〉 for Calamus is after the Greeke name It is a kinde of sweet reed bought and brought out of farre Countries as appeareth by Ieremie 6. 20. Esay 43. 24. Verse 24. Cassia or Costus another sweet cane called in Hebrew Kiddah mentioned onely here and in Ezek. 27. 19. an Hin whereof see Exod 29. â—0 Maimony in the fore-named treatise chap. 2. Sect. 2. saith the Hin was twelve logs of which measure see Levit. 14. 10. and every log foure qu 〈…〉 ants Others more fully thus a quadrant or quarter containeth is much as an egge and a halfe A 〈…〉 ineth foure quadrants that is sixe egges A Kab containeth foure logs that 24. egges A Hin twelve legs that is 72. egges A Seah or Pecke wherof see Gen. 18. 6. contained sixe Kabs that is 24. logs two Hins or 144. egges An Epha was three Seahs 18. Kabs sixe Hins 72. logs or 432. egges R. Alphes in treat of the Passeover chap. 5. Vers. 25. make it The manner is recorded to be thus Every of those foure spices was pounded severally then mixed altogether and steeped in waier pure and sweet till all the strength of them was gone out into the water then they put unto the water an Hin of oile olive and boyled all on the fire till the water was consumed and the oile left in the vessell for use afterward Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary chap. 1. Sect. 3. compound-ointment or sweet-consection Apothecarie or compounder of ointments Such in the ages following were of the Priests Sonnes 1 Chron. 9. 30. holy anointing Hebrew unction of holinesse or as the Greek translateth it an holy chrisme Vers. 26. anoint therewith the Tent or the Tabernacle with all things about the same which was performed in Exod. 40. and Lev. 8. 10. c. These sweet odours signified the joyfull graces of Gods Spirit and the anointing with this oile the pouring out of the holy Spirit upon Christ his Church and ministers Acts 10. 38. Esay 61. 1. Psal. 45. 8. 2 Cor. 1. 21. 22. Song 3. 6. Psal. 133. 2. As it is written Ye have an ointment from him that is holy and knâ—w all things and the Anointing that ye have received of him dwelleth in you and yee need not that any man teach you but as the same Anointing teacheth you of all things c. 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27. Vers. 29. whatsoever or whosoever so the Greek saith every-one that toucheth them shall be sanctified Vers. 32. poured in Greeke anointed not make the Greeke addeth not make unto your selves holinesse shall it be unto you â—â—e Greeke translateth holy it is and a sanctification or sanctified thing shall it be unto you Therefore it might not be used unto common â—ffaires God hereby teaching the holy and reverend use of his graces and sanctified ordinances which must not bee communicated with the unregenerate and sensuall which having not the Spirit doe turne the grace of God into lasciviousnesse Matth. 7. 6. 1 Ioh. 2. 19. 20. Iude verse 4. 19. 1 Cor. 2. 6. 14. V. 33. like it Of this point the Heb. doe record He that maketh anointing oile according to the work according to the weight of this without adding or diminishing if he do it presumptuously is guilty of cutting off if ignorantly he is to bring the sacrifice appointed for it He that shall anoint any with the anointing oile presumptisously is guilty of cutting-off if ignorantly he is to bring a sacrifice whether he anoint himselfe or another man Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary chap. 1. Sect. 4. 5. a stranger whosoever was not Priest or King Maimony in the foresaid place saith They anointed none herewith in the generations following but the high Priests and him that was anointed for the warre Deut. 20. 1. 2. and the Kings of Davids house onely Though he be a Priest and Sonne of a Priest yet they doe anoint him Lev. 6. 22. But they anoint not the King that is Sonne of the King because the kingdome is the Kings inheritance for ever
Hebrewes testifie in Talmud Bab. in Ioma c. 1. that they had not the Fire from heaven any more See the annotations on Exod. 28. 30. shouted with astonishment and joy humbly thanking God for this signe of grace towards them as the Greeke translateth they were astonished and the Chaldee they gaue thankes So in 2 Chron. 7. 3. when all the sonnes of Israel saw how the fire came down and the glory of Iehovah upon the house they howed themselves with their faces to the ground upon the pavement and worshipped and confessed to Iehâ—vâ—h saying For he is good for his mercy endureth for ever CHAP. X. 1 Nadab and 〈…〉 for offring of strange fire are 〈…〉 fire 6 〈…〉 and his sonnes are forbidden to moâ—râ—e for them 8 The Priests are forbidden wine when they are to goâ— into the Tabernaclâ— 12 The law of eating the holy things 16 Moses blameth the Priests for not eating the sin-offring 19 Aaron excuseth the transgression AND Nadab and Abihu the sonnes of Aaron tooke eâ—h man his censer and they put fire in them and put incense thereon and offred before Iehovah strange fire which hee had not commanded them And there went-out fire from before Iehovah and devoured them and they died before Iehovah And Moses said unto Aaron This is it that Iehovah spake saying I will bee sanctified in them that come â—igh me and before all the people I will be glorified and Aaron held his peace And Moses called Misael and Elzaphan the sonnes of Vzziel the uncle of Aaron and said unto them Come-neere cary your brethren from before the Sanctuarie out of the camp And they went neere and caried them in their coats out of the campe as Moses had spoken And Moses said unto Aaron and unto Eleazar and unto Ithamar his sonnes Make not bare your heads neither â—end your clothes that you dye not and wrath come upon all the congregation but your brethren all the house of Israel shall weepe for the burning which Iehovah hath burned And ye shall not goe-out from the doore of the Tent of the Congregation lest you die for the oile of the anoynting of Iehovah is upon you and they did according to the word of Moses And Iehovah spake unto Aaron saying Doe not drinke wine or strong-drinke thou or thy sonnes with thee when ye goe-in to the Tent of the Congregation that yee diâ— not it shall be a statute for ever through-out your generations And that ye may separate betweene holy and profane and betweene uncleane and cleane And that ye may teach the sonnes of Israel all the statutes which Iehovah hath spoken unto them by the hand of Moses And Moses spake unto Aaron and unto Eleazar and unto Ithamar his sonnes that were left Take ye the Meat-offring that is left of the Fire offrings of Iehovah and â—aâ— it in unlevened cakes beside the altar for it is holy of holies And ye shall eat it in the holy place for it is thy due and thy sonnes due of the Fire offrings of Iehovah for so I was commanded And the wave brest anâ— the heave shoulder ye shall eat in a cleaâ—s place thou and thy sonnes and thy daughters with thee for they are given as thy due and thy sonnes due out of the sacrifices of the Peace-offrings of the sonnes of Israel The heave shoulder and the wave brest with the Fire offrings of the fat shall they bring to wave for a wave-offring before Iehovah and it shall be for thee and for thy sonnes with thee by a statute for ever as Iehovah hath commanded And Moses seeking sought the goat-buck of the Sin offring and behold it was burnt and he was wroth with Eleazar and with Ithamar the sonnes of Aaron that were left saying Wherefore have ye not eaten the Sin offring in the holy place for it is holy of holies and it hee hath given to you to beare the iniquitie of the Congregation to make atonement for them before Iehovah Behold the blood of it was not brought-in to the Holy place within ye should eating have eaten it in the Holy place as I commanded And Aaron spake unto Moses Behold this day they have offred their Sin offring and their Burnt-offring before Iehovah and such things have befallen me and if I had eaten the Sin offring to day should it have beene good in the eyes of Iehovah And Moses heard it and it was good in his eyes Annotations CEâ—â—â—er or fire-pan a vessell wherein coales of fire were put see Exod. 27. 3. thereon upon the fire How the incense was burned see the notes on Exod. 30. 8. strange fire that is other fire then God had sanctified on his altar As strange incense was expresly forbidden Exod. 30. 9. so strange fire was not commanded but implicitly forbidden by Lev. 1. 7. 6. 12. as afterward God plainly sheweth in Levit. 16. 12. Hereupon it is said in Rev. 8. 5. the Angell tooke the censer and filled it with fire of the Altar This transgression of the Priests in the beginning of their administration sheweth the weakenesse and imperfection of that Priest-hood and for the weaknesse and unprofitablenesse therof it was alterwards disanulled and a better Priest-hood of Christ who was holy harmelesse undefiled and separated from sinners is come in place thereof for the Law made nothing perfect Heb. 7. 18. 19. 26. So in the practice of the moral law the people even at the first fell into open impiety Exod. 3â— Vers. 2. from before or from the face of the Lord. As a fire of mercie came from thence to consume the sacrifices for sinne offred according to the law Levit. 9. 24. so now a fire of judgment commeth to consume the sinners Chazkuni here observeth Measure for measure by fire they sinned and by fire they were plagued This is an example of Gods jealousie for the ordinances of the Law teaching the same much more for the Gospell Heb. 2. 2. 3. and 10. 28. 29. So he shewed an example of judgment upon two sinners at the beginning of the Christian church whereby great feare came upon all Acts 5. 1. 11. devoured or ate them that is killed them for neither their bodies nor their cloathes were burnt to ashes as appeareth by v. 5. And in Targ. Ionathan it is thus explained It burned their soules but their bodies were not burnt Hereupon our God is said to be a devouring fire Heb. 12. 29. Deut. 1 24. See a like judgment in Num. 16. 35. before Iehovah that is with sudden death before the Tabernacle wherein the Lords glory dwelt So Vzza for his errour in putting his hand to the Arke died before God 1 Chron. 13. 10. which is expounded by the Arke of God 2 Sam. 6. 7. And it is observed that these two Priests died childlesse Num. 3. 4. 1 Chron. 24. 2. Vers. 3. spake but where spake he this It may have reference to Lev. 8. 35. Or it might be spoken but not written before as Ioh. 20. 30.
words in Chaldee an evill name The word evil is expressed in the next verse see the notes on Num. 13. 32. Ver. 37. the plague before Iehovah that is by an extraordinary plague from the hand of God either the pestilence fore-threatned v. 12. or some other dâ—ath And before Iehovah may mean sudden death there by the Sanctuarie where the glory of Iehovah appeared v. 10. as it is said of Vzza there he died before God 1 Chron. 13. 10. which another Prophet explaineth there he died by the Arke of God 2 〈◊〉 6. 7. The Hebrewes as Sol. Iarchi and Targum Ionathan on this place report these mens death to have beene by an inflammation of their tongues and wormes issuing out of them as a just recompence because with their tongues they had sinned Ver. 38. lived that is remained alive safe and in health So the judge of all the earth did judgment and would not slay the righteous with the wicked as Gen. 18. 25. And they survived not onely the other spies but all the rebellious Israelites and went in and possessed the land of promise Ios. 14 â—0 and 19. 49. This sheweth the small number of Gods Elect though many be called to the profession of the faith The Hebrew Doctors speaking of Ier. 3. 14. where it is written I will take you one of a citie and two of a family and I will bring you to Zion doe say As of six hundred thousand Israelites onely two entred into the land of promise to wit Ioshua and Caleb so shall it also be in the dayes of Christ. Talmud in Sanhedrin ch 11. wherein they beare witnesse against themselves that they fulfilled the inâ—asuâ—e of their fathers in rebelling against Christ and despising the Gospell of their salvation Verse 40. and went vp that is girded their weapons of warre about them and pressed forward of themselves to goe up as Moses explaineth it in Deut. 1. 41. For things which men endevour and are ready to doe are said to be done by them as Reuben delivered Ioseph out of his brethrens hand when he endevoured by exhorting perswading with them that he might deliver him Gen. 37. 21 22. See also the annotations on Ex. 8. 18. will goe up and fight Deut. 1. 41. we have sinned against Iehovah Deut. 1. 41. Thus they shewed a kind of repentance and sorrow for their sin which was not sincere nor a godly sorrow for they turned from one evill to another and overthrew themselves Verse 41. Moses said being first commanded of the Lord so to say Deut. 1. 42. the mouth that is as the Greeke translateth the word of the Lord and the Chaldee addeth against the decree of the word of the LORD But it or for it that is the thing which ye doe shall not prosper that is not have good successe in Greeke It shall not be prosperous unto you R. Menachem referreth this word It. to Shecinah the divine Majestie which would not prosper them and compareth here with a like phrase in Ezek. 1. 13. it went up and downe among the living creatures Verse 42. Iehovah is not among you thus God bade him say for I am not among you Deu. 1. 42. The Chaldee expoundeth it for Shecinah the Majestie or presence of the LORD is not among you not smitten in Chaldee not broken in Greeke and ye shall fall before your enemies V. 43. from after Iehovah in Chaldee from after the service of the LORD which the Greeke translateth disobeying or not beleeving the Lord Chazkuni explaineth it thus Because the spies made you afraid of the Canaanite Amalekite that abide there ye are turned from after the LORD and are afraid to go into the land and you trust not in him therfore he will not be with you if you transgresse his mouth to goe to sight till after 40 yeares Iehovah will not be with you this the Chaldee expoundeth the Word of the Lord will not be for your holpe Verse 44. they loftâ—ly presumed or tooke upon them by violence with a loftie presumptuous minde in the Chaldee they dealt wickedly or turbulently The originall word Aphal from which Ophel a Tower or Fort is derived 2 Chron. 33. 14. signifieth lifting up as in Abak 2. 4. which the Apostle sheweth to meane a drawing backe from God by unbeleese Heb. 10. 38 39. So here in this their presumptuous enterprise their soules were lifted up in them but withdrawen from God And Moses explaineth this by two other words yee pressed forward Deut. 1. 41. and yee were presumptuous Deut. 1. 43. The Hebrew Commentary Tanchuma coÌ„pareth it with another like word which signifieth darknesse and explaineth it they went darke or obscure for that they went without leauâ— from God and Targum Ionathan thus they set forward in the darke before day dawning to which the old Latine version agreeth translating it darkned departed not in Greeke moved not The Arkeremoved not but at the removall of the cloud Num. 9. 15 c. which God not taking up shewed thereby his dislike of their action Moses obeying the Lord would not accompany the presumptuous sinners so they went without the Lord and without the signes of his grace or company of his ministers Verse 45. The Canaanite that is the Amorite Deut. 5. 44. which was of the posteritie of Canaan Gen. 10. 15 16. which dwelt or which sate lay in wait discomfited them pursued them as Bees doe and destroyed them Deut. 1. 44. Because they rebelled against God and vexed his holy Spirit therefore hee was turned to be their enemie he fought against them Esai 63. 10. unto Hormah in Greeke Herme the name of a place so called of the event signifying utter destruction or Anathema so after in Num. 21. 3. After this discomfiture the Israelites returned and wept before the LORD but hee would not heare their voice nor give eare unto them so they abode in Kadesh many dayes Deut. 1. 45 46. These things which happened unto them for types 1 Cor. 10. 11. doe shew the nature of man of his free-will and workes without faith that they procure nothing but wrath from God and destruction unto men And as Israel carried themselves under Moses so did they under Christ for the Lord Iesus himselfe Iohn the Baptist as Ioshua and Caleb faithfully testified the truth of Gods promise and perswaded the people to enter into the Kingdome of God Mat. 3. 1 2 3. and 4. 17. But the Priests Scribes and Pharisees like the unfaithfull spies discouraged the people and would neither goe themselves into the kingdome of heaven nor suffer theÌ„ that were entring to goe in Mat 23. 13. but pretended worldly feares Iohn 11. 48. Yet after they would seeme to enter by force going about to establish their owne righteousnesse but not submitting themselves unto the righteousnesse of God Rom. 10. 3. so they pleased not God but filled up their sinnes alway and wrath came upon them to the uttermost 1 Thess. 2. 15 16.
CHAP. XV. 1 The Lord teacheth Israel how they should sacrifice unto him in the land of Canaan and what measure of Meat-offerings and Drinke-offerings should be for every sacrifice 13 The stranger is under the same Law 17 The Law of the first of the doughâ—â—r an Heave-offring 22 The sacrifice for sinne of ignorance done by Israelite or stranger 30 The punishment of sinne done with an high hand 32 A man that was found gathering stickes on the Sabbath is by the commandement of God stoned to death 37 The law of fringes on the borders of their garments and use that the people should make of them ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto the sons of Israel and say unto them When yee be come into the land of your habitations which I give unto you And yee will make a Fire offering unto Iehovah a Burnt-offering or a sacrifice to separate a vow or a voluntary offering or in your solemne feasts to make a savour of rest unto Iehovah of the herd or of the flocke Then he that offereth his oblation unto Iehovah shall bring neere a Meat-offering of a tenth part of fine flowre mingled with the fourth part of an Hin of oile And the fourth part of an Hin of wine for a drinke-offering shalt thou make readie for the Burnt-offering or for the sacrifice for one lambe Or for a ramme thou shalt make a Meat-offering of two tenth parts of fine flowre mingled with the third part of an Hin of oile And for a drinke-offering the third part of an Hin of wine shalt thou offer for a savour of rest unto Iehovah And when thou shalt make a youngling of the herd a Burnt-offring or a sacrifice to separate a vow or Peace-offrings unto Iehovah Then shall he bring neere with the youngling of the herd a Meat-offering of three tenth parts of fine flowre mingled with halfe an Hin of oile And thou shalt offer for a Drinke-offering halfe an Hin of wine for a Fire offering of a savour of rest unto Iehovah Thus shall it be done for one bullocke or for one ramme or for a lamb of the sheepe or of the goats According to the number that ye shall make readie so shall yee make readie for every one according to their number Every home-borne of 〈◊〉 countrey shall thus doe these things to offer a Fire offering of a savour of rest unto Iehovah And if a stranger sojourne with you 〈◊〉 who soever be among you in your generations and will make a Fire offering of a savour of rest unto Iehovah as yee doe so hee shall doe Yee of the Church one stature shall bee for you and for the stranger that sojourneth a statute for ever in your generations as yee are so shall the stranger be before Iehovah One law and one manner shall be for you and for the stranger that sojourneth with you And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto the sonnes of Israel and say unto them When ye come into the land whither I bring you Then it shall be when yee eat of the bread of the land yee shall heave an heave offering unto Iehovah Of the first of your dough a cake shall ye heave for an heave-offering as the heave offering of the threshing-floore so shall ye heave it Of the first of your dough yee shall give unto Iehovah an heave offering in your generations And when ye shall have sinned ignorantly and have not done all these commandements w ch Iehovah hath spokeÌ„ unto Moses Even all that Iehovah hath commanded you by the hand of Moses from the day that Iehovah commanded Moses and henceforward throughout your generations Then it shall be if ought be done by ignorance from the eies of the congregation that all the congregation shall make readie one bullocke a youngling of the herd for a Burnt-offering for a savour of rest unto Iehovah and his Meat-offering and his Drinke-offering according to the manner and one goat-bucke of the goats for a Sin offering And the Priest shall make atonement for all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel and it shall be mercifully forgiven them for it is an ignorance and they have brought their oblation a Fire offring unto Iehovah and their Sin offring before Iehovah for their ignorance And it shall be mercifully forgiven al the congregatioÌ„ of the sons of Israel the stranger that sojourneth among them because all the people was in ignorance And if one soule sinne through ignorance then it shall bring neere a shee-goat of her first yeare for a Sin offering And the Priest shall make atonement for the soule that sinneth ignorantly when it hath sinned by ignorance before Iehovah to make atonement for him and it shall be mercifully forgiven him For the home-borne amongst the sonnes of Israel and for the stranger that sojourneth among them one law shall be to you for him that 〈◊〉 through ignorance But the soule that shall doe with an high hand whether he be home-borne or a stranger the same reproacheth Iehovah and that soule shall be cut off from among his people Because he hath despised the word of Iehovah and hath broken his commandement that soule shall utterly be cut off his iniquitie shall be upon him And the sonnes of Israel were in the Wildernesse and they found a man gathering sticks on the Sabbath day And they that found him gathering sticks brought him neere unto Moses and unto Aaron and unto all the congregation And they put him in ward because it was not declared what should be done to him And Iehovah said unto Moses The man shall be made to die the death all the congregation shall stone him with stones without the campe And all the congregation brought him forth without the campe and stoned him with stones and he dyed as Iehovah commanded Moses And Iehovah said unto Moses saying Speake unto the sonnes of Israel and say unto them that they make unto them a Fringe on the skirts of their clothes throughout their generations and that they put upon the Fringe of the skirt arâ—bband of blue And it shall be unto you for a Fringe that yee may see it and remember all the commandements of Iehovah and doe them and that yee seeke not after your owne heart and after your owne eyes after which you goe a whoring That ye may remember and doe all my commandements and be holy unto your God I am Iehovah your God which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt to be unto you a God I am Iehovah your God Annotations SPake unto Moses After the judgement upon the disobedient Israelites who should perish in the wildernesse God now repeateth and enlargeth the Law of sacrificing which their children should observe in the land of Canaan whereby their reconciliation unto him and his grace towards them in Christ was figured thus after the curse of the Law for sinne is annexed the grace of the Gospell through faith In like manner after the
Rekam was either another wildernesse or another place in the wildernesse than that from which the spies were sent Num. 13. 26. called Kadesh barnea Deu. 1. 19. Chazkuni here saith This is not the Kadesh whereof it is said and ye abode in Kadesh many dayes Deut. 1. 46. for that Kadesh is El-Pharan Gen. 14. 6. and is called Kadesh-barnea and from thence the spies were sent but this Kadesh in Num. 20. is in the wildernesse of Zin in the border of the land of Edom. After the rebellion of the Spies God sent the people backe againe thorow the wildernesse towards the red Sea Num. 14. 25. where they might renew the memoriall of their baptisme 1 Cor. 10. 2. and from Ezion gaber w ch is a port on the shore of theÌ„ red sea 1 Kin. 9. 26. they removed next to this Kadesh Num. 33. 36. So Iephthah saith Israel walked thorow the wildernes unto the red sea came to Kadesh Iudg. 11. 16 Marie Hebr. Mirjam in Greeke Mariam she was sister to Moses and Aaron and a Prophetesse by whom God guided the Israelites in their travels as it is written I sent before thee Moses Aaron and Marie Mic. 6. 4. Of her see Exod. 15. 20. Num. 1. 2. In this fortieth yeare of Israels travell God tooke from them by death Marie their Prophetesse in the first moneth Aaron their Priest in the fift moneth Num. 33. 38. and Moses their King in the end of the yeare Deut. 1. 3. and 34. 5. When these three ministers of the Law were deceased Iesus the sonne of Nun a figure of Iesus the Ionne of God bringeth them into the promised land Ios. 1. 1. 2. c. so after the abrogating of the Law our Lord Iesus Christ bringeth us into the kingdome of God Mar. 1. 15. Rom. 7. 4 5. 6. Dan. 9. 24. Vers. 2. there was no water In the first yeare when they were come out of Egypt to Rephidim in the wildernesse they wanted water Exod. 17. 1. and in this last the fortieth yeare they wanted water againe here God tried the children as he had done the Fathers and they also rebelled against him And many things were alike in both places That Rephidim was the tenth encamping place or station from Egypt this in Kades was the tenth encamping place before they entred Canaan as by their rehearsall of their journeyes in Num. 33. is to be seene There the people in their thirst in stead of praying unto God contended with Moses and murmured for that hee had brought them out of Egypt Exod. 17. 2 3. here they doe the same vers 3 4. There Moses cried unto the Lord for the outrage of the people Exod. 17. 4. here Moses and Aaron fall downe before the Lord v. 6. There God promised and gave them water out of the Rocke Exod. 17. 6. here he doth likewise v. 8. There God willed Moses to take his rod here also he commandeth him Take the rod. There the Lord promised to stand before Moses Exod. 17. 6. here his glory appeareth unto him and Aaron v. 6. There Moses by commandement smiting the Rocke with his rod waters came out of it here hee smiting the Rocke without commandement waters came out There the place was named Meribah or Contention Exod. 17. 7. here the place is named Meribah v. 13. That was the peoples sixt rebellion after they were come out of Egypt as is noted on Num. 14. 22. this was their sixt rebellion after they were come from mount Sinai if wee except the private murmuring of Mary and Aaron against Moses Num. 12. For the first was at Taberab Num. 11. 1 3. the next at Kibroth haitaavah Num. 11. 24. then in the wildernesse of Pharan Num. 14. 1 2. after that followed the rebellion of Korah and his company Num. 16. and after it of all the congregation for the death of those rebels Num. 16. 41. now the sixt is in Kadesh Vers. 3. contended chode with bitter and reproachfull words which the Greeke translateth reviled see Exod. 17. 2. And oh or And would God The word And sheweth the passion of minde out of which they spake abruptly see the notes on Gen. 27. 28. and Num. 11. 29. wee had given up the ghost in Chaldee wee had and in Greeke we had perished in the perdition of our brethren before the Lord whereby they seeme specially to meane the pestilence the last plague wherewith their brethren died Num. 16. 49. which pest above other judgements commeth most immediatly from the hand of God as David acknowledgeth 2 Sam. 24. 14 15. And this evill they wished as being easier than to perish with hunger or thirst as the Prophet also complaineth They that be slain with the sword are better than they that be slaine with hunger for these pine away stricken thorow for the fruits of the field Lam. 4. 9. Wherefore they here use the word giving up or breathing out the ghost which seemeth to meane a more easie kinde of death than that which is by force of sword or by hunger or thirst or other like violent meanes So the Hebrewes explaine giving up the ghost to be a death without paine or long sicknesse Vers. 4. to die there understand that we should die there with thirst the Greeke translateth to bill us and our children which words they spake in Exod. 17. 3. Vers. 5. of seed to sow seed in or to plant fig-trees vines c. for the wildernesse was a land of desarts of pits a land of drought and of the shadow of death a land that no man passed thorow and where no man dwelt Ier. 2. 6. Otherwise had there beene commodiousnesse of place the Israelites might have sowen and reaped planted and gathered fruits in those 38 yeares which they abode therein Deu. 2. 14. Vers. 6. from the presence or from the face for feare of them and because of their outrage so in Rev. 12. 14. Psal. 3. 1. fell on their faces in prayer unto God whose glory dwelled in that Sanctuarie so in Exod. 17. 4. Moses crâ—ed unto the LORD See Num. 16. 4. 45. appeared in the cloud as Num. 12. 5. a signe that he heard their prayer and would save them see Num. 14. 10. and 16. 19. 42. Vers. 8. Take the rod in Greeke Take thy rod so God spake before in Exod. 17. 5. but here some gather from verse 9. that it was the rod of Aaron which had budded and was laid up before the Testimony Num. 17. 10. Chazkuni saith This was Aarons rod for loe it is here written in verse 9. And Moses tooke the rod from before the LORD and this was the rod of Aaron as it is written in Num. 17. 10. Bring Aarons rod againâ— before the Testimonie to be kept for a signe against the sonnes of rebellion and forasmuch as Aarons rod was a signe against the sonnes of rebellion hereupon Moses said in verse 10. Heare now ye rebels Howbeit Moses rod which is also called the rod of
the land of Edom Iudg. 11. 18. For the Lord had charged them that they should not meddle with the sonnes of Esau or their possession Deut. 2. 4 5. So Targum Ionathan here paraphraseth they were commanded by the word of the God of heaven that they should not wage warre with them because the time was not yet come when hee would execute 〈◊〉 on Edom by their hands Thus Israel suffered patiently the unkindnesse of Edom and obeyed the Lord herein though the way which they after went thorow the wildernesse was very grievous unto them and their soules were much discouraged because of the same Numb 21. 4 5. Vers. 22. mount Hor a mount in the edge of the land of Eâ—ora and the next resting place which they came unto from Kadesh Num. 33. 37. The name it selfe signifieth a mount for Har in Hebrew is a mountaine and Sol. Iarchi here explaineth it a â—ountaine upon a mountaine 〈◊〉 argum Ionathan nameth it mount Omanos Vers. 24. gathered unto his people that is die and be buried and his soule be among the spirits of just men made perfect as Hebr. 12. 23. Gathering signifieth here taking away by death as in vers 26. and in Esai 57. 1. mercifull men are gathered that is taken away and that which is gathered is the spirit of man as in Psal. 104. 20. thou gatherest their spirit they give up the ghost and returne unto their dust The peoples meane the Fathers deceased as is spoken of David in Act. 13. 36. and in Judg. 2. 10. all that generation were gathered unto their fathers So his people 's here are Aarons godly forefathers as David desireth the contrary Gather not my soule with sinners Psal. 26. 9. See the Annotations on Gen. 25. 8. rebelled against my mouth that is against my word as the Chaldee expoundeth it the Greeke saith yee provoked me See before on vers 12. Vers. 26. strip Aaron or disaray Aaron of his garments meaning of his Priestly robes the garments of holinesse which Moses had made him for 〈◊〉 and for beautifull glory Exod. 28. 2. and which at his consecration to the Priesthood Moses had put upon him Levit. 8. 7 8 9. So Targum Io 〈…〉 expoundeth it strip Aaron of the honourable garments of the Priesthood The taking off of these garments and putting them upon Eleazar signified the taking away of his office and dignity and giving the same to another as by a like similitude God said unto Shebna the treasurer I will drive thee 〈◊〉 thy station and from thy state shall he pull thee downe And it shall be in that day that I will call my servant Eliakim the sonne of Hilkiaeh and I will cloath him with thy robe and strengthen him with thy girdle and I will commit thy gouernment â—â—to his hand and he shall be a father to the inhabitants of 〈◊〉 c. Esay 22. 15 19 20 21. As by Aarons offering for his owne sins first and then for the sinnes of the people Levit. 16. 6. 11. 15. the holy Ghost shewed the inability of the legall Priesthood in comparison with Christs to reconcile men unto God Hebr. 7. 26 27 28. so by this disaraying and death of Aaron hee signified the disanulling of that Priesthood for the weaknesse and unprofitablenesse thereof Hobr. 7. 11 18. When therefore the same hands of Moses which had put on the garments did pull them off now at this time for the sinne which the high Priest had committed vers 12. Deut. 32. 50 51. they and all the people were taught to expect a better Priesthood of the Sonne of God who is perfected for evermore Hebr. 7. 28. Eleazar his sonne This was a comfort to all especially to Aaron the father that the Priestly function ended not with the death of the Priest but was derived to his posterity and so continued thorow all ages till Christ came who is a Priest for ever after the order of Melchisedek the true Eliazar that is the Helpe of God who is made not after the law of a carnall commandement but after the power of an endlesse life Heb. 7. 11. 16. Wherefore to signifie the continuance of his grace and love to the Church God promised that the Priests the Levites should not want a man before him to offer Burnt-offerings and to kindle Meat-offerings and to doe sacrifice continually Ier. 33. 18. So Aaron did behold in the cloathing of his sonne a type of his owne and of all Israels salvation that his death might not be bitter unto him but he might depart in peace because his eyes did see though as a farre off the salvation of God as Luke 2. 29 30. shall be gathered unto his peoples vers 24. and shall die Hee that before in the worke of his Priesthood made atonement for the people and stood betweene the dead and the living and the plague was stayed Numb 16. 47 48. now dieth himselfe for his own sin an evident demonstration of the insufficiencie of the Leviticall Priesthood Whereupon the Apostle teacheth that they were many Priests because they were not suffered to continue by reason of death But Christ because he continueth ever hath a priesthood which passeth not from one to another wherefore he is able also to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by him seeing hee ever liveth to make intercession for them Hebr. 7. 23 24 25. Vers. 28. Moses stripped Aaron The actions of Moses signified the effects of his ministery and Law 2 Cor. 3. 13. Whereas therefore he unvested Auron by reason of sinne and death which was to ensue it shewed that no Priest who was a sinner and under the power of death could satisfie the justice of the Law and avoid the wrath of God so the Legall Priesthood now might say He hath stript me of my glory and taken the crowne from my head Iob. 19. 9. Againe in putting the priestly garments upon Eleazar who was before this the Prince of the Princes of the Levites Numb 3. 32. he signified that the Law had a shadow of good things to come Heb. 10. 1 and therefore the blessings figured thereby should not be frustrate but continued under hope by succession till hee should come unto whom the right of the high Priesthood belonged even the Branch that should build the Temple of the Lord and should beare the glory and sit and rule upon his throne and should be a Priest upon his throne and the counsell of peace be betweene them both Zac. 6. 12 13. â—er 33. 18. Thus the Law was a Schoolemaster unto Christ Gal. 3. 24. It may also be observed how among the Gentiles their prophets and prophetesses who did weare some ornaments and ensignes of their dignity used solemnly to put them off before their death as resigning them up unto God and iudging it an unmeet thing to die in them as appeareth by the example of Cassandra in the Greeke Poet Aeschylus and of Amphi 〈…〉 s the Prophet in Statius
Papinius Thebaid 7. top of the mountaine Things that were very memorable and significative are often noted in Scripture to be done in mountaines as being conspicuous remarkable and implying high and heavenly mysteries So the Arke of Noe rested on mount Ararat Gen. 8. 4. Abraham sacrificed his sonne on mount Morijah Gen. 22. 2. c. as the Sonne of God was sacrificed on Calvary Luke 23. 33. The Law of Moses was given upon mount Sinai Exod. 19. the Law of Christ came from mount Sion Mic. 4. 1 2. and on a mountaine he preached the Gospell and expounded the Law Matth. 5. 1 c. Ezekiel in a vision was shewed the city called The Lord is there upon a very high mountaine Ezek. 42. c. and 48. 35. Iohn was also shewed the same citie upon a great and high mountaine Rev. 21. 10. c. Moses himselfe on the mountaine of Nebo viewed all the promised land and died there Deut. 34. 1. 5. and was with Christ when he was transfigured and spake of his death upon an high mountaine Mat. 17. 1 2 3. Luke 9. 30 31. and now he was with Aaron at his death and translation of the Priesthood from him unto Eleazar where he also beheld the end of the Leviticall Priesthood a farre off and so the translation of it and of the law thereof unto Christ whose day he desired Hebr. 7. 11 12. Vers. 29. saw that Aaron had given up the ghost seeing is here for perceiving by knowledge and understanding as by the relation of Moses and Eleazar as also that Aaron came not downe with them So Iakob saw that there was corne in Aegypt when he heard thereof Gen. 42. 1. Act. 7. 12. The people saw the voices Exod. 20. 18. and sundry the like Here also they might see the hand of God chastifing their sin upon Aaron who died now not only for his own transgression but for their sakes as Moses after speaketh of himselfe The Lord was wroth with me for your sakes Deut. 3. 26. yet in beholding his Priesthood continued in his son they might also behold Gods mercy towards them in Christ who should perfectly reconcile them unto God when the Priesthood of the Law which now began to die away should utterly be abolished they wept that is they mourned For publike persons the whole congregation mourned as here for Aaron so for the death of his sonnes Levit. 10. 6. and for the death of Moses Deut. 34. 8. thirty daies See the Annotations on Gen. 50. 10. Mourning for the dead is honourable and here the people mourne for Aaron thirty daies whom they had dishonoured by rebelling against him forty yeares So long also they wept for Moses Deut. 34. 8. and it is the lot of many of the servants of God to have more honour after their death than in their life As Mary the sister the prophetesse of Israel died in the first moneth vers 1. so Aaron the high Priest died in the first day of the fifth moneth in the fortieth yeare after their comming out of Aegypt when he was 123. yeares old Numb 33. 38 39. His buriall also though here omitted is spoken of in Deut. 10. 6. CHAP. XXI 1 The Canaanites fight with Israel and captive some of them but Israel by a vow obtaine helpe of God and destroy them and their cities 4 The people murmuring because of their wants in the way are plagued with fiery serpents 7 They repenting are healed by a brasen serpent 10 Sundry journeyes of the Israelites 16 Their song at Beer for water which God gave them 21 They requesting passage thorow the Amorites country are denied it 24 Israel vanquisheth them and Sihon their King and possesseth their cities 27 Proverbs or Prophesies of Sihons overthrow 33 Og King of Basan fighteth against Israel and is also vanquished and Israel possesseth his land ANd the Canaanite the King of Arad which dwelt in the South heard that Israel came the way of the spies and he fought against Israel and tooke captive of them a captivitie And Israel vowed a vow unto Iehovah and said If giving thou wilt give this people into my hand then I will utterly destroy their cities And Iehovah hearkened to the voice of Israel and gave up the Canaanite and they utterly destroyed them and their cities and he called the name of the place Hormah And they journeyed from mount Hor by the way of the red sea to compasse the land of Edom and the soule of the people was shortned because of the way And the people spake against God and against Moses Wherfore have ye brought us up out of Aegypt to die in the wildernesse for there is no bread neither is there water and our soule loatheth this light bread And Iehovah sent among the people fiery serpēts they bit the people much people of Israel died And the people came unto Moses and said We have sinned for we have spoken against Iehovah against thee Pray unto Iehovah that he take away the serpents from us Moses prayed for the people And Iehovah said unto Moses Make thee a fiery serpent and put it upon a pole and it shall be that every one that is bitten when hee looketh upon it shall live And Moses made a serpent of brasse and put it upon a pole and it was that if a serpent had bitten a man when he beheld the serpent of brasse he lived And the sonnes of Israel journeyed and encamped in Oboth And they journeyed from Oboth and encamped in Ije Abarim in the wildernesse which is before Moab toward the Sunne-rising From thence they journeyed and camped in the valley of Zared From thence they journeyed and camped on the other side of Arnō which is in the wildernesse which commeth out of the border of the Amorite for Arnon is the border of Moab betweene Moab and the Amorite Wherefore it is said in the booke of the warres of Iehovah Vaheb in a whirlewind and the brooks of Arnon And the streame of the brookes which declineth to the situation of Ar and leaneth upon the border of Moab And from thence to Beer that is the Well whereof Iehovah said unto Moses Gather together the people and I wil give them water Then sang Israel this song Spring up O Well answer ye unto it The Well the Princes digged it the Nobles of the people delved it with the Law-giver with their staves And from the wildernesse they journeyed to Mattanah And from Mattanah to Nahaliel and from Nahaliel to Bamoth And from Bamoth to the valley which is in the field of Moab the head of Pisgah and it looketh toward Ieshimon And Israel sent messengers unto Sihon King of the Amorites saying Let me passe thorow thy land we will not turne aside into field or into vineyard we will not drinke of the waters of the well we will go in the kings way untill we be past thy border And Sihon would not grant Israel to passe thorow his border
The Restauration GOD promiseth that Christ the Womans seed shall bruise the Serpents head The man calleth his wife Eve God layeth chastisements on them both clotheth them and drives them out of Paradise Chap. 3 The government of the old World ADAM begetting two sonnes Kain the first borne is wicked Abel faithfull Kain killeth Abel and is cursed yet liveth and increaseth in the world Seth is given in Abels sted and of Seth Enos Chap. 4 SETH progateth the faithfull seed Enoch prophesieth and God taketh him away that he dieth not Chap. 5 Seths seed and Kains are mixed so Giants are bred and sinne increased God repenteth that he made man threatneth to drown the world but Noe findes grace Chap. 6 NOE and his house with some of all creatures are saved in the Arke which God bade him make the world is all drowned Ch. 7 The government of the world aset the Flood NOE with his familie come out of the Arke are blessed to fill the world againe Chap. 〈◊〉 GOD promiseth to drowne the world no more Sinne reviveth in Cham Noes son whose posteritie is cursed the blesse continueth to Sem and Iaphet Chap. 〈◊〉 Noes three sonnes Sem Cham and Iaphet doe multiply on the earth Chap. 〈◊〉 Their posterity are scattered by confusion of tongues at Babel Sem propagateth the faithfull seede which in Terah falleth 〈◊〉 God but is called to repentance Chap. 〈◊〉 ABRAM is called from Idolatry and commeth a pilgrim into the land of Canaan Chap. 〈◊〉 Abram parted from Lot is promised the land of Canaan and a plenteous seed Chap. 〈◊〉 He fighteth for Lot oâ—ercommeth foure Kings and is blessed of Melchisedek Chap. 〈◊〉 He being childlesse is promised an heire justified by faith and comforted by a vision and covenant of God Chap. 〈◊〉 He hath a son after the flesh Ismael of Agar his bondwoman Chap. 1â— He hath a new name Abraham the covenant of circumcision and promise of Isask Sarai is named Sarah Chap. 1â— Abraham enterraineth Angels hath the promise renewed and Sodoms destruction revealed for whom he maketh intercession Chap. 1â— Sodom is burned Lot delivered begetteth of his daughters Moab and Ammon Chap. 19 Abrahams wife taken by Abimelec is restored unto him Chap. 20 ISAAK the promised seed is borne Agar and Ismael are cast out of Abrahams house Ab melec covenanteth with Abraham Chap. 21 Isaak is offred for a sacrifice by his father but saved from death by God Abraham is blessed and heareth of his kindreds increase Chap. 22 Abraham purchaseth in Canaan a burying place for Sarah Chap. 23 He provideth a wife for Isaak who marieth Rebekah Chap. 24 Abraham dyeth Isaak begetteth Esau and Iakob who strive in the wombe Iakob buyeth the birthright of Esau surnamed Edom. Chap 25 Isaaks wife taken by Abimelec is restored he covenanteth with Abimelec Chap 26 IAKOB by subtilty getteth the blessing from Esau and is threatned Chap. 27 Iakob fleeing from Esau is comforred by a vision of a Ladder at Bethel Chap. 28 He sorveth for a wife is beguiled marieth two and hath foure sonnes Chap. 29 He is increased with moe children is wronged by Laban but waxeth rich Chap. 30 He fleeth secretly is pursued by Laban but God delivereth him Chap. 31 He is met of Angells afraid of Esau wrastleth with God and is named Israel Chap. 32 Iakob and Esau meet and are friends Iakob put chaseth ground at Sechem Chap. 33 Iakobs daughter Dina is defiled his sonnes slay the Sech mites for it Chap. 34 Iakob burieth Deborah the Nurse Rachel his wife and Isaak his father Chap. 35 Esau dwelleth in Seir hath many Dukes and Kings of his posteitie Chap. 36 IOSEPH Iakobs sonne is hated for his dreames and sold by his brethen into Egypt Iakob mourneth for him and will not be comforted Chap. 37 Iudah Iakobs son begetteth of his daughter in law Pharez and Zarah Chap. 38 Ioseph in Egypt is tempted to adultery falsly accused and imprisoned Chap. 39 Ioseph in prison expoundeth the dreames of Pharaohs officers but is forgotten Chap. 40 Ioseph expoundeth Pharaohs dreames and is made ruler over all Egypt Chap. 41 Iakob sendeth his sons for corne into Egypt Ioseph handleth them roughly Chap. 42 Iakob constrainedly sendeth his sons againe and Ioseph feasteth them Chap. 43 Ioseph challengeth Benjamin for his cup Iudah supplicateth for his brother Chap. 44 Ioseph makes himselfe knowne to his brethren and sendeth for his Father Chap. 45 Iakob by Gods advice goeth with his houshold into Egypt in all seventy soules Ioseph meeteth them in Goshen and instructeth them what to say to Pharah Chap. 46 Ioseph nourisheth his father and brethren in time of famine bringeth the Egyptians into bondage and sweareth to bury his father in Canaan Chap. 47 Iosephs two sons are blessed and adopted of Iakob on his death bed Chap. 48 Iakob blesseth his twelve sons prophesieth of Christ and dyeth in Egypt Chap. 49 Ioseph burieth his father in Canaan and returneth forgiveth his brethren prophesieth of their departure from thence giveth charge concerning his bones and dyeth Chap. 50 The number of the Sections or Lectures in Genesis are twelve the Chapters fiftie the verses 1534. The midst is at Gen. 27. 40. Search the Scriptures Iohn 5. 39. To the Law and to the Testimonie Esay 8. 20. Whatsoever things were written aforetime were written for our learning that we through patience and comfort of the Scriptures might have hope Rom. 15. 4. THE FIRST BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED GENESIS CHAPTER I. 1 The Heavens and the Earth are created and the Light in the first day 6. In the second the firmament is spred and the waters divided 9. In the third the earth is made dry land and fruitfull the waters are gathered to be seas 14. The Sunne Moone and Stars are created for Lights the fourth day 20. Fish and Fowles are brought forth and blessed in the fifth 24. In the sixth Beasts are made out of the Earth 26. Man is created in the image of God 28. he is blessed and hath dominion of the world 29 Food is appointed for Man and beast 31. Gods workes are all good IN THE BEGINNING GOD created the Heavens and the earth And the earth was empty and voide and darkenesse was upon the face of the deepe and the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters And God sayd Let there bee light and there was light And God saw the light that it was good and God separated betweene the light and the darkenesse And God called the light Day and the darknesse he called Night and the evening was and the morning was the first day And God said Let there be an Out-spred firmament in the midst of the waters and let it separate betweene waters and waters And God made the Outspred-firmament and separated betweene the waters which were under the outspred-firmament and the waters which were above the outspred-firmament and it was so And God called the outspred-firmament Heavens and the evening was and
Burla and the Arabik al Belor On two of these stones the names of the twelve Tribes were graven and borne on the high Priests shoulders Exod. 28. 9. 10. see the notes there Vers. 13. Gihon in Greeke Geon a river about the land of Cush There was also another river Gihon in Canaan neere Ierusalem whereof see 2 Chron. 32. 30. Cush the sonne of Cham the sonne of Noe Gen. 10. 6. whose posterity in these parts of the world are called Aethiopians and so the Greeke here translateth Ethiopia Vers. 14. Hiddekel The signification of this word is of sharpnesse and lightnesse for it was a swift running river The Greeke translateth it Tigris the Tigre which is the name of a beast very light of foot as Pliny sheweth in b. 8. chap. 18. Tigris also in the Medes and Persian tongue signifieth an arrow saith Pliny b. 6. ch 27. and Q. Curtius b. 4. speaking of this violent River By it Daniel saw visions of God Dan. 10. 4. The Chaldee calleth it Diglat whereupon the Latines also named it Diglato Pliny in b. 6. ch 27. Assyria in Hebrew Assur he was the sonne of Sem the sonne of Noe Gen. 10. 22. of whom his country was called Assyria famous through all the Scripture which usually nameth countries and posterities by the names of the first inhabitants and parents See the notes on Gen. 12. 10. and 19. 37. is Euphrates Hebr. it is Phrath which river the new Testament calleth Euphrates Rev. 9. 14. It hath the name of Encrease for the waters thereof waxe mighty by snow melting from the mounts of Armenia and doe make the country fruitfull This is called the great river Deut. 1. 7. and 11. 24. Rev. 9. 14. Vers. 15. garden in Greeke paradise to till or dresse the Greeke saith to labour it The Hebrew Doctors apply this mystically to Adams labour in and keeping of Gods law Pirke R. Eliezer chap. 12. And that the morall law and work therof was written in his heart is manifest seeing the same yet remaineth in the corrupted harts of men Rom. 2. 14. 15. Vers. 16. commanded Besides the law of nature graven on Adams heart whereby hee was bound to love honour and obey his Creator God here giveth him for a triall of his love a significative law concerning a thing of it selfe indifferent but at the pleasure of God made unlawfull and evill for man to doe that by observing this outward rite hee might testifie his willing obedience unto the Lord. See 1 Sam. 15. 22. 23. eating thou maist eat that is maist or shalt freely eat thus God first sheweth his love and liberality before he makes any restraint The doubling of words is often used in Scripture for more earnestnesse and assurance and in things to come for to signifie speedy performance Gen. 41. 32. Sometime God altereth this manner of speaking into other the like as 2 King 14. 10. smiting thou hast smitten for which in 2 Chron. 25. 19. is written thou saist loe I have smitten So Building I have builded 1 King 8. 13. or as in 2 Chron. 6. 2. and I I have builded Sometime the doubling of the word is omitted as hath any delivering delivered 2 King 18. 33. which another Prophet writeth thus hath any delivered Esay 36. 18. In translating also God useth sometimes the phrase which we follow here as in Heb. 6. 14. blessing I will blesse thee and multiplying I will multiply thee translated into Greeke from Gen. 22. 16. Seeing I have seene Act. 7. 34. from Exod. 3. 7. Sometime otherwise as shot through with darts Heb. 12. 20. for that which is in Hebrew shooting shot through Exod. 19. 13. Vers. 17. But of Heb. And of and is often used for but so translated in the Greeke version Esay 10. 20. and by the holy Ghost in the New Testament as 1 Pet. 1. 25. from Esay 40. 8. Heb. 1. 11. 12 from Psal. 102. 27. 28. So here againe in vers 20. and in Gen. 3. 3. and 42. 10. and in many other places 〈◊〉 thou maist not or thou shalt not eat This law was given both to the man and woman which were both called Adam Gen. 5. 2. and the woman confesseth so much Gen. 3. 3. and the Greeke version here manifesteth it saying yee shall not eat dying thou shalt dye that is shalt surely and soone dye or as the Greeke translateth ye shall dye the death Vnder the name of Death the Scripture comprehendeth deadly plagues as the punishment of Aegypt with Locusts is called a death Exodus 10. 17. Also inward astonishments feares c. as Nabals heart died in him 1 Sam. 25. 37. Likewise outward deadly dangers and miseries as Paul was in deaths oft 2 Cor. 11. 23. It is also used for death in sinne when men are alienated from the life of God Ephes. 2. 1. and 4. 18. And for the dissolution of mans soule and body which we commonly call death when the soule or spirit goeth out of the man Gen. 35. 18. Psal. 146. 4. And finally death is the perdition of body and soule in hell which is eternall perdition from the presence of the Lord and called the second death Mat. 10. 28. 2 Thessal 1. 9. Rev. 20. 6. 14. These and whatsoever else mortality misery death the Scriptures mention are implyed in this iudgement here threatned upon disobedience Rom. 5. 12. beside miserable bondage under him which hath the power of death that is the devil Heb. 2. 14. 15. On the contrary here is implyed upon condition of his obedience the promise of eternall life whereof the tree of life was a signe Gen. 3. 22. So Paul opposeth death as the wages of sinne and eternall life as the gift of God which now since mans fall is onely by Christ who giveth us to eat of the tree of life Rom. 6. 23. Rev. 2. 7. The Hebrew Doctors also say After the opinion of our Rabbines of blessed memory if Adam had not sinned he had never died but the breath which he was inspired with of the most high blessed God should have given him life for ever and the good will of God which he had in the time of his creation had cleaved unto him continually and kept him alive for ever R. Menachem on Gen. 2. 17. Vers. 18. himselfe alone or alone as the Greeke translateth it so 1 King 19. 10. I am left my selfe alone for which Paul saith I am left alone Rom. 11. 3 God who made other creatures male and female together did not so in mankind which Paul observeth saying Adam was first formed then Eve 1 Tim. 2. 13. making it one reason of the womans subjection as before him the Greeke here translateth it according to him and in the 20. verse like unto him meaning one that should be as his second selfe like him in nature knit unto him in love needfull for procreation of seed helpfull in all duties present alwayes with him and so very meet and commodious for him The Apostle hence
have enmity with mankind but also wicked men called serpents generations of vipers and children of the Devill Matth. 23. 33. 1 Iohn 3. 10. By the womans seed is meant in respect of Satan chiefly Christ who being God over all blessed for ever should come of David and Abraham and so of Eve according to the flesh for she was the mother of all living Roman 1. 3. and 9. 5. And with Christ all Christians who are Eves seed both in nature and in faith as all Christians are called Abrahams seed Gal. 3. 29. He or it that is the Seed This is first to be understood of Christ who was made of a woman Gal. 4. 4. the fruit of the wombe of the Virgin Mary Luke 1. 42. Hee through death hath destroyed him that had the power of death that is the Devill Hebrewes 2. 14. Secondly it implyeth Christians the children of Christ Heb. 2. 13 who resisting the Devill stedfastly in faith the God of peace bruiseth Satan under their feet 1 Pet. 5. 9. Rom. 16. 20. When promise is made concerning the seed the faithfull parents are also included and so on the contrary as when Moses saith I will multiply thy seed Gen. 22. 17. Paul alledgeth it thus I will multiply thee Heb. 6. 14. Againe where Moses saith All families shall be blessed in thee Gen. 12 3. Peter alledgeth it they shall be blessed in thy seed Act. 3. 25. Also this word seed is used either for a multitude as Gen. 15. 5. or for one particular person as Gen. 21. 13. and 4. 25. so here it meaneth one speciall seed Christ Gal. 3. 16. This the ancient Hebrew Doctors also acknowledged for in Thargum Ierusalemy the fulfilling of this promise is expresly referred to the last dayes the dayes of the King Messias And the mystery of originall sinne and thereby death over all and of deliverance by Christ R. Menachem on Lev. 25. noteth from the profound Cabbalists in these words So long as the spirit of uncleannesse is not taken away out of the world the soules that come downe into the world must needs die for to root out the power of uncleannesse out of the world and to consume the same And all this is because of the decree which was decreed for the uncleannesse and filthinesse which the Serpent brought upon Eve And if it be so all the soules that are created become unclean by that filthinesse must needs die before the comming of the Messias c. and at the comming of the Messias all soules shall be consummate thenceforth bruise or pierce crush the Hebrew word is of rare use onely here and in Iob 9. 17. thy head or thee on the head Hereby is meant Satans overthrow destruction in respect of his power and workes Ioh. 12. 31. 1 Ioh. 3. 8. for the head being bruised strength and life is perished So in Thargum Ierusalemy it is expounded thus The womans children shall be cured but thou ô Serpent shalt not be cured And he saith thee rather then thy seed because Christ was to vanquish that old serpent which overcame our first parents who being destroyed his seed perish with him Revel 12. 9. Ioh. 14. 30. and 12. 31. 32. his heele or his foot sole for the Hebrew and Greeke here used signifie not onely the heele but the whole foot sole and sometime the foot step or print of the foot By the heele or foot bruised is meant Christs wayes which Satan should seeke to suppresse by afflictions and death for our sinnes here foretold as appeareth by the reference which other Scriptures make to this prophesie Psal. 56. 7. and 89. 52. and 49. 6. and 22. 17. He was crucified through infirmity and put to death concerning the flesh but was quickned by the spirit liveth through the power of God 2 Cor. 13. 4. 1 Pet. 3. 18. and so his foot not his head was bruised by the Serpent Who yet brought upon him a death that was shamefull and painfull and cursed because hee was hanged on a tree Gal. 3. 13. for it is probable that partly in remembrance of this first sinne by eating of the tree of knowledge which tree was a signe of curse and death if man transgressed Gods law after accounteth such as dye on a tree to have in more speciall manner the signe of curse upon them Deut. 21. 23. But Christ swallowed up death in victory Esay 25. 8. through whom God also giveth us the victory 1 Cor. 15. 57 unto which promise the Prophet hath reference saying Why should I feare in the dayes of evill when the iniquity of my heeles shall compasse me about God will redeeme my soule from the hand of Hell Psalm 49. 6. 16. Vers. 16. multiplying I will multiply that is I wil much and assuredly multiply see this phrase opened on Gen. 2. 16. Here are annexed not curses but chastisements for Eve and Adam that their faith in the promised seed might continually bee stirred up and their sinfull nature subdued and mortified Heb. 12. 6. Psal. 119. 71. conception meaning painfull conception and this word is used for the whole space that the child is in the mothers body untill the birth and so here implyeth all the griefes and cumberances which women do endure that time The Greeke translateth it groning The reason of this chastisement is because sinne is from Adam derived by propagation to all his posterity Psalm 51. 7. Roman 5. children Heb. sonnes which implyeth daughters also therefore the Greeke translateth it children so for sonne and sonnes the Holy Ghost saith in Greek children as in Mat. 22. 24. from Deut. 25. 5. Gal. 4. 27. from Esay 54. 1. By bringing forth is also meant bringing up after the birth as Gen. 50. 23. Vnto the sorrows of childbirth the Scripture often hath reference in cases of great affliction in body or mind Psalm 48. 7. Mich. 4. 9. 10. 1 Thess. 5. 3. Ioh. 16. 21. Rev. 12. 2. Howbeit this chastisement hindreth not a womans salvation with God for neverthelesse shee shall be saved in childbearing if they women continue in faith and love and holinesse with sobriety 1 Tim. 2. 15. desire The Greeke translateth it thy turning or conversion the word implyeth a desirous affection as appeareth by Song 7. 10. And that this should be to her husband it noteth subjection as in Gen. 4. 7. Elsewhere this word is not used the Apostle seemeth to have reference unto it in 1 Thess. 2. 8. rule So Paul saith I permit not the woman to usurpe authority over the man 1 Tim. 2. 12. And Peter Wives bee in subjection to your owne husbands 1 Pet. 3. 1. And this being here a chastisement for sinne implyeth a further rule then man had over her by creation and with more griefe unto womankind Vers. 17. the ground or the earth whereby is implyed all this visible world made for man Psal. 115. 16. 2 Pet. 3. 7. So all hope of blessednesse on earth is hereby cut off for all
things under the Sun are vanity and vexation of spirit from mans birth to his dying day Ecclesiastes 1. 2. 3. 14. and 12. 7. 8. and an heavenly heritage is to bee sought for immortall and which fadeth not 2 Peter 1. 4. Of ground cursed there followeth barrennesse or unprofitable fruits and desolation Genesis 4. 12. and 3. 18. Esay 24. 6. and the end is to bee burned Hebrews 6. 8. So the earth and the workes therein shall bee burnt up 2 Pet. 3. 10. And as for mans sake this world is cursed and the creature made subject to vanity so it earnestly expecteth the manifestation of the sonnes of God that it may be delivered from the bondage of corruption Rom. 8. 19. 20. 21. in sorrow with painfull labour as Prov. 5. 10. Hereupon the Scripture mentioneth our bread of sorrowes Psal. 127. 2. Adam was to have labored in his innocency Gen. 2. 15. but without sorrow being under the Lords blessing which maketh rich and hee addeth no sorrow with it Prov. 10. 22. Concerning this sorrow or toyle of our hands Noe the figure of Christ was a comforter Gen. 5. 29. Vers. 18. thornes Heb. the thorne Hereby is meant harmfull weeds in stead of wholesome fruits Iob 31 40. Ier. 12. 13. for men of thistles doe not gather figs Mat. 7. 16. Thornes doe choak the good corne as Mat. 13. 7. And spiritually these signifie evill fruits which wicked earthly men bring forth Heb. 6. 8. of the field and so no longer the pleasant fruits of Paradise Gen. 2. 9. 16. But as Nebuchadnezar when he had a beasts heart was driven out among beasts to eat grasse as the oxen Dan. 4. 13. 22. so man not lodging a night in honour nor understanding but becomming like beasts that perish is to eat herbes with them Psal. 49. 13. 21. but by the labour of his hands his diet is bettered Vers. 19. sweat with much labour which Adam and all his posterity was condemned unto that this is a generall rule if any will not worke neither should he eate 2 Thess. 3. 10. The sweat of the face though it is to be distinguished from the care of the 〈…〉 d which Christ forbiddeth Mat. 6. 25. 34. yet it doth imply all lawfull labours and industry of body and mind for the good of both Eph. 4. 28. Mat. 10. 10. 1 Cor. 9. 14. so that the giving of the heart also to seeke and search our things by wisedome is a sore occupation which God hath given to the sonnes of Adam to be occupied therein and humbled thereby Eccles. 1. 13. bread that is all food whereof bread is the principall as that which upholds the heart of man Psal. 104. 15. Therefore that which one Evangelist calleth bread Mar. 6. 36 another calleth victuals or meats Mat. 14. 15. the ground or the earth called elsewhere our earth Psal. 146. 4. and our dust Psal. 104. 28. meaning till man returne to the dust of death the grave and there the wearied be at rest from their labours Iob 3. 17. Rev. 14. 13. dust thou art or thou wast to weet concerning the body as Gen. 2. 7. not the spirit which being immortall goeth unto God for eternall joyes or torments Luke 16. 22. 23. and 23. 43. This difference Solomon teacheth And dust returne to the earth as it was and the spirit returne to God that gave it Eccles. 12. 7. Here God condemneth mankind to death which is the wages of sinne Rom. 6 23. and to the grave the house appointed for all living Iob 30. 23. where they must wait till their change come Iob 14. 14. for it is appointed to men once to dye and after this is the judgement Hebr. 4. 27. Otherwise the life eternall could not bee obtained for flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdome of God neither doth corruption inherit incorruption therefore we must all either dye or be changed and this corruptible must put on incorruption and this mortall must put on immortality and then shall Death be swallowed up in victory 1 Cor. 15. 50. 51. 53. 54. So the Hebrew Rabbines also taught saying that unto this world there cleaveth the secret filthinesse of the Serpent which came upon Eve and because of that filthinesse Death is come upon Adam and his seed For when God saw how uncleannesse cleaved and spred it selfe abroad in the world continually he intended to consume it and to root out the power of it and therefore the bodies doe consume and corrupt and have no continued life But when the filthinesse is consumed and the spirit of uncleannesse taken out of the earth behold God will renew his world without any other filthinesse and will wake up by his power those that dwell in the dust c. and the Lord will reioyce in his workes as the intendment of the creation was at the first R. Menachem on Gen. 3. The Greeke Philosophers have observed that some dead men putrified turne to Serpents Plutarch in vita Cleomenis If so it is a notable memoriall of mans first poysoning by the Serpent Vers. 20. Eve in Hebrew Chavah which is by interpretation Life as the Greeke also translateth it or Living Adam first called her Woman Gen. 2. 23. God called her Adam Gen. 5. 2. and now the man calleth her Eve Life by which new name he testifieth his faith in and thankfulnesse for Gods former promise in vers 15. In which he also trained up his children teaching them to sacrifice and serve the Lord. Gen. 4. 3. 4. So the Hebrew Doctors reckon Adam as a repentant sinner and by Wisdome that is faith in Christ brought out of his fall Ioseph Antiq. b. 1. c. 4. and the Author of the Booke of Wisedome c. 10. v. 1. all living that is as the Chaldee paraphraseth of all the sonnes of man meaning this both naturally of all men in the world and so of Christ the promised seed and spiritually of all that live by faith in which sense Sarah is also counted the Mother of the faithfull 1 Pet. 3. 6. Gal. 4. 22. 28. 31. V. 21. coats to cover the body from shame and harme and for a memoriall of mans sin a further signe of those garments of justice and salvation which men have of God that their filthy nakednesse doe not appeare Rev. 3. 18. 19. 8. 2 Cor. 5. 2. 3. 4. The Chalde◠calleth these here garments of honor of skin that is in likelihood of the skins of beasts which God taught him to kill for sacrifice Which offerings were even from the beginning of the Gospell preached as appeareth Gen. 4. 3. 4. 8. 20. And after by the Law the Skinnes of the sacrifices were given to the Priests Lev. 7. 8. And the sacrifices being all figures of Christ Heb. 10. 5. 10 the Skins were fit to resemble mans mortification as the girdle of skin which Iohn Baptist wore Mat. 3. 4. and new life by putting on the Lord Iesus Christ Rom. 13. 13. 14. and the garments of
partly for religion partly for munition in time of war saying Let us build us a City and Tower c. and let us make for us within it a house of worship or Temple lest we c. a feare arising from their owne guilty consciences as is often in the wicked Iob 15. 20. 21. Lev. 26. 36. Prov. 28. 1. Vers. 5. came down that is shewed by his works that he tooke knowledge of this evill to punish it This is spoken of God after the manner of men so Gen. 18. 21. Psal. 144. 5. See the notes on Gen. 6. 6 The Chaldee explaineth it thus And the Lord appeared to take vengeance upon the workes of the Citie and Tower Vers. 6. there will not be cut off from them that is they will not be restrained so noting their wilfull persisting in the evill begun Or question-wise thus should they not be cut off or restrained meaning it was very meet they should Vers. 7. Let us goe downe The holy Trinity here determineth as when in Gen. 1. 26. he said Let us make man against the former determination of vaine men vers 4. So he dissipateth the counsell of the nations Psal. 33. 10. not heare that is not understand so in 1 Cor. 14. 2. hee speaketh not unto men for no man heareth that is understandoth and in Esay 36. 11. Speake Syriacke for we heare that is understand it so a hearing heart for an understanding 1 King 3. 9. Ioseph heard that is understood Gen. 42. 23. and sundry the like Albeit God might at first smite them all with deafnesse that they could not at all heare and then change their tongues A like judgement David wisheth against his enemies Psal. 51. 10. Vers. 8. scattered and so dissolved their communion and brought on them the evill which they sought to prevent vers 4. for that which the wicked feareth shall come upon him Prov. 10. 24. The Hebrew Doctors from hence doe conclude The generation of the division of tongues have no part in the world to come that is in the kingdome of heaven as it is written And the Lord scattered them from thence c. The Lord scattered them in this world and from thence the Lord scattered them in the world to come Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedr ch 10. left off to build the contrary miracle God wrought by the gift of tongues to build up Ierusalem Act. 2. 4. 6. 11. c. Vers. 9. Babel or Babylon in the Greeke translated Confusion because there the Lord Balal that is Confounded their language And Babel is the same that Balbel but for ease of speech the first l is left out and it accordeth with the Chaldee or Baby lonian tongue which soundeth the Hebrew Balal Balbel as the Chaldee paraphrast here hath it lip of all the earth that is language of all people on the earth see verse 1. And here tongues first were for a signe to unbeleevers as 1 Cor. 14. 22. that by this judgement they might be converted unto the Lord though they made no such use thereof as neither did those that mocked at the gift of tongues whereby the heavenly City was builded Acts 2. 4. 13. The Hebrew Doctors say that at this dispersion there were seventy nations with seventy sundry languages R. Menachem on Gen. 11. Vers. 10. old Hebr. sox and so in the rest that follow See the notes on Gen. 5. 32. and compare this genealogy with that there Ten Patriarchs are there reckned from Adam to Noe and ten here from Sem to Abraham both of them proceeding with the linage of our Lord Christ who came of all these fathers according to the flesh Luke 3. There each fathers generation is set down in three verses here but in two and their death is not spoken of Howbeit the lives of men are now shortned to the halfe Vers. 11. 500 yeere By this we may gather that Sem lived till Isaak sonne of Abram was fifty yeres old and saw ten generations after him before hee dyed A singular blessing both to him and them Vers. 12. begat Salah or Shelach and as the holy Ghost counted the time of Arphaxads birth two yeeres after the flood vers 10. so may wee gather it for all the rest as Sala was borne 37 yeeres after the flood and after the creation of the world 1693 The Greek translation inserteth here a man which never was by the Hebrew verity saying that Arphaxad begat Kainan and that Kainan lived 130 yeeres and begat Sala Also the time of each fathers procreation is for the most part changed in the Greeke This seemeth to be done purposely that the true genealogy might not bee knowne to the heathen for whom the Greeke Bible was first translated And because in all Greeke Bibles Kainan was set downe the Evangelist also to beare with the worlds weaknesse or for other causes seeming good to the Spirit of God reckneth Kainan betweene Arphaxad and Sala in Luke 3. 36. But neither here nor in 1 Chron. 1. nor in any Hebrew text in his name recorded See a like thing in Gen. 46. 20. Vers. 14. begat Heber after the flood 67 yeeres in the yeere of the world 1723. Vers. 16. begat Phaleg or Peleg after the flood 101 y. and of the world 1757. Vers. 17. 430 yeere So Heber lived till Abraham was dead Gen. 25. 7. and was the longest liver of all that were borne after the flood and they that came after him lived not past halfe his dayes Vers. 18. begat Ragau or Rehu after the flood 131 y. and of the world 1787. Vers. 20. begat Saruch or Serug after the flood 163 y. and of the world 1819. Vers. 22. thirty yeere at the same age Phaleg and Salah are before noted to have begotten their sonnes begat Nachor after the flood 193. and of the world 1849. Vers. 24. begat Tharah or Terach after the flood 222 y. and of the world 1878. Vers. 26. begat Abram Nachor and Haran that is began to beget and so begat one of these three to weet Haran not all in the same yeere The like was before in Noes begetting Sem Cham and Iapheth Gen. 5. 32. where Sem for dignity was named first as Abram is here and Iapheth the eldest last as Haran is here For Tharah the father dyed 205 yeares old vers 32. then Abram departed from Charran 75 yeere old Gen. 12. 4. wherfore Abram was borne not when Tharah was 70 but when he was 130 yeere old which was after the flood 352 yeere and of the world 2008. Vers. 28. land of his nativity that is his native country or as the Greeke saith wherein hee was borne Vr of the Chaldees that is Vr in the land of the Chaldeans which land Stephen calleth also Mesopotamia Act. 7. 2. 4. for it lay betweene two rivers And Chaldea is by humane writers also called Mesopotamia Plin. hist. b. 6. c. 27. Vr signifieth Light and Fire here the Chaldee paraphrast taketh it to be the name of a
18 29. and 4. 7. 1 Pet. 1. 4. So Ismael cast out from being heire is a type of servants that abide not in the house for ever that is of reprobates Iohn 8. 35. Galat. 4. 30. And though Ismael were now but a youth yet even a child is known by his doings whether his worke be pure and right Prov. 20. 11. therefore Sarah by the spirit of God uttered this speech and God confirmeth it ver 12. and Paul saith not that Sarah but the Scripture speaketh this Galat. 4 30. and by this it is probable that Ismaels mocking was about the inheritance as some of the Hebrew Doctors also have observed R. Moses Gerundens my son who am a free-woman with Isaak who is freeborne see Gal. 4. 30. 31. 28. Vers. 11. very evill or vehemently evill that is very much displeasing as on the contrary to be good in the eyes of any is to please or content Gen. 20. 15. because or for the causes so v. 25. The love to his son caused this griefe howbeit when God bad him kill his beloved son Isaak he shewed no such discontentment Gen. 22. 2 3. it seemeth hee thought this to proceed but from Sarahs owne passion of minde till hee was further informed of God vers 12. 14. Vers. 12. shall seed bee called to thee or shall thy seed be called they shall be named of Isaak not of Ismael that is as Paul inferteth they which are the children of the flesh these are not the children of God but the children of the promise are counted for the seed Rom. 9. 7. 8. Seed to thee may also bee read seed of thee that is thy seed for the Scripture sometime putteth one for another as disciples to thee Mar. 2. 18. is the same that disciples of thee or thy disciples Mat. 9. 14. From this limitation of Abrahams seed to Isaak the Iewes do reckon none for Abrahams but the Israelites as in their Canons they say who so voweth concerning Abrahams seed is free from Ismaels and Esaus sonnes and is not bound but touching Israelites as it is said for in Isaak shall seed be called to thee and loe Isaak said to Iaakob And God give thee the blessing of Abraham Gen. 28. 4. Maimony treat of Vowes chap. 9. S. 21. Vers. 13. make of him Heb. put him unto a nation so verse 28. Compare Gen. 17. 20. thy seed thy sonne according to the flesh though not after the promise as Isaak was Vers. 14. bread Sometime bread is used for all food as in Mark 6. 36. compared with Mat. 14. 15. Psal. 78. 20. if it be not so here the Scripture would note the great hardnesse and miserie which they must indure that are cast out of the Lords inheritance and the child to weet he gave unto her he being now about 18. yeeres of age so casting him his first borne son with her out of his house the wildernesse the way towards Egypt where there was no way no food no waters no inhabitants thus were they exposed to many miseries see Deut. 8. 15. Ier. 2. 6. Contrariwise Isaaks children were led and guided of God through that great fearfull wildernes wherein Ismael and his mother wandred Deu. 32. 10. 11. 12. Ex. 13. 21. 22. Our English word wildernesse signifieth a place where men goe wild that is goe astray or wander as Agar here did and so in Iob 12. 24. Psal. 1074. 40. the like is spoken In Hebrew it is called Midbar as being without order a place not for men to dwell in but onely for beasts who there must also be led and gouerned See Exod. 3. 1. 18. Vers. 15. she cast the child that is shee left him being sicke and fainting for thirst The state of such as are without Christ is hereby resembled Esay 65 13 but they that drinke of his waters shall never thirst for it shall be in them a well of water springing up unto everlasting life Ioh. 4. 14. shrubbes or trees as the Chaldee expounds it The Greeke saith under a firre-tree Vers. 16. the death This sheweth the extremitie that they were come into in the desert who erewhile had meat and drinke enough in Abrahams house now ready to perish for thirst God so chastening their former insolencie A like example is of the prodigall son who almost dyed for hunger when the servants in his fathers house had bread enough Luk. 15. 14. 17. for the man that wandreth out of the way of understanding shall remaine in the congregation of the dead Prov. 21. 16. Vers. 17. there where in Greeke from the place where he is that is in this desolate wildernesse where he lyeth perishing forsaken of all Compare herewith Gods promises to his people in miserie Deut. 4. 27. 30. and Psal 107. 4. 5 6. And thus God remembreth his former promises Gen. 17. 20. and 16. 10. c. Vers. 19. she saw a well which though it were there before yet she saw not her eies being holden till they were opened of God as in Luke 24. 16. 31. By similitude of waters breaking out in the wildernesse and drawing waters out of the wells of salvation the Scripture denoteth the spirituall graces of the gospel communicated with the poore afflicted Esay 35. 6. and 12. 3. Ver. 20. God was The Chaldee paraphraseth the word of the Lord was a helpe to the lad shooter with bow or an archer and so consequently a wariour for shooting with bow was used in battels with men Gen. 49. 23. 24. and 48. 22. and thus the oracle was fulfilled that hee should be a wild man and have his hand against every man Gen. 16. 12. Vers. 21. of Pharan or Paran a wildernesse next adjoyning to the desert of Sinai through which the Israelites journeyed as they went from Egypt to Canaan Num. 10. 12. and 13. 1. 4. Deut. 33. 2. Hab. 3. 3. Vers. 22. Abimelech King of Gerar in Palestina see Gen. 20. 2. Prince that is chiefe Captaine as the Greeke calleth him Archistrategos Chiefe-leader of the Armie God is the word of the Lord is for an helpe to thee saith the Chaldee paraphrast so in the verse following for God he useth the word of the Lord. Vers. 23. if thou shalt lye that is that thou wilt not lye as Psal. 89. 36. an imperfect speech where an imprecation is understood which sometimes is expressed in part as in Ruth 1. 17. the Lord doe so to me and more also if c. For an oath is both a taking of the Lord to witnesse that which one sweareth and to punish if any violate his faith both which Paul expressed when he sware I call God for a witnesse upon or against my soule 2 Cor. 1. 23. See before Gen. 14. 23. and 26. 29. The Greeke for lying translateth hurting or wronging It meaneth false and deceitfull dealing contrary to the covenant now to be made betweene them see Ps. 44. 18 V. 25. a well which was of great use and worth in that dry country as the
2. These were of the worst sort of people in the land Ezek. 16. 3. Vers. 35. a bitternesse of spirit that is a griefe of mind through their bitter provocation and rebellious cariage so that they were yrked of their life by reason of them Gen. 27. 46. Or of a rebellious spirit resisting their parents This latter the Greeke followeth calling them Contentious with Isaak and Rebekah and the Chaldee saith they were rebellious and stubborne against the word of Isaak and Rebekah unto which the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth that they served God with strange service that is idolatry and received not the instruction either of Isaak or of Rebekah See Gen. 27. 46. CHAP. XXVII 1 Isaak sendeth Esau for venison purposing to eat and blesse him before his death 5 Rebekah instructeth Iakob to obtaine the blessing 15 Iakob under the person of Esau obtaineth it 30 Esau bringeth venison 33. Isaak trembleth 34 Esau complaineth and by importunity obtaineth a blessing 41 He threatneth to kill Iakob 42 Rebekah disappointeth it ANd it was when Isaak was old and his eyes were dimme that he could not see then called hee Esau his elder son and said unto him my son and hee said unto him Behold here am I. And he said Behold now I am old I know not the day of my death And now take I pray thee thy wepons thy quiver and thy bow and goe out to the field and hunt for me venison And make for me savoury-meats such as I love and bring it to me that I may eat that my soule may blesse thee before I dye And Rebekah heard when Isaak spake to Esau his sonne and Esau went to the field to hunt for venison for to bring it And Rebekah said unto Iakob her son saying Behold I heard thy father speaking unto Esau thy brother saying Bring me venison and make for me savoury-meats that I may eat and I will blesse thee before Iehovah before my death And now my sonne obey my voice according to that I doe command thee Goe now unto the flocke and take to me from thence two good kids of the goats and I will make them savoury-meats for thy father such as he loveth And thou shalt bring them to thy father that he may eat for that hee may blesse thee before his death And Iakob said to Rebekah his mother Behold Esau my brother is a hairy man and I a smooth man If so be my father shall feele me then shall I be in his eyes as a deceiver and I shall bring upon me a curse and not a blessing And his mother said unto him Vpon me be thy curse my sonne Onely obey my voice and goe take them unto me And he went and tooke and brought them to his mother and his mother made savoury-meats such as his father loved And Rebekah tooke the desireable garments of Esau her elder sonne which were with her in the house and put them upon Iakob her yonger sonne And the skinns of the kids of the goats she put upon his hands and upon the smooth of his neck And she gave the savoury-meats and the bread which shee had made into the hand of Iakob her sonne And he came unto his father and said my father and hee said Behold here I am who art thou my sonne And Iakob said unto his father I am Esau thy firstborn I have done even as thou spakest unto mee Arise I pray thee sit and eate of my venison that thy soule may blesse me And Isaak said unto his son How is this that thou hast so soon found it my son And hee said because Iehovah thy God brought it to passe before me And Isaak said unto Iakob Come neere I pray thee and let me feele thee my sonne whether thou be the same my sonne Esau or not And Iakob went-neere unto Isaak his father and he felt him and he said the voice is the voice of Iakob and the hands are the hands of Esau. And he discerned him not because his hands were as the hands of Esau his brother hairy and he blessed him And he said art thou the same my sonne Esau And he said I. And he said Bring-neere unto me and I will eat of my sonnes venison that my soule may blesse thee and hee brought it neere to him and he did eat and he brought unto him wine and hee dranke And Isaak his father said unto him Come neere now and kisse me my sonne And he came neere and kissed him and he smelled the smell of his garments and blessed him and said See the smell of my sonne is as the smell of a field the which Iehovah hath blessed And God give unto thee of the dew of the heavens and of the fatnesses of the earth and multitude of corne and of new-wine Let peoples serve thee and nations bow-downe themselves unto thee be thou a master to thy brethren and let thy mothers sonnes bow-downe-themselves unto thee Cursed be every one of them that curse thee and blessed be every one of them that blesse thee And it was when as Isaak had made an end of blessing Iakob and it was that Iakob was but going gone out from the presence of Isaak his father that Esau his brother came in from his hunting And he also made savoury meats brought them to his father and said unto his father Let my father arise and eate of his sonnes venison that thy soule may blesse me And Isaak his father said unto him who art thou and he said I am thy son thy first borne Esau And Isaak trembled with a very vehement great trembling said Who where is he that hath hunted venison broght it unto me I have eaten of all ere thou camest and have blessed him yea and he shall bee blessed When Esau heard the words of his father then cryed-he-out with an outcry great and bitter very vehemently and said unto his father Blesse me mee also my father And he said Thy brother came with guile and he hath taken thy blessing And he said Is it because his name was called Iakob for hee hath supplanted me these two-times he tooke my first-birthright and behold now he hath taken my blessing and he said hast thou not reserved a blessing for me And Isaak answered and said unto Esau Loe I have appointed him to be a master over thee and all his brethren have I given to him for servants and with corne and new wine have I sustained him and unto thee now what shall I doe my son And Esau said unto his father Hast thou but that one blessing my father blesse me me also my father and Esau lifted up his voice and wept And Isaak his father answerd and said unto him Behold of the fatnesses of the earth shall thy dwelling be and of the dew of the heavens from above And by thy sword shalt thou live and thy Brother shalt thou serve and it shall be when thou shalt get-the-dominion that thou shalt breake his yoake
former teares to proceed not from true repentance And in hating his brother for the blessing hee shewed himselfe to bee of that wicked one as was Kain 1 Ioh. 3. 12. 15. This hatred continued also in his posterity against Iakob Obad. v. 10. 11. c. for my father the Hebrew phrase as also the Greeke is of my father but the meaning is for my fathers death as the like speeches otherwhere manifest Ezek. 24. 17. Ier. 6. 26. and at burials they used to mourne seven daies Gen. 50. 10. The Greeke translateth Let the daies of my fathers mourning be nigh that I may kill Iakob my brother so making it a wish for his fathers speedy death and the Hebrew also will bear that translation yea his words are such as may imply not a stay till his fathers death but that hee would with the first opportunity kill Iakob and so his father would soone die with sorrow Thus meaning he would be a double parricide And Rebekah with the first sent Iakob away to prevent danger Vers. 42. comforteth himselfe in respect of his losse of the blessing with this purpose and hope to kill thee So the comfort of the wicked is grounded on evill The Greeke translateth he threatneth thee and the Chaldee he layeth wayt for thee Vers. 43. flee thou or flee for thy selfe and for thy safety Here the blessing brought speedy persecution and exile upon Iakob which his mother counselled him in faith to undergoe rather then for his life to make accord with Esau and to forgoe his first birthright now obtained Vers. 44 a few daies these fell out to bee twenty yeeres as the sequele of the history sheweth Gen. 31. 38. and Rebekah saw him no more as the Hebrew Doctors gather by the time of her death which they thinke was before Iakob came againe See the notes on Gen. 35. 8. Vers. 45. why should I be the Greeke turneth it lest I be bereaved and she speaketh of the losse of them both for that Esau for his murder was also to be killed by the law in Gen. 9. 6. or if man had not punished him God might have cursed and cast him out as he did Kain Gen. 4. 11. 16. of Cheth the Greeke saith daughters of the sonnes of Cheth the Chethites whom Esau had maried Gen. 26. 34. 35. This griefe she tooke for an occasion also to get Isaaks consent unto Iakobs departure of the land that is of the inhabitants of the land whether Chethites or any other of the Canaanites see Gen. 11. 1. wherefore have I that is what good will my life doe me meaning none at all CHAP. XXVIII 1 Isaak blesseth Iakob and sendeth him to Padan Aram for a wife 9 Esau seeing it marieth Machalath the daughter of Ismael 10 Iakob by the way hath a dreame and vision of a ladder 13 God appearing promiseth to blesse him and bring him home againe 16 Iakob awaking and moved with reverence of the place annointeth a stone set up for a pillar and nameth the place Bethel 20 and maketh a vow to honour God there when he shall returne in peace ANd Isaak called Iakob and blessed him and commanded him and said unto him Thou shalt not take a wife of the daughters of Canaan Arise goe to Padan Aram to the house of Bethuel thy mothers father and take to thee a wife from thence of the daughters of Laban thy mothers brother And God Almighty blesse thee and make thee fruitfull and multiply thee and be thou an assembly of peoples And he give to thee the blessing of Abraham to thee and to thy seed with thee that thou maist inherite the land of thy sojournings which God gave unto Abraham And Isaak sent-away Iakob and he went to Padan Aram unto Laban son of Bethuel the Syrian the brother of Rebekah mother of Iakob and Esau. And Esau saw that Isaak had blessed Iakob and sent him to Padan Aram to take unto him a wife from thence when he blessed him and commanded him saying thou shalt not take a wife of the daughters of Canaan And Iakob had obeyed his father and his mother and was gone to Padan Aram. And Esau saw that the daughters of Canaan were evill in the eyes of Isaak his father Then went Esau unto Ismael and tooke Machalath daughter of Ismael son of Abraham the sister of Nebajoth unto his wives to him to wife 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And Iakob went-forth from Beersheba and went to Charran And he lighted upon a place and taried there all night because the sunne was gone-downe and he tooke of the stones of the place and put for his pillowes and lay-downe in that place And he dreamed and behold a ladder set-up on the earth and the head of it reaching to the heavens and behold the Angels of God ascending and descending on it And behold Iehovah was standing above it and said I Iehovah the God of Abraham thy father and the God of Isaak the land that which thou lyest upon to thee will I give it and to thy seed And thy seed shall be as the dust of the earth and thou shalt spread-abroad to the sea and to the East and to the North and to the south and blessed shall be in thee all families of the earth and in thy seed And behold I will be with thee and will keepe thee in all the way that thou shalt goe and will returne thee againe unto this land for I will not leave thee untill that I have done that which I have spoken unto thee And Iakob awaked out of his sleepe and he said Surely Iehovah is in this place and I knew it not And he feared and said how fearefull is this place this is no other but the house of God and this is the gate of heavens And Iakob rose-up-early in the morning and took the stone that he had put for his pillowes and set it for a pillar and he powred oile upon the head thereof And hee called the name of that place Bethel but Luz was the name of the citie at the first And Iakob vowed a vow saying If God will be with mee and will keepe mee in this way which I am going and will give me bread to eat and rayment to put on And I returne in peace unto my fathers house and Iehovah shall be to me a God And this stone which I have set for a pillar shall be the house of God and of all that thou shalt give to me I will tithing givethe-tenth unto thee Annotations BLessed him God hereby confirmed Iakobs faith against doubts and feares both of things past and to come while his father now wittingly and willingly blesseth him and comforteth him against future troubles that might befall him in his pilgrimage The Hebrew Doctors say Better is the end of a thing then the beginning thereof Eccles. 7 8. the first blessings where with Isaak blessed Iaakob were of the dew of heaven and corne of the earth Gen. 27. 28. the after
appeare in these sons of Israel yet God in mercy pardoned them and hath honoured them in the scriptures with great dignities that their names should bee graven on twelve precious stones and caried upon the hie priests heart Exod. 28. 21. 29. and that the gates of the heavenly Ierusalē should be after the names of these twelve sons of Israel Ezek. 48. 31. Rev. 21. 12. And their number as it was answerable to the twelve Princes that came of Ismael Gen. 25. 16. so is it remembred by the twelve Apostles of Christ Luk. 6. 13. Rev. 21. 14. And although of Ioseph there came two tribes Gen. 48. 5. 6. so that after a sort there were thirteene yet the scripture in naming or rehearsing them usually setteth downe but twelve omitting the name now of one then of another as may in sunday places bee observed Deut. 33. Ezek. 48. Rev. 7. c. V. 23. Issachar of the naming and interpretation of these see the notes on Gen. 29. and 30. Here is to be observed how Issachar Zabulon are set next after Iudah though Dan Naphtali Gad Aser were borne between them Gen. 29. 35. and 30. 6. 8. 11. 13. 18. because all the sonnes of one mother should be set together so they are placed also in Gen. 46. 8. 14. 15. and 49. 3. 14. where Zabulon is before Issachar and Exod. 1. 2. 3. Numb 1. 5. 9. 26. 28. 1 Chron. 2. 1. And in this order were they graven and set on the stones upon Aarons Ephod see Exod. 28 10 21. in the annotations V. 26. were borne so the Gr. expresseth it the Hebrew being singular was borne So in Gen. 46. 22. Padan Aram or Mesopotamia see Gen. 25. 20. But here except Benjamin for he was borne in Canaan ver 18. Iakobs sons though borne out of the land yet come thereinto it being promised them of God Gen. 28. 13. when Esaus sons borne in the land do goe out and give place Gen. 36. 5. 6. Ver. 27. Mamre see Gen. 13. 18. and 23. 2. the Greeke addeth he being yet alive to Mambre V. 29. his peoples his godly forefathers see Gen. 25. 8. buried him so Isaak and Ismael buried Abraham Gen. 25. 9. Esau Iakob were now 120 yeeres old Gen. 25. 26. the world was 2288. yeere old And Isaak had lived blind above 40. yeeres before his death Gen. 27. 1. Which death is here mentioned to make an end of Iakobs history for otherwise the things following in Gen. 37. 38. about Ioseph Iudah fell out before Isaak dyed CHAP. XXXVI 1 The generations of Esau by his three wives 6 His removing to mount Seir. 10 The names of his sonnes 15 The Dukes which descended of his sons 20 The sons and Dukes of Seir. 24 Anah findeth mules 31 The Kings of Edom. 40 The Dukes that descended of Esau. ANd these are the generations of Esau he is Edom. Esau took his wives of the daughters of Canaan Adah the daughter of Elon the Chethite and Aholibamah the daughter of Anah the daughter of Zibeō the Evite And Basemath the daughter of Ismael the sister of Nebaioth And Adah bare to Esau Eliphaz and Basemath bare Reuel And Aholibamah bare Ieush and Iaalam and Korah these were the sonnes of Esau which were borne unto him in the land of Canaan And Esau tooke his wives and his sons and his daughters and all the soules of his house and his cattell and all his beasts and all his substance which he had gathered in the land of Canaan and went unto a land from the face of Iakob his brother For their substance was more then that they might dwell together the land of their sojournings was not able to beare them because of their cattel And Esau dwelt in the mount of Seir Esau he is Edom. And these are the generations of Esau the father of Edom in the mount of Seir. These are the names of the sons of Esau Eliphaz the son of Adah the wife of Esau Reuel the son of Basemath the wife of Esau. And the sonnes of Eliphaz were Teman Omar Zepho and Gatam and Kenaz And Timna was concubine to Eliphaz Esaus son and she bare to Eliphaz Amalek these were the sons of Adah the wife of Esau And these were the sons of Reuel Nachath and Zerah Shammah and Mizzah these were the sons of Basemath the wife of Esau. And these were the sons of Aholibamah the daughter of Anah the daughter of Zibeon the wife of Esau and she bare to Esau Ieush and Iaalam Korah These were Dukes of the sons of Esau the sons of Eliphaz the first-borne of Esau duke Teman duke Omar duke Zepho duke Kenaz Duke Korah duke Gatam duke Amalek these were the dukes of Eliphaz in the land of Edom these were the sons of Adah And these were the sons of Reuel the son of Esau duke Nachath duke Zerah duke Shammah duke Mizzah these were the duks of Reuel in the land of Edom these were the sonnes of Basemath the wife of Esau. And these were the sons of Aholibamah the wife of Esau duke Ieush duke Iaalam duke Korah these were the dukes of Aholibamah the daughter of Anah the wife of Esau. These were the sons of Esau and these the dukes of them he is Edom. These were the sons of Seir the Chorite the inhabitants of the land Lotan and Shobal and Zibeon and Anah And Dishon Ezer and Dishan these were the dukes of the Chorites the sons of Seir in the land of Edom. And the sons of Loton were Chori and Hemam the sister of Lotan was Timna And these were the sons of Shobal Alvan and Manachath and Ebal Shepho and Onam And these were the sons of Zibeon both Ajah and Anah this Anah was he that found the mules in the wildernesse when he fed the asses of Zibeon his father And these were the sons of Anah Dishon and Aholibamah the daughter of Anah And these were the sons of Dishan Chemdan and Eshban and Iethran and Ceran These were the sons of Ezer Bilhan Zaavan and Akan These were the sons of Dishan Vz Aran. These were the dukes of the Chorites duke Lotan duke Shobal duke Zibeon duke Anah Duke Dishon duke Ezer duke Dishan these were the dukes of the Chorites according to their dukes in the land of Seir. And these were the Kings which reigned in the land of Edom before there reigned any King of the sons of Israel And there reigned in Edom Bela the son of Beor and the name of his citie was Dinhabah And Bela dyed and there reigned in his sted Iobab the son of Zerach of Bozrah And Iobab dyed and there reigned in his stead Chusham of the land of Temani And Chusham dyed and there reigned in his stead Hadad the son of Bedad who smote Midian in the field of Moab and the name of his citie was Avith And Hadap dyed and there reigned in his stead Samlah of Masrekah And Samlah dyed and
is no where found but in this place mules elsewhere are called Peradim 1 King 10. 25. 2 King 5. 17. It is therefore doubted what Iemim here meaneth And the Greek leaveth it untranslated Iamein as not knowing what it should be The Chaldee turneth it Gibbaraja that is Mighties or Giants as the word is used Gen. 6. 4. Others because Iemim hath affinity with Iam the Sea and majim waters translate it hot-waters or bathes which Anah should find in the desert But because it is knowne that mules are ingendred of the mixture of horses and asses or of he-asses and mares as Pliny sheweth in Histor. b. 8. ch 44. translated commonly therefore in Greeke hemionous that is half-asses 1 King 10. 25. c. and mules of themselues are barren and doe not encrease as the Philosopher noteth Arist. de Animal l. 15. it is likely they were not created at the first of God because he gaue all such creatures this blessing to be fruitfull and to multiply Gen. 1. 22. 28. and 8. 17. And that therefore they were found out by the wit of this man who feeding his fathers asses caused them to ingender with another kind as horses which was both against nature as first God set every thing according to his kind Gen. 1. 24. and 6. 19. 20. and against the plaine law which he after gave unto Israel Levit. 19. 19. thou shalt not let thy cattell engender with a diverse kind And the name Iemim first given them by Anah might be changed into Peradim which hath the signification of Parted or Separated as differing from all other beasts Vers. 26. Dishan called Dishon vers 21. and 1 Chron 1. 41. in Greek Deson Chemdan called also Chamram 1 Chron. 1. 41. d changed into r as is often see Gen. 10. 3. In Greeke Amada and Amadam 1. Chron. 1. 41. Cerán pronounced Keran or Cran in Greeke Charran Vers. 27. Akan called Iakan 1 Chron. 1. 42. in Greeke here Oukam and in 1 Chron. 1. 42. Ilakan Vers. 28. Aran. Thus have wee here of Seir seven sons and a daughter and againe of those seven nineteene sons and a daughter All which for Esaus sake are registred in the book of God Vers. 29. Chorites Hebr. Chorite singular for plurall as vers 21. see Gen. 10. 16. The Greek keepeth the singular Chorri Vers. 30. their Dukes that is their kingdomes as the Greek translateth it For these 7 sons of Seir had their Dukedomes at one time in severall places and did not one succeed another as the Kings that follow So King in Esay 23. 15. is used for the Kingdome of Babylon and foure Kings in Dan. 7. 17. are foure kingdomes as the Holy Ghost there expoundeth it in vers 23. the fourth beast shall bee the fourth kingdome and the throne of the Kings 2 King 11. 19. is by another Prophet called the throne of the kingdome 2 Chron. 23. 20. Vers. 31. of the sonnes or to that is over or among the sonnes of Israel the Greek saith in Israel that is before Moses time for he was King in Ieshurun Deut. 33. 5. Thus Esau after his Dukes had of his posterity 8 Kings which successively ruled their people whiles Israel was in affliction in Aegypt Exod. 1. c. Vers. 32. Bela in Greek Balak and in 1 Chron. 1. 43. in stead of Beor the Greeke hath Sepphor according to the name of the King of Moab in Numb 22. 2. Vers. 33. Bozrah a chiefe Citie in the land of Edom Esay 34. 6. and 63. 1. in Greek called Bosora Vers. 34. of Temani that is of the Temanites which had the name of Duke Teman Esaus Nephew verse 15. Of this land was Eliphaz Iobs friend Iob 2. 11. By interpretation Teman signifieth the South and so the Chaldee here taketh it The Gr. translateth Asom of the land of Thaimanon Vers. 35. Bedad in Greeke here Barad but in 1 Chron. 1. 46. Badad smote that is killed as the Chaldee and Greeke explaine see Gen. 14. 17. field that is country see Gen. 14. 7. Avith called Ajith 1 Chron. 1. 46. in Greeke here Gethaim but in 1 Chron. 1. 46. Ebith Vers. 36. Samlah in Greeke Samada of Massekka in 1 Chr 1. 47. Samaa of Meserika Vers. 37. Rechoboth a City built by Nimrod Gen. 10. 11. in Greeke Robooth It was by the River Euphrates as the Chaldee expoundeth it Vers. 38. Baal-chanan the same name by transplacing the parts of it is Hannibal Channibaal of which name were sundry Captaines afterward as in the story of the Carthaginean wars The Greek saith here Ballaenon in 1 Chron. 1. 49. Balenon son of Achobor Vers. 39. Hadar called Hadad 1 Chron. 1. 50. The Greeke is Arad son of Barad Pau called also Pai 1. Chron. 1. 50. in Greeke Phogor but in 1. Chron. 1. 50. Phaoul In that these Kings were of so sundry Cities it appeareth their Kingdomes came not by inheritance but either by election of the people or gotten by conquest according to the Oracle by thy sword shalt thou live Gen. 27. 40. daughter of Me-zahab by daughter some understand neece others take Mezahab for the name of a City Medava named of golden waters which the word signifieth a daughter or inhabitant whereof she was The Greek here translateth Son of Maizook in 1 Chron. 1. daughter in Chaldee daughter of the Gold-melter or Gold smith In 1 Chron. 1. 51. there is added the death of this Hadar here omitted as And Hadad dyed Vers. 40. the Dukes after eight Kings it seemeth the forme of government was againe changed among the Edomites though it is uncertaine when it was At Israels comming out of Aegypt they mention the Dukes of Edom Ex. 15. 15. and as they passed through the wildernesse they sent to the King of Edom Num. 20. 14. and here it was said these 8 Kings reigned in Edom before any king reigned in Israel v. 31. It is likely therfore that upon the unkind dealing of that King of Edom w ch seemeth to be Hadar who denyed to let Israel pass through their Land the Lord removed the dignity of Kings from that common-wealth and let it bee ruled by Dukes againe whereof eleven are here by name rehearsed families the Greeke saith in their tribes Timna in Greek Thamna and Thaiman in 1 Chron. 1. 51. Alva called Alja 1 Chron. 1. 51. in Greeke Gola and there Aloua Ietheth in Greeke Iethar Vers. 41. Aholibamah the Greek writeth these names here Olibemas Helas Phinon in 1 Chr. 1. 52. Elibama Hela Phinon Vers. 42. Mibzar in Greeke Mazar Vers. 43. Iram in Greek here Zaphoei but in 1 Chron. 1. 54. Areraman habitations which the Greeke translateth aedifices that is builded habitations possession or firme-hold whereas Iakob and his children dwelt in the land of their peregrination or sojournings vers 7. Gen. 37. 1. and 28. 4. God thus giving Esau his portion first in this world and after doing good unto Israel Deut. 2. 5. c. See also Gen. 25.
was he when hee interpreted Pharaohs dreame Gen. 41. 46. and nine yeeres after when there had been 7 yeers plenty and two yeeres famine did Iakob with his family goe downe into Egypt Gen. 41. 53. 54. and 45. 6. 11. and at their going-downe thither Pharez the sonne of Iudas whose birth is set downe in the end of this chapter had two sonnes Ezron and Hamul Gen. 46. 8. 12. Seeing then from the selling of Ioseph unto Israels going into Egypt there cannot bee above three and twenty yeeres how is it possible that Iudas should take a wife and have by her three sonnes one after another and Selah the yongest of the three bee mariageable when Iudas begat Pharez of Thamar Gen. 38. 14. 24. and Pharez bee growne up maried and have two sonnes all within so short a space The time therefore here spoken of seemeth to bee soone after Iakobs comming to Sechem Gen. 33. 18. before that historie of Dinah Gen. 34. though Moses for speciall cause relateth it in this place Iudah or Iudas as the Greeke alwaies nameth him Mat. 1. 2. a man an Adullamite that is an heathen man dwelling in Adullam or Odollam as the Greeke calleth it a citie in the land of Canaan which afterward was given for a possession to the Sonnes of this Iudas Ios. 15. 1. 35. The word man here as in the verse following may be omitted for the sense see Gen. 13. 8. or it may be read a man of Adullam as where one Evangelist writeth The men Ninivites Mat. 12. 41. another writeth The men of Niniveh Luk. 11. 32. Vers. 2. Canaanite the Chaldee translateth it a merchant and so the word is sometime used in Scripture Prov. 31. 24. Iob. 41. 6. but the Greeke here calleth him a Chananaean Shua in Greek Saba but in vers 12. Saua tooke her namely to wife as verse 12. Contrary to his dutie for he should not have maried with such Gen. 24. 3. and 27. 46. and 28. 1. Iudas was now in likelihood about 13. or 14. yeeres of age went in that is lay with her see Gen. 6. 4. Vers. 4. Onan in Greeke Aunan Vers. 5. Selah or Shelah in Greeke Selom so after verse 11. c. he was the Greeke saith she was Chezib a towne called also Achzib which likewise fell to the tribe of Iudah Ios. 15. 44. The Greeke calleth it Chazbi The name hath in Hebrew the signification of lying and to it the Prophet alludeth saying the houses of Achzib shall be Achzab a Lye to the Kings of Israel Micah 1. 14. Vers. 6. to Er or for Er when in likelihood he also was about 14. yeeres of age Thamar or Tamar that is by interpretation a palme tree Song 7. 7. Of what kindred she was the scripture speaketh not but shee became the mother to our Lord Christ according to the flesh Mat. 1. 3. Vers. 7. evill in the eyes that is displeasing The letters in Hebrew of this word * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 evill and of his name * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Er are the same the order onely changed the like whereof is before in Noes name and Grace Gen. 6. 8. slew him this was very soone after his mariage in his youth So evill doers shall bee cut off Psal. 37. 9. And this judgement on Iudahs first borne is mentioned sundry times Gen. 46. 12. Num. 26. 19. 1 Chron. 2. 3. And as our Lord Christ was to come of Iudas Hebr. 7. 14. so God would have no wicked man to be his progenitor Vers. 8. marie her the Hebrew word is not meant of usuall solemnization of mariage but peculiar for marying with his brothers widow and doing that dutie of a kinsman whereof there was a law after given of God according to this case Deut. 25. 5. which law as many other God had made knowne before unto the Patriarchs as this scripture manifesteth The Hebrew Doctors say It is commanded by the Law in Deut. 25. 5. 6. that a man shall marie the wife of his brother by the fathers side if they have beene maried or if they have beene betrothed together if he dye without seed Brethren by the mothers side onely are not counted brethren in this case of marying the brothers wife or for matter of inheritance c. Maimony in Misneh tom 2. in Iibbum and Chalitsah chap. 1. S. 1. 7. See the annotations on Deut. 25. seed a childe which may bee counted thy brothers who is deceased that his name be not wiped away out of Israel Deut. 25. 6. Otherwise excepting this case it was unlawfull for a man to have his brothers wife Levit. 18. 16. and 20. 21. Vers. 9. not be his but stand up with his brothers name as his brothers childe though this was onely for the first borne all the rest should have beene counted his owne Deut. 25. 6. So the Chaldee translateth that the seed should not bee called by his name when or if at any time Whensoever spilled or corrupted which the Greeke translateth shed or spilled An unkinde and most unnaturall fact to spill the seed which by Gods blessing should serve for the propagation of man-kinde and in this man for the propagation of the sonne of God according to the flesh in whom all nations of the earth should be blessed Gen. 22. 18. which made the sinne most impious and hastened Onans speedy death from the hand of God Vers. 11. Remaine or sit dwell a widow so sending her home to her fathers house but without permission to mary another man yet not purposing she should have his sonne for whom hee made her stay This was in him very injurious which God soone chastened him for by the death of his wife and giving him over to incest with his daughter in law By the law in Levit. 22. 13. a widow that had no childe might returne to her fathers house and her estate was as in her youth he sayd in his heart as the Greeke explaineth it lest hee dye meaning I will not give her unto Selah to wife lest he dye also vers 14. An unperfect speech wherof see Gen. 3. 22. and an evill surmise that he had of Thamar as if shee had caused his other sonnes death Vers. 12. the daughter of Shuah the Greek translateth and Saua the wife of Iudas dyed was comforted after mourning for his wives death as Gen. 23. 2. and 24. 57. sheepe shearers At such times they used to have feasts 1 Sam. 25. 8. 11. So hee went to make merry after his mourning his friend the Greeke translateth Eira his shepheard reading for Regneh a friend without vowels Rogneh a shepheard and so in verse 20. but the Chaldee translateth friend and it hath the name in Hebrew of feeding-together and so generally of society friendship neighbourhood Timnath or Thamna a citie in the Philistines country which also befell to Iudahs children for a possession Ios. 15. 57. There Sampson tooke a wife Iudg. 14. 1. c. Vers. 14. wrapped
Hebrew and behold but the word and sometime is redundant in that tongue as is observed on Gen. 36. 24. Vers. 10. as though or when it budded shot-up Hebrew ascended Vers. 12. they are that is they signifie three dayes So in Gen. 41. 26. Vers. 13. within three dayes which is explained vers 20. to be in the third day see a like phrase in Gen. 7. 4. and of the mysticall number three See Gen. 22. 4. lift up this phrase sometime signifieth to promote unto honour as Ier. 52. 31. sometime head is used for summe and it meaneth to take the summe or to reckon as Exod. 30. 12. which may also be intended here The Greeke translateth shal remember thy principality the Chaldee shal remember thee place or base seat meaning his office of butlership as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it and is confirmed by verse 21. Vers. 14. this house this prison so the Greeke saith this hold Ioseph though patient in adversitie yet useth all good means to procure his liberty Vers. 15. stollen by stealth or indeed stollen Hebrew stealing stollen The Hebrews the land of Canaan wherein the children of Abraham dwelt who was called an Hebrue Gen. 14. 13. Thus Ioseph calleth it by faith in Gods promises In Zach. 2. 12. it is called the holy land dungeon or pit in Chaldee the house of prisoners Thus Ioseph pleadeth his innocency as Daniel also did Dan. 6. 22. and Paul Act. 24. 12. 13. 20. and 25. 10. 11. Vers. 16. saw this word the Greeke addeth I saw a dreame white or with holes for the Hebrew word signifieth both and may meane baskets made of white rods with holes as net-worke But the Greeke and Thargum Ierusalemy doe understand it of white bread or meats in them Vers. 19. lift-up or as the Greeke translateth it take away thine head in a contrary meaning to the former vers 13. but it may be understood of reckoning as before and putting this man out of the number of his officers a tree the Chaldee translateth it a Gallow tree or gybbet crosse such as that whereon Christ was crucified called sometime onely a tree as Act. 5. 30. and 10. 39. 1 Pet. 2. 24. After by the law such as dyed on tree had the curse of God upon them Deut. 21. 23 Vers. 20. a banquet Hebrew a drinking This custome to keepe banquets on birth dayes appeareth to be most ancient and it continued till Christs time on earth Mat. 14. 6. and so till this day lifted up the Chaldee translateth he remembred the head c. Vers. 22. hanged As Ioseph was in prison with these two malefactors and according to his word the one was restored to his former honour the other put to death so Christ was in the middest of two malefactors who one of them was restored to eternall life the other left to dye in his sinnes Luk. 23. 33. 39. 43 Vers. 23. forgat him which was both great unthankfulnesse and unto Ioseph a further exercise of faith and patience from the hand of God two yeares longer untill the time his word came Ps. 105. 19. So the scripture elsewhere taxeth forgetfulnesse of benefits and of the affliction of Ioseph Eccles 9. 15. 16. Amos 6. 6. CHAP. XLI 1 Pharaohs two dreames of seven kine and seven eares of corne 8 The wise men of Egypt could not interpret them 9 The Butler remembreth Ioseph and mentioneth him to Pharaoh 14 Who sendeth for Ioseph out of prison and propoundeth to him his dreames 25 Ioseph interpreteth them 29 Seven yeares of plenty are fore told and seven yeares of famine 33 Pharaoh is counselled to provide against the dearth 39 Ioseph is advanced to bee over Pharaohs house and over al the land of Egypt 45 He marieth Asenath 49 gathereth up much corne 50 begetteth two sons Manasses and Ephraim 54 The famine beginneth in Egypt and all lands 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd it was at the end of two yeeres of dayes that Pharaoh dreamed and behold he was standing by the river And behold there came-up out of the river seven kine faire in sight and fat in flesh and they fed in a medow And behold seven other kine came-up after them out of the river ill in sight and leane in flesh and they stood by the other kine upon the brinke of the river And the kine that were ill in sight and leane in flesh did eat-up the seven kine that were faire in sight and fat and Pharaoh awoke And he slept and dreamed the second-time and behold seven eares of-corn came-up in one stalke fat and good And behold seven eares of corn thinn blasted with the east-wind sprang-up after them And the thinn eares swallowed-up the seven fat and full eares and Pharaoh awoke and behold it was a dreame And it was in the morning that his spirit was striken-amazed and he sent and called all the magicians of Egypt and all the wise men thereof and Pharaoh told them his dreame and there was no interpreter of them to Pharaoh And the chiefe of the butlers spake to Pharaoh saying I doe remember this day my sinnes Pharaoh was wroth with his servants and committed me into ward in the house of the Provost Marshall both mee the chiefe of the bakers And wee dreamed a dreame in one night I and he we dreamed each man according to the interpretatiō of his dreame And there was there with us a yong man an Hebrew servant to the Provost Marshall and we told him and hee interpreted to us our dreams to each man according to his dreame did he interpret And it was as he interpreted to us so it was me he restored unto my place and him he hanged And Pharaoh sent and called Ioseph and they brought him hastily out of the dungeon and he shaved himselfe changed his garments and came-in unto Pharaoh And Pharaoh said unto Ioseph I have dreamed a dreame and there is no interpreter of it and I doe heare say of thee thou wilt heare a dreame to interpret it And Ioseph answered Pharaoh saying It is not in mee God will answer the peace of Pharaoh And Pharaoh spake unto Ioseph In my dreame behold I was standing upon the brinke of the riuer And behold there came-up out of the river seven kine fat in flesh and faire in forme and they fed in a medow And behold seven other kine came-up after them poore and very ill in forme and lean in flesh I have not seene their like in all the land of Egypt for evilnesse And the leane and evill kine did eate up the first seven fat kine And they came into the inward-parts of them and it was not knowne that they were come into their inward-parts and their sight was evill as at the beginning and I awoke And I saw in my dreame and behold seven eares of-corne came-up in one stalke full good And behold seven eares of corne withered thinn blasted with an east-wind sprung up after them And the thinn ears
first plagues w ch were from the waters and earth cameby Aarons hand stretching out the rod Exod. 7. 19. 8. 5. 16. three which were from the heavens and aire came by Moses stretching out his hand and rod as the Haile Exod. 9. 22. 23. the Locusts Exod. 10. 12. 13. and the Darknesse Exod. 10. 21. 22. Three came without the hand either of Moses or Aaron as the Mixed swarme Exo. 8. 21. 24. the Murraine Exod. 9. 3. â—and the death of the First borne Exodus 12. 29. and one was by Moses hand but not with the rod as the plague of Boiles Exodus 9. 8. 10. V. 17. there were lice Hebr. there was the lowse put generally for the multitude of this vermine which being of the least sort of Gods creatures did greatly plague the proud nation This David rehearseth among other Gods wonders in Egypt Psal. 105. 31. Humane writers doe record that the Priests of Egypt did shave their whole bodies every third day lest any lowse or other filth should breed upon them that served their gods Herodot in Euterpe So with things which they superstitiously loathed did God plague them The Greeke calleth this plague Sknipes which are a kinde of small stinging gnats but by the Chaldee and others they were lice V. 18. did so that is endevored to doe so but could not and when men are said to doe things above their ability it meaneth their labour and endevour thereto as Matt. 7. 13. enter in at the strait gate that is strive to enter Luk. 13. 24. V. 19. the finger that is the worke Spirit and power of God who is said after the manner of men to doe things by his hand and finger Psam 102. 26. and 8. 4. 109. 27. 1 SaÌ„ 6. 9. To this speech Christ hath reference when he refuted those that withstood his miracles as these Magicians did Moses If I with the finger of God cast out devils Luk. 11. 20. which another Evangelist explaines to bee the spirit of God Matt. 12. 28. Here the coÌ„fession of Iannes and Iambres of whom see before in Exodus 7. 〈◊〉 condemned Pharaoh and themselves that in further resistance they manifested their folly unto all men as 2 Tim. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 9. The Chaldee expoundeth their speech thus it is a plague from before the Lord. Vers. 20 stand or present thy selfe V. 21 a mixed swarme of flies wasps hornets or as somethinke of wilde beasts serpents mice and the like The Hebrew and Chaldee words signifie onely a mixed multitude but shew not of what creatures The Greeke now extant hath Kunomnia that is the Dog flye Hierom saith of old the Lxxij Interpreters called it Koinomuia and Aquila translated it Pammuia that is the common or all sorts of flies The Chaldee paraphrase on Psalme 78. 45. expoundeth it a mixed swarme of wilde beasts of the field so the latter Hebrewes as Aben Ezra and Sol. Iarchi on Exodus 8. name them Lyons Wolves Beares Leopards and all kindes of evill beasts Serpents and Scorpions With whom accordeth Philo or the author of the booke of Wisdome who saith that as the Egyptians worshipped Serpents void of reason and vile beasts so God sent a multitude of unreasonable beasts upon them for vengeance for the Lord wanted not meanes as he saith to send among them a multitude of Beares or fierce Lions or unknowne wilde beasts full of rage newly created breathing out either a fiery vapour or filthy sents of scattered smoake c. Wisd. 11. 15. 17. 18. As in Exodus 12. 38. gnereb is used for a mixed multitude of people of sundry nations so gnarob here seemeth to intend not one but many sorts of creatures flying or running and such they were as did eate or devoure the Egyptians Psalme 78. 45. and corrupted or destroyed the land Exodus 8. 24. and because hee saith their houses should bee full of them I thinke rather they were small creatures than Lyons Beares or the like Vers. 22. will marvellously sever will separate and exempt in a marvellous and glorious manner wherefore the Greeke expoundeth it paradoxaso that is I will marvellously glorifie or miraculously honour See Exodus 33. 16. Goshen in Greek Gesem a province in Egypt where Israel dwelt see Gen. 45. 10. standeth that is staieth or tarieth from being sent away to serve me as Exodus 9. 28. or standeth that is dwelleth in the midst The Greeke translateth ruling all the earth or land Vers. 23. a redemption that is as the Greeke translateth a division or distinction whereby it shall appeare that I doe redeeme and save them from this plague The Chaldee explaineth it thus I will put a redemption to my people and upon thy people I will bring a plague So in Psalme 111. 9. he sent a redemption to his people and herein Gods grace in Christ was figured for by him God hath made a redemption for his people Luk. 1. 68. Vers. 24. did so he said and there came a mixed swarme Psal. 105. 31. which here Moses calleth heavy or grievous both for the multitude of these noysome creatures as the Greeke interpieth the word and for the hurt which they did to the people and and which was corrupted or as the Greeke saith destroyed by them Vers. 26. not meet or not right as being not so appointed of God who called into the wildernes Exod. 3. 18. The Greeke translateth it cannot so be done the abomination that is the beasts which the Egyptians doe worship and doe abhorre to kill or to see killed for sacrifice And the sentence twice repeated may imply two senses 1. Shall we sacrifice to our God such things as the Egyptians sacrifice that would bee abomination to the Lord. 2. Or shall we sacrifice such things as God requireth that would be an abomination to the Egyptians The Greeke translateth plurally abominations the Chaldee explaineth it thus for the beasts which the Egyptian worshippeth we shall offer for sacrifice loe shall we sacrifice the beasts which the Egyptians worship c. The Scripture often calleth the Gods and services of the heathens abominations as Deut. 7. 25. and 12. 30. 31. 2 King 23. 13. Ezra 9. 1. Esay 44. 19. Now the principall sacrifices of the Hebrewes were Oxen and Sheep Gen. 15. 9. and all sheepe-keepers were an abomination to the Egyptians Gen. 46. 34 for as humane writers doe record they that kept in the Temple of Iupiter Thebanus or dwelt in that province in the land of Egypt they all abstained from sheepe and sacrificed goats and those Thebane Egyptians killed no rammes but counted them holy and they had an image of Iupiter with a rammes face Likewise the Egyptians might sacrifice no cowes because they were consecrated unto Isis whose image also they had like a woman with cowes hornes and all the Egyptians reverenced cowes above all of other cattle as witnesseth Herodotus in his historie booke 2. and and other writers testifie the like things of them as Plutarch in his booke of
which I have wrought in Egypt and my signes which I have put amongst them and that ye may know that I am Iehovah And Moses and Aaron came in unto Pharaoh and sayd unto him Thus saith Iehovah the God of the Hebrewes How long reâ—usest thou to humble thy selfe before mee Send away my people that they may serve mee For if thou refuse to send away my people behold I bring to morrow the Locusts into thy coast And they shall cover the eye of the earth and one shall not bee able to see the earth and they shall eate the residue of that which is escaped which remaineth unto you from the haile and shall eate every tree which groweth for you out of the field And they shall fill thy houses and the houses of all thy servants and the houses of al the Egyptians which thy fathers and thy fathers fathers have not seene since the day that they were upon the earth unto this day and he turned himselfe and went out from Pharaoh And Pharaohs servants said unto him How long shall this man be a snare unto us send away the men that they may serve Iehovah their God knowest thou not yet that Egypt is destroyed And Moses and Aaron were brought againe unto Pharaoh and hee said unto them Goe serve Iehovah your God who and who are they that shall goe And Moses said We will goe with our yong and with our old with our sonnes and with our daughters with our flockes and with our herds will we goe for we have a feast of Iehovah And he said unto them Let Iehovah be so with you as I will send away you and your little ones see to it for evill is before your faces Not so goe now yee men and serve Iehovah for that you did request and he drove them out from Pharaohs presence And Iehovah sayd unto Moses Stretch out thy hand over the land of Egypt for the Locusts that they may come up upon the land of Egypt and eate every herbe of the land all that the haile hath left And Moses streched out his rodde over the land of Egypt and Iehovah brought an East wind upon the land all that day and all the night the morning was and the East wind brought up the Locusts And the Locusts went up over all the land of Egypt and rested in all the coasts of Egypt exceeding heavie before them there were no such Locusts as they and after them shall no such be And they covered the eye of all the earth and the land was darkned and they did eate every herbe of the land and all the fruit of the trees which the haile had left and there remained not any greene thing in the trees or in the herbes of the field in all the land of Egypt And Pharaoh hastened to call for Moses and for Aaron and he said I have sinned against Iehovah your God and against you And now forgive I pray thee my sinne onely this once and intreat ye Iehovah your God that he may take away from me this death only And he went out from Pharaoh and intreated Iehovah And Iehovah turned a vehement strong sea wind and tooke away the Locusts and fastened them to the red sea there remained not one Locust in all the coast of Egypt And Iehovah made strong the heart of Pharaoh and hee sent not away the sonnes of Israel And Iehovah said unto Moses Stretch out thy hand toward the heauens and there shall bee darkenesse over the land of Egypt that one may feele the darkenesse And Moses stretched out his hand toward the heavens and there was obscure darknesse in all the land of Egypt three daies They saw not any man his brother neither rose they any man from his place three daies but to all the sonnes of Israel there was light in their dwellings And Pharaoh called unto Moses and said Goe yee serve Iehovah onely let your flockes and your herds be stayed let your little ones also goe with you And Moses said Thou also shalt give into our hand sacrifices and burnt-offrings that we may doe sacrifice to Iehovah our God And our cattell also shall goe with us there shall not an hoofe be left for thereof shall wee take to serve Iehovah our God and we know not with what we shall serve Iehovah untill we come thither And Iehovah made strong the heart of Pharaoh and hee would not send them away And Pharaoh said unto him Get thee from mee take heed to thy selfe see my face no more for in the day thou seest my face thou shalt die And Moses said Thou hast spoken well I will not see thy face againe any more Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the fifteenth Section or Lecture of the Law see Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 1. for I or though I have made heavy that is hardned see Exod. 7. 14. of him of Pharaoh and his servants therefore the Greeke translateth it them saying that these signes may hereafter come upon them Vers. 2. thou this also meaneth Moses and the Israelites as after he saith yee and so the Greeke translateth here And in Deut. 6. 20. 22. Moses willeth Israel to tell their sonnes of the signes and wonders great and evill which the Lord had brought upon Egypt The like is in Psal. 78. 5. 6. 7. c. the things the Chaldee saith the miracles Vers. 3. Hebrewes in the Chaldee Iewes humble thy selfe The Greeke translateth how long wilt thou not reverence me Vers. 4. Locusts or Grashoppers the Hebrew is Locust put generally for a multitude of Locusts as tree for trees Gen. 3. 2. And the originall Arbeh hath the denomination of a multitude because their nature is to be many together as Prov. 30. 27. the Locusts have no king yet goe they forth all of them by heapes and huge multitudes are therefore resembled to Locusts Ier. 46. 23. Iudg. 6. 5. Vers. 5. the eye put for the whole face or upmost part of the earth which is seene with the eye as the Greeke translateth it the sight or superficies The Chaldee explaines it of hiding the sight of the sunne from the earth so in verse 15. Humane writers testifie that the great Locusts flie and make great noise with their wings as if they were birds and doe darken the Sunne Plinie booke 11. chapter 29. that which is escaped Hebr. the escaping or evasion Vers. 6. houses the Locusts are reported to gnaw all things even the doores of houses Plinie booke 11. chapter 29. Some of the Hebrewes write that these Locusts did not onely hurt the fruits of the earth but men also as the author of the booke of Wisedome c. 16. vers 9. saith the bitings of Locusts and of flies killed them neither was there found any remedy for their life Vers. 7. servants the nobles and counsellors of Egypt a snare that is a destruction by the plagues that he bringeth vpon us This word snare usually signifieth the meanes of destruction as Exod 23.
sonnes of Israel went and did even as Iehovah had commanded Moses and Aaron so did they And it was that at midnight Iehovah smote every first-borne in the land of Egypt from the first-borne of Pharaoh that sate on his throne unto the first-borne of the captive that was in the prison house and every first-borne of beasts And Pharaoh rose up in the night he and all his servants and all the Egyptians there was a great crie in Egypt for there was not a house where there was not one dead And hee called for Moses and for Aaron in the night and said Rise up goe out from amongst my people both you and the sonnes of Israel and goe serve Iehovoh as ye have spoken Also take your stockes and your herds as ye have spoken and goe and blesse me also And the Egyptians were urgent upon the people making hast to send them away out of the land for they said We be all dead men And the people tooke up their dough before it was levened their lumps of dough bound up in their cloathes upon their shoulders And the sonnes of Israel did according to the word of Moses and asked of the Egyptians jewles of silver and jewels of gold and garments And Iehovah gave the people grace in the eyes of the Egyptians and they gave them their asking and they spoiled the Egyptians And the sonnes of Israel journied from Rameses to Succoth about sixe hundred thousand on foote that were men beside little ones And also much mixed people went up with them and flockes and herds a very great possession of cattell And they baked the dough which they brought forth out of Egypt cakes unlevened for it was not levened for they were thrust out from Egypt and could not tarry neither had they made ready for themselves any victuall And the dwelling of the sonnes of Israel who dwelt in Egypt was foure hundred yeeres and thirty yeeres And it was at the end of the foure hundred yeeres and thirty yeeres even in the selfe-same day it was all the armies of Iehovah went out from the land of Egypt It is a night of observations to Iehovah for bringing them out from the land of Egypt this is that night of Iehovah of observations for all the sons of Israel through-out their generations And Iehovah said unto Moses and Aaron This is the statute of the Passeover no strangers sonne shall eat thereof But every servant of any man bought for money when thou hast circumcised him then he shall eat thereof A forreiner and an hired servant shall not eat thereof In one house shall it be eaten thou shalt not carry forth ought of the flesh abroad out of the house and yee shall not breake a bone thereof All the congregation of Israel shall doe it And when a stranger shall sojourne with thee and will doe the Passeover to Iehovah let every male of his be circumcised and then he shall come neere to doe it and he shall be as the home-borne of the land but any uncircumcised shall not eat thereof One law shall be to the home-borne and to the stranger that sojourneth among you And all the sonnes of Israel did even as Iehovah commanded Moses and Aaron so did they And it was in this selfe-same day Iehovah brought forth the sonnes of Israel out of the land of Egypt by their armies Annotations ANd or Also Iebovah had said to wit before Moses had gone out from Pharaohs presence and threatned the death of the first borne Exod. 11. 4. for this pasch all Lambe was got ready the fourth day before it was killed as after is manifest in verse 3. and 6. This moneth â—named in Hebrew Abib Exod. 13. 4. and Nisan Nehem. 2. 1. by which name the Chaldee calleth it in this chapter verse 18. it is with us called March or Aprill for it fell out sometime to be part of both the head that is as the Greeke translateth the beginning So the head that is the beginning of the yeere Ezek. 40. 1. unto you By reason of this their going out of Egypt the yeere which before began in September Exod. 23. 16 hath his beginning to the Iewes Ecclesiastically in Abib or March but for the Iubilees and civill affaires it began as it had done before Levit. 25. 8. 9. 10. This also Iosephus testifieth in Antiq. b. 1. c 4. See the notes on Gen. 7. 11. Because this release of Israel was a figure of the Churches redemption by Christ who reneweth the world 1 Cor. 5. 7. 8. 2 Cor. 5. 17. and who was to suffer death also in this moneth Iohn 18. 28. c. therefore God made it the head and first of the yeere that by it the Church might bee taught to expect the acceptable yeere of the Lord which Christ preached Luk. 4. 19. Vers. 3. the tenth that is the 10. day as the first Matth. 26. 17. is expounded the first day Mar. 14. 12. On this day the Israelites after did goe through Iordan into the land of Canaan Ios. 4. 19. And Christ our paschall Lambe on this day entred Ierusalem riding upon an asse colt and was received of the people with palme branches and crying Hosanna c. Ioh. 12. 1. 12. 13. c. In him this type was truly fulfilled that they or and let them take the Greeke translateth let them take leaving on t the word and which the Hebrew sometime doth as is noted on Gen. 8. 6. lambe or kid a young sheepe or goat as is explained in vers 5. It was a figure of Christ the true Lambe of GOD 1 Cor. 5. 7. Ioh. 1. 29. house that is as the Greeke translateth houses The whole armie of Israel was divided into twelve tribes those tribes into families the families againe into houses and then to particular persons as appeareth by Num. 1. and Ios. 7. 14. c. Vers. 4. to befor or to be above a lambe so that they cannot overcome the same by eating it up The words following shew this to be meant for eating and the Greeke translateth thus if there bee few in the house so that they are not enough for the lamb As the word little or lesse sometime signifieth unworthinesse Gen. 32. 10. so here and elsewhere it signifieth inability which the Scripture maketh plaine as too little to receive 1 King 8. 64. is expounded not able to receive 2 Chro. 7. 7. soules that is persons 〈…〉 make your count or shell number to wit how many are meet and sufficient for the cating of the lambe Our Saviour and his twelve disciples did eat the same together Matth. 26. 18. 20. Of this counting the Iewes doe write gathering it from this law that it must be made whiles the Lambe is yet alive and the passeover might not be killed but for such as were made count of and those they called sonnes of the society that is communicants And that if the Lambe were killed for such as were not counted therefore or for
sacrificers went up unto it and downe from it 2 Chron. 4. 1. Levit. 9. 22. nakednesse that is uncomely parts or shame as the Greeke translateth it which as honesty would have covered from the eyes of man Gen. 9. 22. 23. so religion teacheth us to cover in the presence of God And this rule extendeth to the comely covering of all parts of our body 1 Cor. 11. 4. 5. 13. especially to hide our spirituall shame and nakednesse Revel 16. 15. Wherefore God appointed linnen breeches to cover the nakednesse of the Priests Exod. 28. 42. 43. covereth of his grace the nakednesse of all his people Ezek. 16. 8. Rev. 3. 18. CHAP. XXI 2. Iudiciall lewes for men servants 5 For the servant whose eare is bored 7 For women servants 1â— For man 〈…〉 ter 16 For stealers of men 17 For cursers of parents 18 For smiters 22 For hurting a womâ—n with child 26 For maiâ—ing a servant 28 For an oxe that goreth 33 For him that is an occasion of harme 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 AND these are the Iudgments which thou shalt set before them When thou shalt buy an Hebrew servant six y 〈…〉 hee shall serve and in the seventh hee shall goe out free for nothing If hee came in with his body hee shall goe out with his body if hee were the husband of a wife then his wife shall goe out with him If his master have given him a wife and shee have borne him sonnes or daughters the wife and her children shall bee her masters and he shall goe out with his body And if the servant saying shall say I love my master my wife and my sonnes I will not go out free Then his master shall bring him unto the gods hee shall also bring him unto the doore or unto the doore post and his master shall bore his eare through with an aule and hee shall serve him for ever And when a man shall sel his daughter for a maid servant she shall not goe out as the servants goe out If she be evill in the eyes of her master that * or hath betrothed her to himselfe he doe not betroth het then shall he let her be redeemed to a strange people hee shall not have power to sell her for that h 〈…〉 hath unfaithfully transgressed against he 〈…〉 And if he shal betroth her to his son he shal 〈…〉 doe unto her after the rightfull manner of daughters If he take him another wife her food her raiment her mariage dutie shall he not w th draw And if he do not these three unto her then shall shee goe out freely without money He that smiteth a man he die shall be put to die the death And if he hat 〈…〉 not lien in wait but God hath occasionally delivered him into his hand then I will appoint thee a place whither he shal flee And when a man shall come presumptuously upon his neighbour to slay him with guile from my altar shalt thou take him to die And hee that smiteth his father or his mother shall be put to die the death And heâ— that stealeth a man and selleth him or he be found in his hand shall bee put to die the death And hee that curseth his father or his mother shall be put to dye the death And when men contend and a man smite his neighbour with stone or with fist and hee die not but falleth on bed If he rise againe and walke abroad upon his staffe then the smiter shal be innocent onely hee shall give his sitting still and healing he shal heale him And when a man smite his man-servant or his woman servant with a rod and hee dye under his hand avenging hee shall bee avenged But if he continue a day or two dayes he shall not be avenged for he is his money And when men striue and strike a woman with childe and her births depart from her and there be no mischiefe punishing he shal be punished according as the womans husband will lay upon him and he shall give by tâ—â— judges And if mischiefe be then shalt thou give soule for soule Eie for eye tooth for tooth hand for hand foot for foot Burning for burning wound for wound stripe for stripe And when a man shall smite the eye of his man-servant or the eye of his woman-servant and corrupt it he shall send him away free for his eye And if hee shall smite out the tooth of his man-servant or the tooth of his woman-servant hee shall send him away free for his tooth And when an oxe shall push a man or a woman that he die the oxe shall be stoned with stones and his flesh shall not be eaten and the owner of the oxe shall be innocent And if the oxe were a pusher in times past and it hath beene testified to his owner and hee hath not kept him in but that he hath killed a man or a woman the oxe shall bee stoned and his owner also shall be killed If a ransome be laid upon him then he shall give the redemption of his soule according to all which shall be laid upon him Whether hee have pushed a sonne or pushed a daughter according to this judgment shall it be done unto him If the oxe have pushed a man-servant or a woman-servant he shall give unto his master thirtie shekels of silver and the oxe shall be stoned And when a man shall open a pit or when a man shall digge a pit and not cover it and an oxe or an asse fall there The owner of the pit shall pay hee shall render money to the owner of it and the dead beast shall be his And when a mans oxe shall strike his neighbours oxe that hee die then they shall sell the living oxe and divide the money of it and the dead also they shall divide Or if it be knowne that the oxe was a pusher in time past and his owner hath not kept him in paying he shall pay oxe for oxe and the dead shall be his owne Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the 18. Section of the Law called Mishpatim that is Iudgments See Genes 6. 9. THE Iudgments the Iudiciall lawes annexed to the Law or ten Commandements fore-given Ex. 20. for punishment of transgressors as the ordinances about Gods worship and sacrifices are commonly called statutes or decrees Exod. 12. 24. 43. and 27. 21. and 29. 9. Lev. 3. 17. and 6. 18. 22. The Greeke here and often tran lateth them Dicaiomata Iust judgements and so the Holy Ghost useth the word in Revel 15. 4. The statutes and judgements are often distinctly mentioned Deut. 4. 1. 5. 45. and 5. 1. and 12. 1. and sometime the Law or Commandements annexed with them Deut. 6. 1. and 26. 17. Mal. 4. 4. And these Iudicials were propounded by Moses not by expresse voice of God unto the people as were those ten Words in Exod. 20. before them that is the Israelites and in speciall the Magistrates
of Israel From hence the Hebrewes gather as R. Solomon on this place that it was not lawfull for them to have their causes judged by infidels And Paul hath a much like doctrine in 1 Cor. 6. 1. Vers. 2. Hebrew servant that is as the Chaldee explaineth it a sonne of Israel see Exod. 3. 18. A man might not buy an Hebrew but either when hee willingly sold himselfe for extreme poverty Deut. 15. 12. Levit. 25. 39. or when he was sold against his will by the Magistrate for theft which he was not able to restore Exod. 22. 3. shall serve the Greeke explaineth it shall serve thee This might not be with the service of a bond-servant but as an hired servant and without rigour Levit. 25. 39. 40. 43. For the time the Hebrew canons say He whom the Synedrion the Magistrates sell serveth sixe yeeres from the day of his sale and in the beginning of his seventh yeere he goeth out free If the yeere of release Deut. 15. 1. fall out within any of the sixe yeeres yet hee serveth in it but if the yeere of Iubilee fall though he be sold but one yeere before yet he goeth out free as Levit. 25. 40. 41. 54. He that selleth himselfe may doe it for moe than sixe yeeres If it be for tenne or twentie yeeres and the Iubilee fall out within a yeere after he is sold hee goeth out free Maimony in Misneh treat of servants cap. 2. S. 2. 3. free or a free man as both Greeke and Chaldee doe interpret it This state of servitude figured their subjection unto sinne under the Law Rom. 6. 6. 16. 17. Galat. 4. 25. the seventh yeere figured the time of grace by Christ who proclaimed by his Gospell the acceptable yeere of the Lord Esa. 61. 2. Luke 4. 18. 19. he by his truth maketh men free in deed Ioh. 8. 32. 36. that sinne hath no more dominion over them Rom. 6. 14. 18. for nothing or for nought freely without money as is explained verse 11. or moneys worth Gen. 29. 15. It signified the free gift of mans redemption and iustification by the grace of Christ Rom. 3. 24. where the Apostle useth the same Greeke word Dorean by which the Hebrew is in Greeke translated here Vers. 3. with his body onely and hath no wife as the words following manifest therfore the Greeke and Chaldee translateth it himselfe alone of a wise which is entred into servitude with him therefore the Greeke translateth it thus If a wife came in together with him then the wife shall goe out together with him Vers. 4. given him a wife to wit an heathen bond woman for such onely with their children might be left in servitude Levit. 25. 44. neither might any man thus deale with an Hebrew woman as is after shewed in vers 7. c. And this thing which God here commandeth not but tolerateth the Hebrew Doctors restraine to him onely that is sold by the Magistrate saying Hee whom the Magistrates doe sell his master may give him a Canaanitesse bond woman c. and compell him hereunto that he may beget servants or slaves of her and hee may lawfully use her all the daies of his servitude Exodus 21. 4. but he that selleth himselfe is forbidden a Canaanitesse bond-woman as are all other men of Israel But An Hebrew servant may not have to wife a Canaanitesse untill he have an Israelitesse wife and children For if he have not a wife and children his master may not give him a Canaanitesse And this is by tradition that although he be a Priest that is sold yet he may have a Canaanitesse bond-woman all the daies of his servitude If he have wife and children though his master may give him a Canaanitesse yet may hee not separate him from his wife and children as it is written vers 3. HIS WIFE WITH HIM And hee may not give him two bond women nor give one bond-woman to two Hebrew servants as is the manner to give unto two Canaanite servants These things are recorded by Maimony in his treat of Servants chap. 3. S. 3. 4. 5. with his body that is alone as the Greeke translateth it For his children borne of the bond-woman are bond-men also as the example of Ismael whom Abraham begat of Agar sheweth Genes 21. 9. 10. Galat. 4. 22. 23. 30. So the Hebrew canons also testifie An Israelite that lieth with a Canaanitesse bond-woman c. begetteth a Canaanite in every respect who may be sold and bought and made to serve for ever as other bond-men Maimony treat of Servants chap. 9. Sect. 1. Vers. 5. saying shall say that is shall freely openly and plainely say Greeke shall answer and say my master in Deut. 15. 16. is mentioned also his house from which the Hebrewes gather that if the master have not wife and children the servant is not to be bored in the eare or if his master love not him or if either the master or servant be sicke the servant is not to be bored for it is said in Deut. 15. 16. because he is well with thee Maimony treat of Servants chap. 3. Sect. 11. Vers. 6. the gods that is the Iudges or Magistrates called gods in Psalme 82. 1. 6. because the Word of God was given to them Ioh. 10. 34. 35. So the Chaldee translateth it Iudges the Greeke the judgment of God The Rabbines expound it the Synedrion or Court of three judges and that was the lowest Court. Maimony in Servants chap. 3. Sect. 9. But withall they say None are called Elohim Gods but the Iudges ordained in the land of Israel onely and such as were wise men fit for to judge whom the Senate of the Land of Israel sought out and appointed and imposed hands upon them Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 4. Sect. 4. the doore either of his masters house or of any other mans saith Maimony in treat of Servants chap. 3. his master this the Hebrew Doctors hold strictly must be done by the master himselfe not by his sonne nor by his messenger nor by a messenger of the magistrates Maimony in the same place his eare this the Hebrewes explaine to be his right eare and through the body of it And because the Law saith for servants that at the Iubilee they should return unto their familie Leviticus 25. 41. they doe except the priests from this An Hebrew servant that is a priest may not be bored in the eare because he is made thereby blemished and cannot therefore returne unto his dignitie Maimony treat of Servants chap. 3. Sect. 8. serve him for ever that is as Maimony there explaineth it till the Iubilee or till his masters death If hee die and leave a sonne yet he that is bored serveth not his sonne for it is said he shall serve him not his sonne for ever to his ever of Iubilee The Law for the Iubilee which was every fiftieth yeere see in Levit. 25. 13. 28. 40. 41. and as the word Ever for many things
reached but to the Iubilee so sometime it is but during life as 1 Sam. 1. 22. Thus by all meanes God provided to keepe men out of bondage as he had brought them out of Egyptian servitude to be his servants Levit. 25. 42. Nehem. 5. 8. And the Apostle saith If thou canst be made free use it rather 1 Cor. 7. 21. Especially God taught them hereby to labour for the Libertie which Christ at his Iubilee should bring unto them Ioh. 8. 32. 34. 36. and not to be the servants of men 1 Cor. 7. 23. And by this outward state of servants led them from the bondage of the Law at mount Sina to the freedome of the Gospell at mount Sion Galat. 4. 24. 25. 26. c. For the aule through the eare signified the sharpe iron precepts which men were bound to obey in their going out and comming in their whole administration till either the death of the master or the Iubilee did release them So the Apostle saith The Law hath dominion over a man as long as he liveth c. When wee were in the flesh the passions of sinnes which were by the Law wrought effectually in our members to bring forth fruit unto death but now we are delivered from the Law that being dead wherein we were held that we should serve in ne 〈…〉 of the spirit and not in oldnesse of the letter Romans 7. 1. 5. 6. Vers. 7. sell his daughter which the Hebrew canons say hee might not doe but while shee was a girle under the age and state of mariage not after neither might he sell her but for extreme povertie when he had nothing left of goods moveable or unmoveable unto the cloathes on his backe Maimony treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 1. 2. An example hereof was among the poore Iewes returned our of Babylon Nehem. 5. 1. 5. 8. maid-servant or hand maid see Gen. 16. 1. This servitude by the Law must bee but till the seventh yeere as was before for men-servants whom the Magistrates sold or till the Iubilee if it fell out before Deut 15. 12. Levit. 25. 40. or by the Hebrew canons till the death of her master as the servants that is as slaves basely and with dishonour for the Hebrew men and women might not be made to serve as servants but as hired persons and sojourners Levit. 25. 39. 40. Although therefore this by some is referred to the former law of men-servants in verse 2. 3. c. yet the Greeke translation changeth the gender and so understandeth it of bond-women or slaves And the Iew Doctors referre it to that which followeth in verse 26. 27. that an Hebrew handmaid goeth not out for losse of limme as of eye tooth c. but must receive satisfaction for such hurts as any other of Israel according to the Law in verse 24. Maimony treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 6. Vers. 8. evill that is displeasing as the Greeke also translateth it that he doe not betroth her unto himselfe oâ—to his sonne verse 9. Or who hath betrothed her to himselfe for the Hebrew hath both readings the first in the line the latter in the margine And the writing differeth in the eye * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lo not and to to himselfe but hath no difference in the eare so Moses hearing it of God did by his spirit write both and the margine is that which in the Hebrew is noted to be read The Hebrew Doctors in Thalmud Bab. in Nedarim chap. 4. fol. 37. b. say The words read and not written and written and not read were the tradition of Moses from mount Sinai that is as the Hebrew scholion on that place noteth so Moses received in Sinai and delivered to Israel The Chaldee version in this and other the like places translateth according to the margin an evident proofe that these divers readings were not added by the Masorites as some thinke seeing the Masorites were not so ancient The Greeke copies here varie some having hath betrothed her to him othersome hath not betrothed and so Theâ—lotio and Symmachus also translated hath not betrothed The meaning seemeth to bee if he take dislike of her either before or after shee is betrothed By the Iewes canons An Hebrew maid might not be sold but unto one who either himselfe or his sonne might betroth her when she was mariageable As a man might not sell his daughter to his sonne because she was not meet for her master who was her brother nor for her masters sonns because shee was his fathers sister Maimony treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 11. shall he let her or cause her to be redeemed the Greeke translateth he shall redeeme her The Hebrewes say If her master have bethrothed her to him-selfe or to his sonne she is as other betrothed women and goeth not out but by the death of her husband or by bill and the commandement to betroth is before the commandement to redeeme If her master dye his sonne cannot betroth her to himselfe because she goeth out free by her masters death Maimony treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 7. 8. to a strange people that is to any stranger the Chaldee interprets it to another man And Maimony in the foresaid place Sect. 10. saith he may not sell her nor give her to another man whether he be one farre off or neere and if he either sell or give her it is nothing that he doth unfaithfully transgressed or dealt deceitfully and treacherously failing of that which was expected at his hands The Chaldee translateth he hath ruled over her Vers. 9. of daughters which the Chaldee explaineth of the daughters of Israel as is right and custome to be done with all other maids which are not servants This may be understood of giving a a dowrie as Exod. 22. 16. 17. and all other priviledges of a free woman Vers. 10. take him this the Greeke interpreteth take to himselfe though it may imply both the father and the sonne forespoken of her mariage dutie the due benevolence betweene man and wife such as the Apostle speaketh of 1 Cor. 7. 3. and so the Greek translateth it conversation or companying together the Hebrew Doctors also explain it from the phrase in Gen. 19. 31. to goe in unto her after the way of all the earth Vnto these three the Hebrewes adde seven moe their words are When a man marieth a wife whether she be a virein or otherwise be she great or small a daughter of Israel or a proselyte he oweth unto her ten things and she oweth foure Of the ten three are in the Law her food her rayment and her mariage duty that is to goe in unto her after the manner of all the earth And seven are by the doctrine of the Scribes The first is the principall of the dowrie which for a maid was fiftie shekels as is noted on Exod. 22. 17 and the other are called conditions of the dowrie and they are these to heale her
if she be sicke to redeeme her if she be taken captive to bury her if she dye and to let her be nourished of his goods and to dwell in his house after he dye all the time of her widowhood that her children which shee hath by him be nourished of his goods after his death untill they be espoused that her male children which she hath by him be heires of her dowrie above their portion of inheritance which they have with their brethren And the foure things which she oweth are that the workes of her hands be his that her presence or attendance be upon him that he eat of all the fruits of her goods during her life and if she die while he live that he be her heire hee is before any man in inheriting that she hath Maimony treat of Wives chap. 12. Sect. 1. 2. 3. withdraw or keepe backe as the word signifieth in Numbers 9. 7. the Greeke translateth it defraâ—â— which word Paul useth in speech of the like thing Defraud not one the other 1 Cor. 7. 5. Vers. 11. these three mentioned last in verse 10. or one of those three fore-mentioned touching her bethrothing to himselfe or to his sonne or her redeeming In this latter sense Maimony expoundeth it in his treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 9. freely or for nothing as verse 2. Vers. 12. that smiteth to wit wilfully as the next verse manifesteth See the notes on Gen. 9. 6. put to die or made to die that is killed by the Magistrate and the doubling of the word maketh the charge more strait for no ransome might be taken for the life of a wilfull murderer Numbers 35. 31. The Hebrew Doctors say Foure deaths were in Israel by the Iudges Stoning and Burning and Slaying with the sword and Strangling or Hanging Stoning was heavier than burning and burning heavier then killing with the sword and the sword heavier then strangling All that were to be stoned to death by the law were eighteene namely these 1 Hee that lieth with his owne mother 2 or with his fathers wife 3 or with his daughter in law 4 or with a betrothed maid 5 or with the male 6 or with any beast 7 The woman that lieth downe to a beast 8. The blasphemer 9 He that worshippeth on Idoll 10 or that giveth of his seed to Molech 11 He that hath a familiar spirit 12 and the Wizard Leviticus 20. 27. 13 The inticer to idolatrie Deuter. 13. 6. 14 and the withdrawer or thruster away to idolatrie Deuteronomie 13. 13. 15 The witch 16 The prophaner of the Sabbath 17 He that curseth his father or his mother 18 and there bellious some Deuter. 21. All that were to be burned were ten 1 The priests daughter that playeth the whore under her husband 2 and he that lieth with his daughter 3 or with his daughters daughter 4 or with his sons daughter 5 or with his wives daughter 6 or with her daughters daughter 7 or with her sonnes daughter 8 or with his mother in law 9 or with the mother of his mother in law 10 or with the mother of his father in law Who so lay with any of these whiles his wife lived was to be burned The killed with the sword were two 1 The murderer 2 and the drawne away to idols Deuteâ—onomie 13 15. The strangled were sixe 1 He that lieth with another mans wife 2 Hee that smiteth his father or his mother 3 Hee that steales a soule of Israel 4 The Elder that rebelleth against the decree of the Senate Deuteronomie 17. 12. 5 The false Prophet 6 and he that prophesieth in the name of another god So there are â—ound in all which were to be slaine by the Magistrate thirty and sixe Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 14. Sect. 1. 4. and chap. 15. Sect. 10. 13. Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedrin chap. 7. and 9. Likewise the Chaldee paraphrase on Ruth 1. 17. in the Masorites Bible saith Naomi said wee have foure judgements of death for malefactors Stoning with stones Burning with fire Killing with the sword and Hanging on tree Vers. 13. not lâ—en in wait not hunted as 1 Samuel 24. 12. The Greeke translateth not willing See this more explained in Num. 35. 22. 23. occasionally delivered or offered by chance an example whereof is set downe in Deut. 19. 5. The Greeke and Chaldee translate delivered a place in the land of Canaan the cities of refuge whereof see Num. 35. 6. c. before that there were not any vnlesse Gods Sanctuary and Altar in the wildernesse as may be conjectured by the verse here following and the practice of Ioab 1 Kin. 2. 28. Vers. 14. shall come presumptuously or shall deale proudly the Chaldee saith doe wickedly It meaneth wittingly wilfully and presumptuously from my in Chaldee from before my altar The Greeke addeth and flee unto the altar from my altar shalt thou take him c. But Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it thus though hee be the high priest who standeth and ministreth before me from thhnce shall yee take him and kill him Ioab fearing his life fled unto and caught hold on the hornes of the altar 1 King 28. and among the Heathens altars were places of refuge The wilde beast hath the Rocke for a refuge and seruants the altars of God saith Euripides in Supplic to die or unto death that is to put him to death as the Greeke and Chaldee translate Vers. 15. his father c. though he kill him not yet hee is to die for it as by comparison with the 12. verse appeareth So the Hebrew Doctors also expound it but with limitation for they teach if a childe smite father or mother and leave no print of the stripe on the flesh he is to be punished but not with death if hee leave an impression or skarre or that which is equivalent as when hee smiteth his father on the eare and maketh him deafe such a one is to be put to death as Maimony sheweth it treat of Rebels chap. 5. Sect. 5. 6. Vers. 16. a man any of the sonnes of Israel saith the Greeke translation and also the Chaldee paraphrase And so doth Moses explaine this Law in Deut. 24. 7. a soule that is man woman or child of his brethren of the sonnes of Israel Vers. 17. curseth or speaketh evill to revileth useth light vile and reproachfull speech see Genesis 12. 3. put to die the holy Ghost in Matth. 15. 4. following the Greeke version translateth let him be ended with death that is killed This law is repeated in Levit. 20. 9. The Hebrew Doctors say that if he curse them either alive or dead hee is to be stoned to death for it But they restraine this to his next parents onely if he curse his grand-father they teach hee is not to be stoned but punished as for cursing anotherman Maimony treat of Rebels chap. 5. Sect. 1. 2. Vers. 18. fist so the Greeke translateth but the Chaldee is a clod of earth falleth that is lieth on
if the owner thereofbe with it the meaning is if he be with it in the time of borrowing it c. and there is no need that he be with it in the time when it is broken or dieth If he be not w th it in the time wheÌ„ it is borrowed though he be with it in the time when it is broken or dieth the borrower is bound to pay for it Raâ—bam or Maimony in his comment on Thalmud Bab. in Baba metsignah chap. 8. it came the Gr. translateth it shall be to him or his for his hire And so though the thing miscarry he paieth but the hire onely Vers. 16. entice or perswade so that she consent unto the encicer And herein this differeth from the Law in Deuteronomie 22. 28. 29. which was for such as consented not The Hebrewes say Shee that is lien with in the field it is certainely presumed that she was forced unlesse witnesse testifie that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with in the citie it is presumed 〈◊〉 she was 〈◊〉 because shee 〈◊〉 unlesse witnesse 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that the man drâ—w a 〈◊〉 and saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if thou crie out I will kill her Maimony in Nagharah be 〈…〉 chap. 1. Sect. â—â— not betrothed for to lie with a betrothed maid was death Deut. 22. 24. 25. Vers. 17. weigh that 〈◊〉 pay money The summe is shewed in Deuteronomie 22. 29. to be fiftie shekels of silver The Hebrew Doctors say this mulct was not onely if her father refused but if the maid also or if the inticer himselfe would not marie her they compelled him not but hee gave the mulct and went his way If he maried her then he paid not this mulct but gave her a writing as other maids had Maimony in Nagyarah chap. 1. Sect. 3. Vers. 18. a witch or sorceresse whereof see the notes on Exodus 7. 11. He speaketh of the woman because witchcraft is most in use among that kind but implieth also the man-witch or sorcerer who is likewise named in Deuteronomie 18. 10. Therefore the Greeke translateth it here plurally Witches The Hebrewes observe Whosoever is guilty of death the Iudges that doe not put him to death they breake an affirmative precept but transgresse not against a prohibitive saving of the Witch for if they put not him to death they transgresse a prohibition as it is said Thou shalt not suffer a Witch to live Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 14. Sect. 3. Vers. 19. put to dye Gr. ye shall kill him with death Elsewhere it is commanded that the beast bee killed also Leviticus 20. 15. 16. for this sinne is Confusion Lev. â—8 23. Vers. 20. sacrificeth to the gods that is as the Chaldee expounds it to the idols of the peoples and Moses explaineth it either the Sunne or the Moone or any of the host of heaven c. Deut. 17. 2. 3. And by sacrifice he implieth also worship and service as is expressed in Deuteronomie 17. 3. utterly destroyed or anathematized that is destroyed as execrable and cursed be put to death without mercie as the Hebrew Cherem implieth and Paul useth such a phrase in Hebrewes 10. 28. The Greeke here translateth it destroied the Chaldee by Onkelos saith killed and the Thargum called Ionathans addeth shall bee killed with the sword and his goods consumed which interpretation he gathereth from the Law in Deuteronomie 13. 15. 16. 17. where the word Cherem is also used But others gather from Deut. 17. 2. 5. that hee was to be stoned which is most agreeable Howbeit this is to be understood of a witting and willing idolater according to Numb 25. 27. 30. and so the Hebrew canons say Whosoever serveth idols willingly and presumptuously he is guilty of cutting off to wit by the hand of God and if there be witnesses that have seene him he is stoned to death and if he have served them ignorantly he is to bring the 〈◊〉 offring appointed therefore Maimony treat of Idolatry c. 2. S. 1. except 〈◊〉 understand except he sacrifice unto Iehovah Vers. 21. vex or make a spoile and prey Coppresse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and violence a word usually applied to the rich 〈◊〉 mightie that vexe and spoilâ— the poore fatherlesse and stranger whom God loveth and commandeth us to love even as our selves Deut. 10. 18. 19. Levit. 29. 33. 34. Zach. 7. 10. Ier. 22. 3. Ezek. 46. 18. In particular this word is used for vexing or oppressing in buying and selling Leviticus 25. 14. 17. The Hebrew Doctors expound this here to meane vexing of the stranger with words of reproach and the oppressing next spoken of to be meant of his goods or riches Maimony in treat of Merchandise chap. 14. Sect. 15. Of this oppressing see the notes on Levit. 25. Vers. 23. afflicting afflict that is in any measure or any manner of way afflict It seemeth also to bee an imperfect speech implying I will afflict thee See the like in Luke 13. 9. surely if or and if so the Greeke translateth it here and in 1 Sam. 2. 21. Also the Hebrew Ci Surely or For and Vau And are put one for another 2 Sam. 22. 28. with Psal. 18. 28. Esa. 39. 1. with 2 King 20. 12. Vers. 25. money Hebr. silver by it is meant also gold or brasse or meat or rayment or any other thing as is explained Levit. 25. 36. 37. Deut. 23. 19. And we are elsewhere commanded to lend Deut. 15. 7. 8. Luke 6. 35. my people this putteth a difference betweene Gods people and strangers infidels unto whom they might lend upon usury Deut 23. 20. as an exacting creditor as a lender that is urgent to have his owne againe or to have a pawne for the same so the word is sundry times used in this sense 2 King 4. 1. Psalme 109. 11. Nehem. 5. 7. 10. 11. Deut. 24. 10. so the law elsewhere forbiddeth exacting of debts upon our poore brethren Deut. 15. 2. 3. and so the Greeke here translateth thou shalt not be urgent upon him Also the Hebrew Doctors gather from hence thus who so exacteth payment of a poore man and knoweth that he hath not ought to pay him with hee transgresseth against this prohibition Thou shalt not be to him as an exacting creditor Maimony treat of the Lender and borrower chap. 1. Sect. 2. biting-usurie usury is called biting for that it biteth and consumeth a man and his substance and is therfore here and elsewhere absolutely forbidden Gods people Deuteronomie 23. 19. Levit. 25. 35. 36 Proverbs 28. 8. Ezek. 18. 8. Of this the Iewes have these canons set downe by Maimony in his fore-named treatise chapter 4. 5. and 6. Usurie and increase are both one thing Leviticus 25. 37. Deuteronomie 23. 19. And why is the name of it called Neshek biting usurie because it Noshek biteth for it nippeth thy neighbour and eateth his flesh As it is unlawfull to lend so it is unlawfull to borrow upon usurie for it is written in Deuteronomie 23. 19. Thou shalt
of the sides of 〈◊〉 three branches of the Candlesticke out 〈◊〉 the one side of it and three branches of 〈◊〉 Candlesticke out of the second side of 〈◊〉 Three bowles made like almonds in 〈◊〉 branch a knop and a flower and th 〈…〉 bowles made like almonds in the other b 〈…〉 h a knop and a flower so in the sixe branches that come out of the Candlestick And in the Candlestick shall be foure bowles made like almonds his knops his flowers And there shall be a knop under two branches of the same and a knop under two branches of the same and a knop under two branches of the same to the six branches that come out of the Candlestick Their knops their branches shall be of the same all of it shall be one beaten worke of pure gold And thou shalt make the seven lamps thereof and hee shal cause the lamps therof to ascend up and shal cause to give light over against the face of it And the â—ongs thereof and the snuffe-dishes thereof shall be of pure gold Of a talent of pure gold shall hee make it with all these vessels And see that thou make them according to their patterne which thou wast shewed in the mount Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the 19. Section or Lecture of the Law See Gen. 6. 9. TAke for me or take unto me that is take give or bring unto me See the notes on Gen. 15. 9. The Gr. translateth and say thou take ye unto me first fruits offring or heave offring an oblation which was taken up and separated out of a mans goods and usually in the sacrifices was heaved or lifted up when it was presented unto the Lord Exod. 29. 27. but generally the word is used for all things separated and given unto God even land it selfe Ezek. 48. 8. 9. 10. 20. The Chaldee translateth it a separation so doth the Gr in many places but here the Greeke is first-fruits make him willing or moove him to willingnesse and liberalitie The Gr. interpreteth it of all to whom it shall seeme good in their heart That which is here spoken of the heart is also said of the spirit Exod. 35. 21. And a like willing offring was by David and the princes for the matter of the Temple 1 Chro. 29. 〈◊〉 5. 9. 14. c. And so all the ministration of Gods people ought to be of 〈◊〉 ready and willing minde Ezra 2. 〈◊〉 and 3. 5. Neh. 〈◊〉 1. 2. 2 Cor. 8 11. 12. Ver. 3. and brasse These three are the richest purest and most glorious metals they come out of the bowels of the earth Iob 28. 1. 2. Deut. 8. 9. The scripture useth them to signifie persons kingdomes and other things that are most precious pure durable I am 4. 2. Dâ—n 2 32. 38. 39. Rev. 1. 20 〈…〉 and 19 10. Prov. 8. 19. Ezek. 40. 3. Zach 〈…〉 and 6. 1. And God promising to erect the glorious Church of the Gospell saith For brass I will bring gold and for iron silver and for wood brass 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 60. 17 The Iewes as R. Menachem upon his place observe how no Iron was in the stuffe 〈…〉 and doe compare 1 King 6. 7. where no toole of iron was heard in the house of Solomon while it was in building Iron is often used to signifie warres and hard affliction Iudg. 4. 3. Dan. 2. 40. and 7 7. 1 King 8. 51. Psal 107. 10. Howbeit for Solomons temple iron also was prepared 1 Chron. 29. 2. 7. 2 Chron. 2. 7. V. 4. Blew or hyacinth as the Gr. translateth Although the blew purple scarlet here are colours only and Moses expresseth not the stuffe coloured yet Paul affirming that scarlet wooll was used in sprinkling of the blood Hebr. 9. 19. seemeth to teach that the scarlet spoken of in the Law was wooll dyed and the like we may say of the other colours Thus also the Hebrew Doctors explaine them The blew spoken of in any place was wooll dyed like the body of the heavens that is skie colour The purple was wooll died red and the scarlet was wooll died in scarlet saith Maimony in treat of the Implements of the sanctuary c. 8. s. 13. The blow was a thing used and worne of Princes and great personages the nations clad the images of their gods with it â—er 10. 9. Esth. 1. 6. Ezek. 23 6. and 27. 7. 24. The same was also in Solomons teÌ„ple 2 Ch. 2. 7. 14. purple so we call it of the Gr. porphura the name of a shel-fish called the purple it is like an oâ—â—ter and hath in it a liquor which is used to make the purple die of great esteeme as Plinie sheweth in his nat hist. b. 9. ch 36. The Hebr. is Argaman and as Ezta wriâ—eth it after the Chal. manner Argevan 2 Ch. 2. 7. 14. from whence it seemeth the Gr. have borrowed Amorgis the name of an herbe or reed which is used to die purple This also is a Princely colour and used both for civill and religious honor Dan. 5. 7. 29. Esth. 8. 15. Ier. 10. 9. Luk. 16. 19. Rev. 18. 12 scarlet or scarlet twise died as the Heb. tolagnathshani importeth That which was answerable to this in Solomons Temple is called by another name Carmil that is crimson 2 Chro. 2 7. 14 and 3. 14. but the Greek there and here translateth alike coccinon scarlet This also is a glorious colour Ier. 4. 30. Lam. 4. 5. Purple and scarlet are put somtime one for another as they clothed him with purple Maâ— 15. 17 they put on him a scarlet robe Mat. 27. 28 for which another saith they put on him a purple râ—be Ioh. 19. 2. These three dyed colours represented blood of all sorts and so figured unto the Church how both themselves and their actions should be washed dyed in the blood of Christ into whose death they are baptized Rev. 1. 5. and 7. 14. Rom. 6. 3. Christ also himselfe warring against his enemies appeared in garments died red and glorious Esay 63. 1. 2. c. Rev. 19. 13. So the Gr. Latines have applyed the purple colour to blood bloody death as porphureos thanatos purple death in Homer Il. 5. and he vomited his purple soule that is his life blood Uirgil Aen. 9. and the like fine linnen or silken woolls A thing w ch grew in Egypt called Shesh Ezek. 27. 7. of which princely clothing was made Gen. 41. 42. The Greeke and Chaldee translate it Byss and so the â—tuâ—fe used in Solomons Temple is called buts that is Byss 2 Chro. 2. 14. and 3. 14. Likewise the Hebrew Doctors say What place sâ—evâ—r in the Law speaketh of Shesh or of Bad a kinde of linnen mentioned in Exod. 28. 42. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 flax and it is byss Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary c. 8. s. 13. Others put a difference betweene that Byss which Solomon used and this Shesh which they thinke was a silken cotten which
smell thereto and made it not hee is guilty of cutting-off but his doome is like all theirs that use or make profit of any of the sanctified things to wit unlawfully Mâ—imony in treat of the holy Implements chap. 2. Sect. 9. 10. be cut off the Chaldee expoundeth it be destroied the Greeke saith the soule of that man shall perish from his people God by this judgment would keepe men from profaning and abusing the holy exercise of praier and doctrine of Christs mediation when the abuse even of the shadow hereof brought destruction upon the offenders CHAP. XXXI 1 Bezaleel and Aholiab are called and made meet for the worke of the Tabernaâ—le and furniture thereof 12 The observation of the Sabbath is againe commanded 18 Moses receiveth the two Tables of the Law AND Iehovah spake unto Moses saying See I have called by name Bezaleel the son of Vri the son of Hur of the tribe of Iudah And I have filled him with the Spirit of God in wisedome and in understanding and in knowledge and in all workmanship To devise cunning-workes to worke in gold and in silver and in brasse And in ingraving of stone to fill and in carving of wood to worke in all workmanship And I behold I have given with him A holiab the son of Ahisamac of the tribe of Dan and in the heart of all wise hearted I have given wisedome that they may make all that I have commanded thee The Tent of the congregation and the Arke of the Testimonie and the Covering-mercie seat that is thereupon and all the vessels of the Tent. And the Table and the vessels thereof and the pure Candlesticke and all the vessels thereof and the Altar of incense And the Altar of burnt-offring all the vessels therof and the Laver and the foot thereof And the garments of ministery and the garments of holinesse for Aaron the priest and the garments of his sonnes to minister-in-thepriests office And the anointing oile and incense of sweet-spices for the holy place according to all that I have commanded thee shall they doe And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying And thou speake thou unto the sonnes of Israel saying Verily my Sabbatâ—s yee shall keepe for it is a signe betweene me and you throughout your generations to know that I am Iehovah that sanctifieth you And yee shall keepe the Sabbath for it is holinesse to you they that profane it every one shall bee put-to die the death for every one that doth any worke therein even that soule shall bee cut-off from amongst his peoples Six daies shall worke be done but in the seventh day is the Sabbath of Sabbathisme holinesse to Iehovah every one that doth any worke in the Sabbath day shall be put to die the death And the Sons of Israel shall keepe the Sabbath to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations for an everlasting covenant Betweene me and the Sonnes of Israel it shall be a signe for ever for in Six daies Iehovah made the heavens the earth and in the Seventh day he rested and was refreshed And he gave unto Moses when hee had made-an-end of speaking with him on mount Sinai two Tables of testimonie Tables of stone written with the finger of God Annotations BEzaleel in Greeke Beseleel by interpretation In the shadow of God he was the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur the sonne of Caleb or Chelubai the sonne of Esron the sonne of Pharez the sonne of Iudah from whom he was the seventh generation as Enoch was the seventh from Adam and is here designed the master workman of the Lords Tabernacle See his genealogie in 1 Chron. 2. 5. 9. 18. 19. 20. Vers. 3. Spirit that is gifts of the Spirit such as are after mentioned So Paul openeth it in 1 Cor. 12. 4. 8. 11. see also Act. 2. 4. The Greeke expoundeth it a divine Spirit the Chaldee a Spirit from before the Lord. workmanship or Art Hebrew worke So verse 4. Vers. 4. devise cunning-workes such as were mentioned in Exodus 26. 1. c. see the notes there The Hebrew phrase is figurative to thinke thoughts which the Greek explaineth to thinke or minde and to make-artificially the Chaldee saith to teach artificers as it is in Exodus 35. 34. These three things in Bezaleel a calling a furnishing with gifts and a working or operation accordingly are necessarie in all the publike ministers of the Church So Paul mentioneth diversities or distributions 1 of gifts by the Spirit 2 of administrations or ministeries by the Lord Iesus and 3 of operations by God the Father 1 Cor. 12. 4. 5. 6. 〈◊〉 to worke or to doe to make but doing is often used for working as is noted on Exod. 5. 9. and so the Greek translateth it here also in verse 5. Vers. 5. ingraving or cutting The Hebrew word generally signifieth a studious and artificiall ingraving or cutting in stone in wood in yron in earth and then it is Englished ploughing or any other like handicraft to fill that is to set in the golden ouches as Exod. 28. 21. to worke or to make in all worke meaning cunning worke as is expressed in Exod. 35. 33. Vers. 6. Aholiab in Greeke Eliab by interpretation The Tabernacle of the Father Hee is the second master-workman and of the tribe of Dan the handmaids sonne joyned with Beseleel as God usually joyneth two together in al weighty affairs See Exod. 4. 14. 15. and 6. 26. Matth. 10. 2. 3. Luk. 10. 1. Acts 13. 2. Hag. 1. 14. Vers. 7. vessels or instruments furniture implements So after Vers. 10. of ministerie veiles clothes coverings which served to wrap up the holy things in when the host removed as Num. 4. 5. 9. 11. 12. c. Of the Priests garments see Exod. 28. Vers. 13. Uerily or Notwithstanding the Greeke translateth it See Though the worke of the Tabernacle were studiously and speedily to be done yet God would not have any of it done on the Sabbath daies The Law of the Sabbath is very often repeated see Gen. 2. 2. Exod. 16. 23. c. and 20. 8. c. and 23. 12. and 35. 2. 3. to know that is that ye may know as the Greeke translateth The principall signification of the Sabbath was for grace and sanctitie which therefore the Lord often urgeth and blameth the breach of this day as the violating of his covenant See Neh. 9. 14. Ezek. 20. 12. 13. 16. 20. 21. Esay 58. 13. The true observation hereof is by faith in Christ Heb. 4. 3. 9. 10. 11. The Hebrew Doctors say The Sabbath and the precept against idolatrie each of these two is as weighty as all the other Commandements of the Law and the Sabbath is a signe betweene God and us for ever Therefore who so transgresseth the other Commandements he is generally a wicked Israelite but hee that openly profaneth the Sabbath is as an Idolater both of them as infidels in all their affaires Therefore the Prophet laudeth and saith Esay 56. 2. Blessed
day that the dayes of your consecration be fulfilled which the Chaldee translateth thus till the day that the dayes of your offring be fulfilled for seven daies shall your offring be offred seven daies shall â—e fill that is the Lord shall fill or consecrate In Exod. 29. 35. God said to Moses thou shalt fill their hand so the same thing is attributed unto the Lord and unto Moses These seven daies signified their whole life which should be consecrated to the service of God see verse 11. and Levit. 4. 6. From hence also the Hebrewes gathered as Sol. Iarchi here noteth that the high Priest was to be separated from his house seven dayes before Atonement day every yere Of which point see the annotations on Levit. 16. Vers. 34. he hath done or is done As he â—â—ld 2 Sam. 15. 31. that is it was told And they brought Marke 10. 3. or Then were brought Matth. 19. 13. Vers. 35. abide Hebr. sâ—t which word is often used for abiding or câ—ntinuing as Lev. 12. 4. Ioâ— 5. 8. 1 Sam. 22. 5. Exod. 16. 29. Act. 18. 11. châ—rge or watch ward Hebr. keepe the keeping or observe the observation in Greeke the observations The Chaldee translateth it the charge or observation of the word of the Lord. This phrase is used in Luke 2. 8. of the shepheards observing the observations or keeping the watches of the night over their flocke So in Num. 9. 19. Vers. 36. things Hebr. words Thus the covenant of the Priesthood was confirmed unto the tribe of Levi in Aaron and his sonnes which covenant was life and peace Mal. 2. 5. But these are made Priests without an oath also they were many Priests because they were not suffred to continue by reason of death and they served unto the example and shadow of heavenly things offring gifts and sacrifices which could not make him that did the service perfect as pertaining to the conscience for they were carnall ordinances imposed on them till the time of reformation that is untill the comming of Christ who now is sprung out of the tribe of Iudah and was made Priest of God with an oath and suretie of a better testament all-covenant established upon better promises And because he continueth for ever he hath a Priest-hood that passeth not from him to another and is a Minister of the Holies and of the true Tahernacle which the Lord pitched and not man and not by the blood of goats and bulls but by his owne blood he entred in once into the Holy place into Heaven it selfe having found eternall redemption and is able to save fully and wholly them that come unto God by him as the Apostle largely manifesteth in Heb. 7. 8. 9. and 〈◊〉 chapters which Iehovah commanded R. Menachem here observeth In every other plaâ—e it is said As the LORD commanded Moses but 〈◊〉 because they added unto the commandement 〈…〉 so for they did not as the LORD had com 〈…〉 but did all things which the LORD commandâ—â— and added moreover unto them strange fire which he had not commanded them Levit. 10. 1. CHAP. IX 1 The first offrings of Aaron for himselfe and the people 8 The Sin-offring 12 and the Burnt-offring for himselfe 15 The offrings for the people 23 Mâ—ses and Aaron blesse the people 24. Fire commeth from the Lord upon the altar 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 AND it was on the eight day Moses called Aâ—ron and his sonnes and the Elders of Israel And hee said unto Aaâ—â—â— Take thee a calfe a yongling of the herd for a Sin offring and a ram for a Burnt-offring both perfect and offer before Iehovah And unto the sonnes of Israel Ihou shale speake saying Tak 〈…〉 a goat-bucke of the goats for a Sin offring and a calfe and a lambe both of the first yeere perfect for a Burnt-offring And a Bull and a Ram for Peace-offrings to sacrifice before Iehovah and a Meat-offring mingled with oile for to day Iehovah appeareth unto you And they tooke that which Moses commanded before the Tent of the Congregation and all the congregation drew-neere and stood before Iehovah And Moses said this is the thing which Iehovah hath commanded that yee should doe and the glory of Iehovah shall appeare unto you And Moses said unto Aaron goe neere unto the Altar and make thy Sin offring and thy Burnt-offring and make-atonement for thy selfe and for the people and make the oblation of the people and make-atonement for them as Iehovah commanded And Aaron went-neere unto the Altar and killed the calfe of the Sin offring which was for him selfe And the sonnes of Aaron brought neere the blood unto him and hee dipt his finger in the blood and put it upon the hornes of the Altar and poured out the blood at the bottome of the Altar And the fat and the kidneyes and the caule of the liver of the Sin offring he burnt upon the Altar as I 〈…〉 commanded Moses And the flâ—sh and the skin he burnt with fire without the campe And hee killed the Burnt-offring and Aarons sonnes presented unto 〈◊〉 the blood and he sprinkled it upon the Altar round-about And they presented unto him the Burnt-offring by the pieces thereof and the head and hee burnt them upon the Altar And he washed the inwards and the legges and burnt them upon the Burnt-offring on the Altar And he brought-neere the peoples oblation and tooke the goat-bucke of Sinne which was for the people and killed it and offred-it-for-sinne as the first And hee brought-neere the Burnt-offring and made it according to the manner And hee brought-neere the Meat-offring and filled his hand out of it and burnt it upon the Altar beside the Burnt-offring of the morning And he killed the bull and the ram the sacrifice of Peace-offrings which was for the people and Aarons sonnes presented the blood unto him and hee sprinkled it upon the Altar round-about And the fat of the bull and of the ram the rumpe that which covereth the inwards and the kidneyes and the caule of the liver And they put the fat upon the breasts and he burnt the fat upon the Altar And the breast and the right shoulder Aaron waved for a wave-offring before Iehovah as Moses commanded And Aaron lift-up his hand towards the people and blessed them and came-downe from making the Sin offring the Burnt-offring and the Peace-offrings And Moses and Aaron went into the Tent of the congregation and came-out and they blessed the people and the glory of Iehovah appeared unto all the people And there came out a fire from before Iehovah and consumed upon the Altar the Burnt-offring and the fat and all the people saw it and showted and they fell on their faces Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the 26. section or lecture of the Law see Gen. 6. 9. THe eight day which was the first day after the Priests consecration Lev. 8. 33. All creatures for the most part were in their uncleannesse and
in their administration betweene Gods wrath and the people Num. 16. 46. 48. And their publike duty might not bee interrupted by private passion or affection Vers. 7. not goe out that is not leave off your ministration for griefe of this which is befallen you See the annotations on Levit. 21. 12. the oile c. which signifieth the Anointing that is the graces of the Spirit whereof Ioyfulnesse was one speciall Psal. 45. 8. 1 Thes. 1. 6. Therfore it was sin for the Priests to mourn when they administred before the Lord compare Levit. 21. 10. 11. 12. Vers. 9. wine or strong drinke The Hebrewes as Baal hatturim and others thinke that Aarons sons had sinned in drinking too much wine when they offred strange fire and that thereupon this law was given Whether that were so or not the Lord by this precept required sobrietie in the Priests and carefulnesse to administer justly lest they should drinke and forget the law as Prov. 31. 5. should erre through wine be out of the way through strong-drinke as Esay 28. 7. Accordingly the Ministers of the Gospell must be sober and not given 〈◊〉 wine 1 Tim. 3. 2. 3. It is likely that all wine was forbidden the Priests when they were to serve yet the Hebrewes have their limitations as that they might not drinke above the fourth part of a Lâ—g or of an halfe pinte of wine and that 〈◊〉 wine and at one time and of wine that was 〈◊〉 daies old at the least But if he drinke lesse then afâ—â—â—th part of a Log of wine or drinke a fourth part 〈◊〉 pause of time betweene or if it be mixed with water 〈◊〉 if hee drinke wine from the presse within 40. 〈◊〉 though more then a fourth part he is discharged and profaneth not his service If he drink more then 〈…〉 part of wine though it be mixed and though he p 〈…〉 tweene and drinke a little and a little he is guilty of death and his service is disâ—llowable Maimony in â—ath ha 〈…〉 kdash c. 1. S. 1. But the Law forbidden wine absolutely as here so in Ezek. 44. 21. 〈◊〉 shall any priest drinke wine when they enter into the 〈◊〉 ner court strong-drinke in Hebrew She 〈…〉 〈◊〉 which the Greekes borrow the word Sâ—â—â—â—â— in Luke 1. 19. and it meaneth all whatsoever maketh drunken whether drinke made of mault or of the juyce of fruits as Pearrie Sider and the like When ye goe into the Tent meaning the courtyard of the Tent to serve therein as it is opened by the Prophet when they enter into the inner court Ezek. 44. 21. The Hebrewes understand it of the court betweene the Tent and the Altar that stood in the court Every Priest that is fit for service if he drinke wine it is unlawfull for him to goe into the Sanctuarie from the Altar forward and if he doe â—oe in and serve his service is disallowed and he is guilty of death by the hand of God as it is written That ye dye not Leviticus 10. 9. And as it is unlawfull for a Priest to goe into the sanctuarie for drunkennesse so is it unlawfull for any man whether Priest or Israelite to teach when he is drunke Though he have but eaten dates c. if his senses bee troubled a little let him not teach as it is written And that yee may teach the sonnes of Israel Levit. 10. 11. Maimo ny in Biath hamikdash chap. 1. Sect. 1. 3. Vers. 10. that ye may separate or to make difference and this is meant not onely for themselves but others as in Ezek. 44. 23. they shall teach my people the difference between holy and prophane and cause them to discerne betweene uncleane and cleane And for not doing this the Priests are blamed Ezek 22. 26. See also Levit. 20. 25. holy Hebr. holinesse meaning of persons and things In Greeke between the holy ones and the profane Vers. 11. all the statutes a part of the Priests office was to teach the people as here and in Deut. 33. 10. therefore it is said The Priests lips should preserve knowledge and they should seeke the Law at his mouth for he is the Angell or Messenger of the Lord of hosts Mal. 2. 7. And as they were to teach so the things to be taught should be al Gods statutes as the Apostle saith I have kept nothing back but have shewed you al the counsel of God Act. 20. 27. Vers. 12. the Meat-offring that before mentioned in Levit. 9. 17. unlevened or eat it made into unlevened cakes See Levit. 6. 16. and 2. 10. where this law was before given which Moses here repeateth leâ—t through trouble of mind for the judgment now befallen them the Priests should forget or neglect any of Gods ordinances Vers. 13. the holy place the court of the Sanctuary as Levit. 6. 16. due or statute ordinance The Chaldee expounds it thy portion So in v. 14. Vers. 14. wave brest of the peoples Peace-offrings before mentioned Lev. 9. 18. 21. in a cleane place in Greeke an holy place meaning the campe of Israel and in ages following the citie Ierusalem where the light holy things were eaten see the notes on Levit. 6. 17. Sol. Iarchi here saith The former things in verse 13. were not eaten in an uncleane place but they being most holy were to be eaten in the holy place and these needed not be eaten within the curtatnes of the courtyard but must be eaten within the campe of Israel for that was cleane that Lepers might not come into it Num. 5. 6. so the light holy things might be eaten in all the citie Vers. 15. by a statute or for an everlasting due Of this statute see before Levit. 7. 34. Vers. 16. seeking sought that is diligently sought the Goat that spoken of in Levit. 9. 15. with Eleazar and why not with Aaron seeing he should have eaten of it vers 19. Sol. Iarchi saith For honour of Aaron he turned his face towards his sonnes and was angry Vers. 17. he that is God hath given it you by the law foregiven in Levit. 6. 26. 30. to beare or to take away as the Greeke translateth that ye should take away To beare iniquity often signifieth punishment without forgivenesse Exod. 28. 43. Levit. 20. 19. and 5. 1. 17. c. The same word is also used for bearing-away whereupon God forgiveth the sinner Exod. 28. 38. So the Priests bare that is took away the peoples sins by eating their sin-offrings wherein they figured Christ Ioh. 1. 29. Sol. Iarchi saith The Priests were they that did eat and the owners they that had the atonement Vers. 18. within into the Tabernacle for if it had then it should not be eaten but burnt Lev. 6 30. seeing it was not ye should have eaten it in the holy place without that is in the courtyard Levit 6. 26. Vers. 19. they the Targ. called Ionathans explaineth it the sonnes of Israel have offred such things that is as the Chaldee expoundeth
covered Wee are not found to cover any blood but of the slaine beast which is lawfull to be eaten as is said in Levit. 17. 13. THAT MAY BE EATEN c. Wherewith must it be 〈…〉 red With any kinde of dust as earth lime chalke 〈◊〉 or other like rubbish that is small as powder but not 〈◊〉 a basket or a stone or thicke dung c which are 〈◊〉 kinde of dust It may be covered with embers or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 any sort Hee that slayeth must lay dust unde 〈…〉 and after that slay and after that cover it with 〈◊〉 and he that slayeth he must cover it And if bee haue not couered it and seeth it afterward hee is bound to cover it for this is a commandement by it selfe and dependeth not upon the slaying onely And hee may not cover it with his foot but with his hand or with the knife or with an instrument or vessel lest this rite gro◠into a contempt and so the commandement concer 〈…〉 〈◊〉 be contemned For the honour is not to the commandment it selfe but to the blessed God which commanded it who hath delivered us from groping in dark 〈…〉 and hath ordained us a Lampe to make straight the things that are crooked and a Light to teach the 〈◊〉 of righteousnes and so it is said in Psal. 129. 105. Thy word is a Lamp unto my foot and a light unto 〈◊〉 path Maimony in Shechitah chap. 14. sect 1. c. Vers. 14. the soule that is the life as Ionathan expounds it the life of the soule for the soule Heb. in the soule In is often in stead of For but some here keepe the usuall signification and change the order as Chazkuni interprets it in the blood thereof is the soule thereof But Iarchi thus the blood is to it in 〈◊〉 of the soule for the soule hangeth in it the blood of any flesh to weet of beasts or birds not any of their blood Lev. 7. 26. So not onely that which commeth out in the slaying of the beast but that remaineth within in the heart or other parts is unlawfull to be eaten The blood which is the juyce of of the beast and the blood of the members as the blood of the milt and the blood of the kidneyes and the blood of the stones and the blood that is gathered in the heart and the blood that is found in the liver who so eateth of them is not to be cut off but is beaten for it is said yee shall not eat any blood Of that for which a man is to bee cut off he saith FOR THE SOVLE OF THE FLESH IS IN THE BLOOD he is not guilty of cutting off but for the blood wherein the soule or life goeth out Maimony in treat of Forbidden meates chap. 6. sect 4. is the blood figuratively spoken for is in the blood as verse 11. Vers. 15. every soule that is as the Chaldee translateth every man as verse 10. a carkasse to weet that which died of it selfe or is killed by an other thing and is not orderly slaine see Lev. 7. 24. Of this the Hebrewes say Hee that eateth presumptuously so much as an olive of the flesh of any cattell that is dead or wilde beast that is dead or fowle that is dead is to be beaten And whatsoever is not killed so as is meet loe that is a dead-carkasse Nothing is forbidden by the name of a carkasse but the sorts of cleane things onely because they are fit to be slaine and if they bee slaine after a lawfull manner they are lawfull to be eaten But uncleane things whose slaying availeth them not whether they be duely slaine or dye alone or the flesh be cut off from them alive who so eateth of them is not beaten as for a carkasse or a torne thing but as for eating of uncleane flesh Who so eateth a cleane bird alive all of it is beaten as for eating a carkasse Who so eateth of the flesh of an untimely birth of a cleane beast is beaten as for eating of a carkasse And it is unlawfull to eat of any beast that is borne untill the eight night after Exodus 22. 30. for who so tarieth not eight daies for a beast it is as an untimely-birth though he is not beaten for that The law forbiddeth a dead thing and that is a carkasse and forbiddeth that which inclineth to dye though it be not already dead and that is the torne thing There is no difference in the death whether it dye of it selfe alone or whether it fall and dye or whether it be strangled untill it dye or that a wilde beast hath rent and killed it Maimony in treat of Forbidden meats chap. 4. sect 1. 2. 3. 4. 8. As the forbidding of uncleane meats Levit. 11. spiritually forbid communion with wicked persons Acts 10. 12. 28. so this prohibition of things not duely slaine forbiddeth in mysterie to have religious communion with such as are dead in their trespasses and sinnes and which are not mortified by the worke of Gods word and spirit Ephes. 2. 1. 2. 3. 2 Cor. 6. 16. 17. Colos. 2. 13. and 3. 5. By the former explanation out of Maimony it appeareth that the strangled thing forbidden by the Apostles unto the Gentiles together with blood in Acts 15. 20. 29. was the carkasse or dead thing here spoken of for the Law otherwise mentioneth not the strangled And this compared with Deuteronomie 14. 21. where the Gentiles are permitted to eate such things giveth light to the true meaning of that decree in Acts 15. and a torne thing and is here for or distinguishing and disjoyning it from the carkasse aforesaid Any cleane beast or bird which by other beast or fowle or any other way was torne or maimed but not fully dead is here meant as is noted upon Exodus 22. 31. where this law is first given and shewed to tend also unto sanctification If it bee torne and dead it is a carkasse forementioned but this is a different precept and so meaneth torne things yet living as the Hebrewes observe Maimony in Forbidden meats chap. 4. sect 6. Againe The torne thing spoken of in the Law is that which is inclining to die And it is not called torne but that the scripture speaketh by an instance as that a Lion or the like hath torne it and broken it and it is not yet dead And there are other sicknesses or diseases which if they happen unto it it is accounted torne Maimony in Shechitah chap. 5. sect 1. 2. These beasts torne or inclining to death figured such persons as the Apostle likeneth unto naturall bruit beasts made to bee taken for a prey and destroyed which shall bee corrupted or utterly-perish in their own corruption 2 Pet. 2. 12. Where the Greeke words eis halosin that is for a prey or to be taken seeme to expresse the Hebrew terephah the torne thing here mentioned as in Iob 24. 5. the Hebrew latareph for a prey is turned in Greeke eis
any beast to lye downe thereto thou shalt even kill the woman the beast they shal surely be put to death their bloods shall be upon them And the man that taketh his sister his fathers daughter or his mothers daughter and seeth her nakednes and shee see his nakednesse it is impietie and they shal be cut off in the eyes of the sonnes of their people he hath uncovered his sisters nakednes he shall beare his iniquity And the man that lyeth with a woman having-her sicknes and uncovereth her nakednes discovereth bee fountaine and she uncovereth the fountaine of her bloods even both of them shall be cut-off from among their people And thou shalt not uncover the nakednes of thy mothers sister or of thy fathers sister for he discouereth his neere-kinne they shall beare their iniquity And the man that lyeth with his aunt hee hath uncovered his uncles nakednes they shall beare their sinne they shall dye childles And the man that taketh his brothers wife it is uncleannes he hath uncovered his brothers nakednes they shall bee childles And ye shall keepe all my statutes and all my judgments and doe them that the land spue you not out which I bring you thither to dwell therein And ye shall not walke in the statutes of the nation which I send out from before you for all these things have they done and I am yrked with them And I have said unto you you shall inherit their land and I will give it unto you to inherit it a land that floweth with milke and honey I am Iehovah your God which have separated you from the peoples And yee shall separate betweene the cleane beast and the uncleane and betweene the uncleane fowle and the cleane and yee shall not make your soules abominable by beast or by fowle or by any thing that creepeth on the ground which I have separated unto you for uncleane And ye shall be holy unto me for I Iehovah am holy and have separated you from the peoples to be mine And man or woman when there is in them a familiar-spirit or that is a wizard they shall surely be put to death they shall stone them with stones their bloods shall be upon them Annotations EVery man or Any man whosoever Hebr. man 〈◊〉 as Levit. 17. 3. Targum Ionathan explaineth it yong man or old man the Greeke hath If any Here God appointeth punishments for the transgression of such Lawes as were given in the two former chapters that sojourneth or that is a stranger in Greeke proselytes of his seed that is any of his children Molech an Idoll to which the heathens offred their children whereof see Lev. 18. 21. he shall surely be put to death or he shal be put to dye the death Heb. dying he shall be made to dye So after in verse 9. 10. 11. 12. c. the people of the land the Chaldee expounds it the people of the house of Israel stone him his sinne being proved before the Iudges by witnesses the hands of the witnesses were first to be upon him and afterward the hands of all the people Deut. 17. 6. 7. Foure manner of deaths were in Israel for malefactors Stoning Burning Killing with the sword and Strangling And the Hebrewes reckon eighteen euil doers which were to be stoned that was the sorest death sundry of them are mentioned in this chapter of all the rest see the notes on Exodus 21. 12. The manner of stoning is said to be thus when the malefactor came within foure cubits of the place of execution they stript him out of his clothes but covered his nakednesse before and a woman was not stoned naked but in one linnen garment The place of stoning was high unto which the malefactor with his witnesses went up his hands being tyed One of the witnesses stroke him behinde upon his loynes if that kild him not the other witnesses threw a great stone upon his heart if hee dyed not with it all Israel threw stones upon him Talmud Bab. in Sanhedrin chap. 6. and Maimony in Sanhedrin chapter 15. section 1. Vers. 3. And I will set Heb. will give that is will oppose and set firmly for which in verse 5. Moses useth the word set This is meant if the sinne were not knowne or could not be proved by witnesses sufficiently before men that God himselfe would cut off the sinner which the Chaldee and Greeke doe interpret destroy or make to perish So Chazkuni expoundeth it I will set my face when he transgresseth without witnesses and evident-proofe The Hebrewes reckon sixe and thirtie which for their sins are threatned by the law to be cut off and they are these 1. Hee that lyeth with his mother 2. or with his fathers wife 3. or with his daughter-in-law 4. or with mankinde 5. or with a beast 6. and the woman that lyeth downe to a beast 7. hee that lyeth with a woman and her daughter 8. or with another mans wife 9. or with his sister 10. or with his fathers sister 11. or with his mothers sister 12 or with his wives sister 13. or with the wife of his fathers brother 14. or with the wife of his mothers brother 15. or with a woman that hath her sicknesse 16. The blasphemer 17. the Idol-server 18. he that giveth of his seed to Molech 19. hee that followeth him that hath a familiar spirit 20. hee that prophaneth the Sabbath 21. the uncleane person that eateth the holy thing 22. the uncleane person that commeth into the Sanctuarie 23. Hee that eateth fat 24. or blood 25. or that eateth that which remaineth of the sacrifices when it is a polluted thing 26. or that eateth uncleane meats 27. Hee that slayeth sacrifices without the sanctuarie 28. be that offreth them without 29. He that eateth Leaven at the Passeover 30. he that eateth any thing on Atonement day 31. or that worketh on that day 32. Hethat maketh an Oile like the holy oile of the Sanctuary 33. or maketh anincense like the holy incense 34. or that anointeth mans flesh with the holy oile of the Sanctuary 35. He that observeth not the Passeover 36. or that observeth not the Law of circumcision For these they are guilty to be cut off if they transgresse presumptuously if ignoraÌ„tly they must bring a sin-offring c. Thalmad Bab. in Châ—â— it huâ—â— chap. 1. All these are expressed in Moses Law and yet hee that gathered these in the Thalmud as Maimony in his Annotations upon the same place observeth reckoneth but the generals and leaveth the particulars For where he saith He that lyeth with a woman and her daughter he implieth also a woman with her sonne so a woman and her sons daughter a woman and her daughters daughter and his mother and his mothers mother and his fathers mother and his daughter and his sons daughter and his daughters daughter And under the name of the Idolserver is implied hee that poureth out a drink-offring or that burneth incense or
that boweth downe or that sacrificeth and such like So hee speaketh of him that hath a Familiar spirit and not of the Wizard who is in the same estate Lev. 20. 6. Of these forementioned some are to dye by the hand of the magistrate some are to be beaten but not put to death as elsewhere is observed defile my Sanctuary that is the Tabernacle Exod. 25. 8. or Temple which was defiled when God was sacrificed unto other where or by other wayes then he commanded Levit. 17. 4. 5. or when they sacrificed to idols and yet would come into the Sanctuarie to serve God also whereas the Temple of God hath no agreement with Idols 2 Cor. 6. 16. And thus the Prophet reproveth them for that they burned incense to Baal and walked after other gods and yet came and stood before him in the house whereupon his name was called Ier. 7. 9. 10. and to prophane that is as the Greek explaineth it and that he might prophane Of prophaning Gods name see Levit. 18. 21. Vers. 4. the people of the land which the Chaldee expoundeth the people of the house of Israel and so the Greeke saith the homeborne of the land hiding shall hide that is shall any waies hide the Greeke explaineth it with winking shall winke at that is neglect or not regard no punish That word Paul useth in Act. 17. 30. the times of this ignorance God wincked at Vers. 5. my face the Chaldee expoundeth it mine anger and so face often signifieth Psal. 21. 10. and 34. 17. Lam. 4. 16. See the notes on Gen. 32. 20. his familie in Greeke his kinred and so the word familie signifieth in Gen. 24. 38. the Chaldee translateth it his helpers that is such as tooke part with him as the next words doe declare that goe a whoring after him that is commit idolatrie as the Chaldec explaineth it that erre so in verse 6. the Greeke translateth all that consent unto him This judgment God executed upon the Iewes for this idolatrie and their other sins as he signified by his Prophet that he would give their city Ierusalem into the hand of the Chaldeans who should set fire upon it and burne it with the houses upon whose roofes they had burnt incense unto Baal c. Because they their Kings their Princes their Priests and their Prophets and the men of Iudah and the inhabitants of Ierusalem had set their abhominations in the house which was called by his Name to defile it and built the high places of Baal to cause their sonnes and their daughters to passe through the fire unto Molech c. therefore it should be delivered into the hand of the King of Babylon by the sword and by the famine and by the pestilence Ier. 32. 28. 29. 32. 34. 35. 36. Vers. 6. the soule that is as the Chaldee expoundeth the man that turneth unto or looketh after in Greeke followeth meaning that consulteth with them as Deut. 18. 11. familiar spirits Targum Ionathan expoundeth it them that aske of familiar spirits Of these and the wizards following whom the Greeke calleth Inchanters see the annotations on Leviticus 19. 31. and Deuteronomie 18. 11. set my face Hebr. give my face in Chaldee give mine anger against that man and destroy him This judgment was executed upon K. Saul who dyed for asking counsell of one that had a familiar spirit 1 Chron. 10. 13. 1 Sam. 28. Vers. 7. And This may bee a reason of the former Therefore ye shall sanctifie your selves by abstaining from all evill and doing good be holy or be saints for I am Iehovah to weet that sanctifieth you as vers 8. or for I am holy as the Greeke addeth and as Moses wrote before in Lev. 19. 2. Vers. 9. For every man or any man Hebr. man man meaning any whosoever as vers 2. And this is inferred upon the former precept be holy For otherwise judgements abide you curseth or revileth speaketh evill as the Greeke translateth which the holy Ghost approveth in Acts 23. 5. See the notes on Exodus 21. 17. or Hebrew and which the Greeke translateth or and so in Matthew 15. 4. For death was his due if he cursed either of them and they are distinguished to make him guilty for the one without the othâ—r as Chazkuni here explaineth it and as Iarchi addeth though it be after his parents death Whose curseth his father or his mother his Lamp shall be pâ—tout in obscure darkenesse Prov. 20. 20. his bloods shall be upon him that is his death shall be upon his owne head for he hath caused it by his sinne So the Greeke translateth he shall be guilty and the Chaldee he is guilty or worthy to be killed so after often in this chapter The manner of his death was stoning as is noted upon Exod. 21. 10. and as Moses after sheweth for the rebellious sonne Deut. 21. 21. And it is observed as a generall 〈◊〉 by the Hebrew doctors Every place where it is 〈◊〉 in the Law they shall be put to death THEIR BLOODS VPON THEM it is meant by stoning Maimony Issureibiah c. 1. s. 6 and Sol. Iarchi on Lev. 20. 9. Vers. 10. that committeth adultery the Greek addeth in the second place or that commits-adul 〈…〉 ry with his neighbours wife It is expouuded in Deut. 22. 22. a woman maried to an husband dye the death the manner of their death is not set downe either here or in Deuter. 22. 22. unlesse by that which is before and after for other unlawfull copulations we say it is meant stoning to death as the man that lyeth with a beast vers 15. is to bee stoned because the womâ—n for like beastlinesse is to be stoned verse 16. The Pharisees which brought unto Christ a woman taken in adulterie said Moses commanded that such should be stoned Ioh. 8. 4. 5. but whether that were this very case is to bee considered Also to lye with a bettothed woman the punishment was stoning as for humbling his neighbours wife Deut. 22. 24. Howbeit the latter Pharisees say the adulterers death was Strangling Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 15. sect 13. And in another place he openeth this and the other like â—â—wes more fully thus Who so presumptuously committeth any of all the unlawfull copulations spoken of in the lâ—w is guilty of cutting off Levit. 18. 29. and if they doe it ignorantly they are bound to bring the Sin-offring appointed And there be some of the Nakednesses that is the unlawfull copulations which deserve death by the Iudges more then the cutting-off which is meet for them all Of those which are to be put to death by the Iudges some are to dye by stoning and some by burning and some by strangling And these are they that are put to death by stoning He that lyeth with his mother or with his fathers wife or with his sonnes wife which is called his daughter-in-law he that lyeth with mankinde or with a beast and the woman that lyeth downe to a beast
And these are burnt to death He that lyeth with his wives daughter whiles his wife liveth or with her daughters daughter or with her sons daughter or with his wives mother or with her mothers mother or with her fathers mother He that lyeth with his daughter or with his daughters daughter or with his sons daughter Thou hast no unlawfull copulation puniâ—hed with Strangling but for lying with a mans wife onely Levit. 20. 10. And the death which the Law speaketh of absolutely that is without naming what kinde of death it shal be is Strangling And if she be a Priests daughter she is burned Levit. 21. 9. and he that lay with her is strangled and if shee be a betrothed maid they are both of them stoned Deuter. 22. 24. and wheresoever the Law saith Their bloods upon them that is by stoning For all other unlawfull copulations there is cutting-off onely and not death by the Magistrate Therefore if there be witnesses and evidence the Iudges are to beat them for all that deserve cutting-off are to be beaten Maimony in Issurei biah chap. 1. sect 1. 7. Thus by their owne grant this case is singular and there is no other reason of the adulterers strangling then the commanding of their death absolutely Among the heathens also adulterie was punished with death as the King of Babylon rosted Zedekiah and Ahab in the fire because they committed adultery with their neighbours wives c. Ieremie 29. 22. 23. This sinne is a fire that consumeth to destruction and will root out all a mans increase Iob 31. 12. Hee that d 〈…〉 h it destroyeth his owne soule Prov. 6. 32. Vers. 11. their bloods upon them that is they shall be stoned in Greeke both of them are guilty and the Chaldee saith worthy to be killed So in the rest that follow Vers. 12. wrought or done confusion which the Greeke translateth have done-impiously Vers. 13. like copulation with a woman Hebr. with the lyings or copulations of a woman see Levit 18. 22. Vers. 14. wickednesse or a wicked purpose in Chaldee counsell of sinnes in Greeke an unlawfull act See Levit. 18. 17. Vers. 17. impietie or reproach ignominie as the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it cut-off in Greeke destroyed before the sonnes of their kinne that is soone and openly to weet by the hand of God and to be beaten by the Magistrate as the Hebrewes say See the notes on verse 10. his iniquitie that is the punishment due thereunto as Gen. 19. 15. Vers. 18. having her sicknesse her menstrual-infirmitie for which she was separated as uncleane even from her husband therefore the Greeke translateth it put-apart and the Chaldee uncleane See the annotations on Levit. 12. 2. and 15. 19. 24. the fountaine or well figuratively so called because of the issve as in Levit. 12 7. The Greeke here in the first place keepeth the metaphore hee hath uncovered her fountaine the Chaldee saith her ignominie in the second place the Greeke translateth she hath uncovered the issue of her blood where the Chaldee saith the uncleannesse of her blood The Holy Ghost also explaineth it so for where it is said in Marke 5. 29. the fountaine of her blood was dried up an other Evangelist saith her issue of blood stanched Luke 8. 44. By the Hebrew doctors the wombe wherein the childe is formed is called the Fountaine Maimony in Issureibiah chap. 5. sect 3. Therfore also they exempt virgins from this pollution as is noted on Levit. 15. 19. cut-off in the Greek and Chaldee destroyed to weet by the hand of God for presumptuous doing against this Law Levit. 15. 31. and by the Magistrates if it were knowne she was beaten Maimony in Issureibiah chap. 1. sect 22. And from the Law for washing her in Levit. 15. they teach that the woman which hath her sicknesse or hath an issue or hath borne achilde if shee wash not her selfe in water who so lyeth with any one of them though it be after many yeeres is guilty of cutting-off Maimony ibidem chap. 4. sect 3. But those legall washings figured our better cleansing by the blood of Christ Esa. 4. 4. 1 Ioh. 1. 7. Vers. 20. his aunt which the Chaldee expoundeth his uncles or fathers-brothers wife see Levit 18. 14. childlesse meaning either that God will give them no children or soon take them away if he doe give them For by the Hebrew canons the Magistrates might not put them to death but beat them onely for this sinne See the notes on verse 10. Verse 21. shall be childlesse the Greeke translateth shall dye childlesse as verse 20. Sol. Iarchi hereupon noteth Childlesse meaneth if he have children he shall bury them if he have no children hee shall dye without children therefore the scripture differeth saying in verse 20. they shall dye childlesse and in verse 21. they shall be childlesse They shall die childelesse if he have any at the time of transgression he shall have none at his death for he shall bury them whiles he liveth they shall be childlesse for if hee have none when he transgresseth he shall be all his daies as he now is Vers. 22. And or Therefore ye shall keepe spue or vomit you not out which the Greeke and Chaldee turne loathe or abhorre you See Levit. 18. 25. 26. 28. Verse 23. nation in Greeke nations in Chaldee peoples amyrked or am grieved with and consequently doe abhorre them as the Greeke translateth it and the Chaldee my Word abhorreth them Thus also God was affected with Israel and complained Fortie yeeres I was yrked with that generation Psal. 95. 10. Vers. 24. milke and honey that is all good and comfortable blessings which were also figures of heavenly graces see the notes on Exod. 3. 8. separated in Greeke disparted or disbounded you from all the nations Gods lawes are as a wall and hedge to keepe his people from the statutes and manners of the wicked So Solomon said Thou didst separate them to thy selfe for an inheritance from all the peoples of the earth 1 King 8. 53. Vers. 25. separate betweene the cleane beast that is put difference by eating the cleane and refraining from the uncleane according to the Law in Levit. 11. which thing is here spoken of upon their separation from the peoples because their abstinence from uncleane beasts figured their abstaining from the communion of uncleane peoples as Act. 10. 12. 28. and as is shewed on Levit. 11. The Hebrewes say this is mentioned after the unlawfull copulations aforesaid because who so defileth him-selfe with them degenerateth and is as it were transformed into the nature of uncleane beasts c. R. Menachem on Levit. fol. 151. for uncleane that is that you should count them unclean and abstaine from them The Greeke translateth in uncleannesse Vers. 26. from the peoples in Greâ—ke from all the nations as in verse 24. to be mine or to bee unto me which the Chaldee interpreteth to serve before me Vers. 27. familiar spirit
that sanctifieth them with the sanctification of Aaron Numb 18. 8. and commanded them to eate of the heave-offrings Maimony in Trumoth ch 15. sect 22. Vers. 8. a carkasse and a torne thing what these were is before shewed on Lev. 17. 15. and 22. 31. They were unlawfull to be eaten of any Israelite especially of the Priests as here and Ezekiel 44. 31. and figured the sanctitie of their communion as is noted on Lev. 17. and further appeareth by Ezek 4. 13. 14. Vers. 9. my charge or observe my observation that is which I commanded to be kept in Chaldec the observation of my word Here it is specially to bee understood as larchi also saith of eating the heave-offring and of uncleannes of body sinne that is the punishment of sinne So in Lev. 19. 17. Numb 18. 32. and 9. 13. for it that is for the holy thing forespoken of and dye to weet by the hand of God as Targum Ionathan explaineth it by flaming fire For by men such were beaten only as the Hebrew cannons shew saying An uncleane priest is forbidden to eate of the heave-offring whether it be uncleane or cleane Levit. 22. 4. Every uncleane Priest that eateth of the heave-offring which is cleane he is guilty of death by the hand of the God of heaven Levit. 22. 9. and therefore he is be beaten But if hee eate of the heave-offring which is uncleane though it be forbidden he is not to be beaten because it is not holy The uncleane may not eate of the heave-offring untill their sun be set and three starres appeare after the Sunne is gone downe Levit. 22. 7. Maimony in Trumoth ch 7. sect 1. c. The like judgement is for the stranger that is whosever is not a priest or of the priests family for if hee eate of the holy things presumptuously hee is in danger of death The stranger that eateth of the heave-offring presumptuously whether hee bee uncleane or cleane whether hee eate of the heave-offring that is cleane or uncleane he is guilty of death by the hand of the God of heaven as it is written AND DIE THEREFORE IF THEY PROFANE IT and he is to be beaten for eating thereof And if he eate in ignorance he is to adde the fift part thereof unto it Lev. 22. 14. Maimony ibidem ch 6. sect 6. Vers. 10. any stranger that is whosoever is not of the priests familie The Hebrew canons say The heave-offring and the heave-offring of the tithes are to be eaten by the Priests whether old or yong male or female by them and their Cananitish servants and their cattell Lev. 22. 11. The stranger is forbidden to eate of the heave-offring Lev. 22. 10. Maimony in Trumoth ch 6. sect 1. 5. forreiner or sojourner in Hebrew Toshab in Greeke Paroikos which is a stranger-inhabitant one that dwelleth in the hous continually but is not of the house and so differeth from the Slave which is one of the houshold and from the Hareling which is none of the houshold neither abideth therein continually but for a terme The forreiner is he that is hired for ever the Hireling is hee that is hired for yeeres And an Hebrew servant loe hee is as a forreiner and an hireling Lev. 25. 39. 40. And a priests daughter maried to a stranger loe she is as a stranger and it is forbidden ANY STRANGER Lev. 22. 10. whether it be himselfe or his wife Maimony in Terumoth c. 6. 〈◊〉 5. By the forreiner or sojourner in this place seemeth to be meant not onely an Israelite so journing but also an heathen man uncircumcised who leaving his open Idolatrie and yeelding to the Morall law though not to the ordinances as circumcision and the like might dwell among the Israelites Deut. 14. 21. See the annotations on Exod. 12. 43. 45. 48. And from hence the Hebrewes gather that an uncircumcised priest though he had no other uncleannes might not eate of the holy things It is unlawfull for an uncircumcised priest to eate of the heave-offring by the sentence of the Law for loe 〈◊〉 forreiner and the Hireling is spoken of concerning the Heave-offring Levit. 22. 10. and the Forreiner and Hireling is spoken of concerning the Passeover Exod 12. 45. What is the Forreiner and Hireling spoken 〈◊〉 in the Passeover It is an uncircumcised person 〈◊〉 whom it is forbidden so the Forreiner and Hireling spoken of in the Heave-offring the uncircumcised person is forbidden it and if he eat hee is to bee beaten by the Law Maimony in Terumoth ch 7. sect 10. And in another place they say All the oblation whether they be the most holy things or the lighter holy none may eate of them but cleane persons onely that are circumcised Though his sunne be set if hee have not brought his atonement he may not eate of the holy things Maimony in Magnaseh bakorbanoth ch 10. sect 9. a hired person any outlander or any Israelite as before is shewed not eate neither drinke of nor anoint himselfe with any of the holy things appointed unto the Priests For the heave-offrings were given for meat for drinke and for anointing because anointing is as drinking Psal. 109. 18. and dr 〈…〉 ing is comprehended under eating they are to eate that which useth to be eaten and drinke that which useth to be drunke and to anoint with that which is used for unction not wine or the like but they anoint with 〈◊〉 that is cleane c. Maim in Trumoth c. 11. 〈◊〉 1. So for this prohibition they say Whether he eate thâ—â— which is wont to be eaten or drinke that which is 〈◊〉 to be drunke or anoint him with the thing that is uses for unction it is unlawfull for it is said THEY SHALL NOT PROPHANE THE HOLIE THINGS Lev. 22. 15. Maimony ibidem ch 10. sect 2. Vers. 11. buy a soule that is a person to 〈◊〉 of the heathens as before is noted and as Sol. larchi here explaineth it a Cananitish servant Such by comming to bee of the Priests familie might eate though Israelites might not eate And as the Hebrewes say An uncircumcised Priest and all 〈◊〉 were uncleane although they themselves might not eate of the heave-offring yet their wives and their servants might eate Maim in Trumoth c. 7. s. 12. with the purchase of his money Hebrew the purchase 〈◊〉 bought of his silver which the Greeke translateth bought or purchased with silver So that though he bought them not himselfe if they were boughâ— into his house by a wife whom he maried or were bought by his servants they might eate M 〈…〉 in Trum. c. 7. s. 18. he that is borne in his house or the child of his house that is the homeborne servant such as were the children of his slave See the notes on Gen. 15. 3. and 7. 12. Those slaves being in the Priests houshold if they were cleane might eat of some of the heave-offrings that were given for the Priests livelihood See Numb 18. 11. 13. Vers. 12.
empty and furnished their boothes with all comâ—ly vessels and bedding drinking vessels 〈◊〉 c. but cauldrons kettles and such like were without the boothe If the raine fell they might goe out of the boothes into their houses 〈◊〉 the raine was over At all times when they 〈◊〉 sit downe in the Boothes all the seven dayes they blessed God before they sate downe who sanctified them by his commandements and commanded them to sit in Boothes Maimony 〈◊〉 chap. 6. sect 5. c. every homebo 〈…〉 〈◊〉 borne in the land of Israel the Hebrewes 〈◊〉 women and servants and children and sicke 〈◊〉 But children of five or sixâ— yeeres old and upward were bound hereto that they might be trained up in the commandements Such as were watch men of the city by day were discharged for the day but bound to lye in boothes by night and sâ—â—h as watched by night were discharged for the night but bound by day Maimony in Shopher chapter 6. section 1. 4. Vers. 43. your generations your posterity to dwell in boothes so that the first place where â—rael camped after they came out of Egypt was called Sâ—ccoth that is Boothes Exodus 12. 3 At the eâ—d of every seventh yeere the Law was commanded to bee solemnly read before all the people at this feast that they might â—â—ame 〈◊〉 the Lord their God Deut. 31. â—0 13. See the performance here of in Neh. 8. 18. And whereas at this time of the yeere the people had gathered 〈◊〉 fruits into their houses and filled them 〈◊〉 all good things lest their prosperity should cause them to forget both God and themselves this Law was given that they should then dwell in boothes to remember their miseries past and to expect a full redemption of their bodies soules by Christ â—esus our Lord. CHAP. XXIIII 1 The Israelites are commanded to bring oile for the lampes which Aaron must order 5 The Shew bread with from kincense to be set on the Table every Sabbath and eaten by the Priests 10 23 Shelomiths son blasphemeth and is stoned to death 15 The like law is given for all blasphemers 17 Death is appointed for Murderers 18 Satisfaction for dammages and blemishes AND Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Command the sonnes of Israel that they take unto thee pure oile olive beaten for the Light to cause the lampe to ascend up continually Without the veile of the Testimonie in the Tent of the congregation shall Aaron order it from evening unto morning before Iehovah continually it shall be a statute for ever through-out your generations Vpon the pure candlesticke shall he order the lamps before Iehovah continually And thou shalt take fine-flowre and bake it twelve cakes two tenth-deales shall be in one cake And thou shalt set them in two rowes sixe on a row upon the pure table before Iehovah And thou shalt put upon each row pure frankincense that it may bee for the bread for a memoriall a Fire offring unto Iehovah In the sabbath day in the sabbath day he shall set-in-order before Iehovah continually from the sonnes of Israel an everlasting covenant And it shall be for Aaron and for his sonnes and they shall eat it in the holy place for it is holy of holies to him of the Fire offrings of Iehovah by an everlasting statute And there went out the sonne of an Israelitish woman and he was the sonne of an Egyptian man amongst the sons of Israel and the son of the Israelitesse and a man an Israelite strove-together in the campe And the Israelitish womans son blasphemed the Name and cursed and they brought him unto Moses and his mothers name was Shelomith the daughter of Dibri of the tribe of Din. And they put him in ward that hee might declare unto them by the mouth of Iehovah And Iehovah spake unto Moses 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 saying Bring-forth him that hath cursed out of the campe and let all that heard him lay their hands upon his head and let al the congregation stone him And thou shalt speake unto the sonnns of Israel saying Any man when hee shall curse his God then hee shall beare his sinne And he that blasphemeth the Name of Iehovah shall surely bee put to death all the congregation stoning shall stone him as well the stranger as the home-borne when he blasphemeth the Name shal be put to death And a man when he shall smite any soule of man shall surely be put to death And he that smiteth the soule of a beast shall recompense it soule for soule And a man when he shall give a blemish upon his neighbour as he hath done so shall it bee done unto him Breach for breach eye for eye tooth for tooth as hee hath given a blemish upon a man so shall iâ— be given upon him And he that smiteth a beast shall recompense it and he that smiteth a man shall be put-to-death One judgement shall yee have as well the stranger as the home-borne shal have it for I am Iehovah your God And Moses spake to the sonnes of Israel and they brought-forth him that had cursed out of the campe and stoned him with stones and the sons of Israel did as Iehovah commanded Moses Annotations THat they take or as the Greeke translateth and let them take unto thee that is take and give or bring unto thee see the like phrase in Gen. 15. 9. Exod. 25. 2. Num. 19. 2. As the former lawes in chap. 23. taught Israel the profession of their obedience to God in the holy times sanctified for his worship so these here taught them the like in respect of the holy things which concerned Gods service in his Sanctuarie olive or of the olive-tree the oile whereof figured the graces of Gods spirit and the beating of the oile signified the labours and afflictions of Gods people in preaching the word of grace This Law is here repeated from Exod. 27. 20. c. where it was before given see the annotations there the Lampe in Chaldee the Lampes meaning the seven lampes as is explained in Num. 8. 2. which are interpreted the seven Spirits of God Rev. 4. 5. that is the manifold graces of the Spirit now there are diversities of gracious gifts but one and the same Spirit 1 Cor. 12. 5. 11. so the seven lampes are here as one Lamp Likewise in Ex. 27. 20. and 〈◊〉 Sam. 3. 3. to ascend-up that is to burne as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it for the flame alwaies ascendeth continually this the Hebrewes expound from night to night as the continuall Burnt-offring which was not but from day to day Sol. â—archi on Lev. 24. And in Targ. Ionathan it is explained in the Sabbath day and in the working day This Law sheweth the ordinary duty of the Church to provide oile for the Lampe In times of distresse the Prophet saw a vision of two olivetrees on each side of the candlesticke emptying out of themselves golden oile through two golden pipes God teaching that the
the Lord. For as men judge not for man but for the Lord 2 Chron 19. 6. so are they to judge according to his judgements Ezckiel 44. 24. which if they be not manifest are to be inquired the cause being brought unto God Exod. 18. 19. So Moses did in other hard cases Numb 27. 1. â—5 and 15. 34. Vers. 14. out of the campe or to a place without the campe because the campe of Israel was holy and all uncleane persons were to be put out of it Num. 5. 2. 3. much more the flagitious lay their hands both to signifie the truth of their testimony and that his blood should be on his owne head Wee finde not this rite of imposing hands commanded for any other malefactors and the Hebrewes hold it to bee peculiar unto this sinne All the witnesses and the Iudges every one lay their hands on the blasphemers head and say unto him Thy blood be upon thine head for thou hast occasioned it unto thy selfe And of all that are killed by the Synedrion there is none upon whom they impose hands save the blasphemer onely Levit. 24. 14. Maimony treat of Idolatrie chap. 2. sect 10. Vers. 15. Anyman or Every man Hebr. Man man which Targum Ionathan expoundeth yong man or old man Vpon this particular occasion a generall law is here given for punishing of blasphemers beare his sinne that is the punishment due for his sinne Vers. 16. blasphemeth in Chaldee expresseth in Greeke nameth see vers 11. 〈◊〉 name of Iehovah Hereupon some of the Heb ewes gather that the blasphemer is not to be stoned unlesse he expresse that sacred name IEHOVAH but the wiser of them justly mislike that restraint though themselves doe overmuch restraine it There be some that expound it that he is not guiltie of death save for the name IHVH that is Iehovah but I say that for Adonai â—lsa that is LORD he is to be stoned saith Maimony treat of Idolatrie chap. 2. sect 7. And they are long since come unto this that they hold the name of Iehovah unlawfull to be pronounced in 〈…〉 ading of the scripture or otherwise except in the Sanctuarie when the Priest blessed the people according to the Law in Numb 6. 23. 27. there they say he pronounced the name as it is written with IHVH but out of the Sanctuarie they pronounced it Ad 〈…〉 for they mentioned not the name as it is written but in the Sanctuarie onely And after that Simeon the just was dead the Priests ceased from blessing by the name as it is written IHVH though it were in the Sanctuarie to the end th 〈…〉 man should learne it which was not of good esteeme 〈◊〉 meet for to learne it And our first wife men 〈◊〉 not learne it their disciples or their children 〈◊〉 were meet or honest save once in seven 〈◊〉 Maimony treat of Prayer chapter 14. section 10. By this it appeareth that this custome was taken up of themselves not commanded of God the sanctifying of whose name standeth not in letters and syllables but in faith and obedience Numb 20. 12. and 15. 30. See the annotations on Exod. 6. 3. and Numb 6. blasphemeth the name see verse 11. the Greeke translateth nameth the name 〈◊〉 the Lord meaning with blasphemie and cursing as did this Egyptians sonne Vers. 17. shall smite that is as the Chaldee translateth shall kill See the notes on Gen. 14. 17. soule that is life see Gen. 19. 17. and 37. 21. and for putting murtherers to death see Exod. 21. 22. shall surely be put to death or shall bee put to dye the death and Targum Ionathan explaineth it 〈◊〉 be killed with the sword Vers. 18. the soule of a beast that is the life of it which the Greeke explaineth thus hee that sm 〈…〉 a beast and it dye soule for soule or life for l 〈…〉 that is one living beast for another as oxe for oxe sheepe for sheepe and the like Vers. 19. so shall it be done by the Magistrate according to the rigour of justice except he buy it off with money For unlesse it were mu 〈…〉 which God forbade to bee bought off with any ransome Numb 35. 31. the Hebrewes hold 〈◊〉 blemishes and hurts might be redeemed with money Which seemeth also to be warrantable by the Law in Exod. 21. 18. 19 And for that in some cases it could hardly be done or not at all For if a man had smitten his neighbour on the eye and made him lose halfe or a fourth part of his sight 〈◊〉 if a blinde man had smitten out another mans eye how should the like bee done againe unto him The Hebrew canons say He that hurteth his neighbour is bound to pay unto him five things to weet 〈◊〉 his dammage and for the paine and for his healing 〈◊〉 for his resting from his affaires and for the s 〈…〉 and these five things must all bee recompenced with 〈◊〉 best of his goods How for the dammage If he 〈◊〉 cut off his neghbours hand or his foot they looke on him as if he were a servant to bee sold in the maâ—ket him much he was worth and how much he is worth 〈◊〉 and what is abated of his price hee must pay 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 EYE FOR EYE which wee have b 〈…〉 〈…〉 got to be meant of paying for it with his goods That what is said in the Law Levit. 24. 20. As he hath given a blemish upon a man so shall it be given upon him 〈◊〉 not meant that he should be hurt as his neighbour 〈◊〉 hurt c. Maimony â—om 4. in Chobel chap. 1. sect 1. 2. 3. See also the annotations on Exod. 21. V. 10. Breach for breach Targum Ionathan saith The price of baâ—ach for breach the price of an eye for 〈◊〉 eye c. As there are severall sorts and degrees of hurts and blemishes so were the penalties rated which the Hebrewes lay downe thus Her that cutteth off his neighbours hand or foot or finger 〈◊〉 smiteth out his eye payeth the five things for his dammage for his paine for his healing for his resting and for his shame If he smite him on the hand and it swelleth after it prove well againe he payeth foure things for his paine for his healing for his resting from his worke and for his shame If he smite him on the head and it swelleth he payeth three things for the paine for the healing and for the shame If hee smite him on a place which is not seene as on his backe he payeth two things for the paine and for the healing If the smite him with a cloth that is in his hand or the like thing he payeth one thing for the shame onely So hee that shaveth off the hayre of his neighbours head payeth but for the shame onely for it will grow againe c. Maim in Chobel c. 2. s. 2. 4. upon a man The Hebrew Adam signifieth man and woman Gen. 5. 2. all man-kinde of what sort soever and so this
of the spirituall seed of Christ promised to be that the Church shall say in her heart Who hath begotten me these Esai 49. 21. For by twelve Apostles and seventy disciples Christs kingdome began to be preached and that immortall seed of the word soone begat many ten thousands of Iewes Act. 21. 20. and many moe of the Gentiles even innumerable Reu. 7. 9. And here also we may observe that whereas the yeere before when all the tribes were first numbred from 20. yeeres old and upward their summe was 603550. men Exod. 30. 14. 38. 26. now in the second yeere when they are againe numbred and the tribe of Levi not reckoned with them there are found the same iust number of 603550. so there were so many young men of nineteene yeeres old as now supplied the want of the Levites put apart for the Lords service that Israel might sâ—e they should lose nothing by whatsoever was imployed in the seruice of God V. 49. Onely or But the tribe it is an exception which the Greeke translateth thus See the tribe of Levi thou shalt not muster to wit among the other Israelites but apart by themselves Num. 3. 15 c. V. 50. appoint or constitute give charge as bishops which hereof have their name Testimony that is the Tables of the Law kept in an Arke within the Tabernacle Exod. 31. 18. they shall be are according as God appointed their burdens Num. 4. 25. 31. 36. and to helpe them for some things six waggons were allowed them Num. 7. 7 8 9. round about the Tab. and next unto the Tabernacle betwixâ— the camps of Israel and it whereof see chap. 2. 3. V. 51. setteth forward being carried after the cloud when God removed it from place to place Num. 10. 11. 17. 21. the stranger any Israelite or other that is not of the tribe of Levi. So for the worke of the Priesthood both Israelites and Levites are counted strangers save the seed of Aaron only Num. 16. 40. put to death either by men or by the hand of God as was Vzzah for putting his hand to the Arke 1 Chron. 13. 10. So in Thargum Ionathan it is expounded he shall be killed with fire flaming out from before the Lord. V. 52. by his owne campe the Greeke transâ—ateth in his owne order which is described in chap. 2. by his owne standard in Greeke according to his owne regiment see Num. 2. 2. V. 53. no feruent wrath no punishment from God as was in Vzzahs case 1 Chron. 13. 〈◊〉 charge or the custodie the watch and ward and doe the workes appointed of God see Num. 3. 7. 8. c. and 18. 3. This debarring of the people from the worke of the sanctuarie and committing it to the Levites charge shewed the separation oâ— of all mankinde from God and their unworthinesse to come neere unto him or his holy things untill they be called and sanctified of God thereunto Which being not effected by the Law or rudiments thereof for the Mount where the L 〈…〉 was given might not be touched Heb. 12. 18 is now performed unto us by Christ who 〈…〉 shed us from our sinnes in his owne bloud and 〈◊〉 made us Kings and Priests unto God and his Father Revel 1. 5 6. so that we have libertie to exter 〈…〉 the Holiest by the bloud of Iesus Heb. 10. 19. CHAP. II. 1. The order of the Tribes pitching about the Tabernacle 3. On the East side Iudah Issachar and Zabulon 10. On the South side Reuben Simeon and Gad. 17. The Tabernacle in the midst of 〈◊〉 campe 18. On the West side Ephraim Man 〈…〉 and Benjamin 25. On the North side Dan A 〈…〉 and Naphtali ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses and unto Aaron saying The sonnes of Israel shall encamp every man by his standard with the ensignes according to the house of their fathers over against round about the Tent of the congregation shal theâ— encampe And they that encampe for most Eastward shal be the standard of the campe of Iudah according to their armies and the captaine of the sonnes of Iudah shal be Naasson the sonne of Aminadab And his armie and those that were mustered of them were seventy and foure thousand and six hundred And they that encampe next unto him shall be the tribe of Issachar and the captaine of the sonnes of Issachar shal be Nethaneel the sonne of Zuar And his armie and those that were mustered thereof were foure and fifty thousand and foure hundred The tribe of Zabulon and the Prince of the sonnes of Zabulon shal be Eliab the sonne of Helon And his armie and those that were mustered thereof were seven and fifty thousand and foure hundred All that were mustered of the campe of Iudah were an hundred thousand and eightie thousand and six thousand and foure hundred according to their armies they shall set forward first The standard of the campe of Reuben shal be Southward according to their armies and the captaine of the sonnes of Reuben shal be Elizur the sonne of Shedeur And his armie and those that were mustered thereof were six and fortie thousand and five hundred And they that encampe next unto him shal be the tribe of Simeon and the captaine of the sonnes of Simeon shal be Shelumiel the sonne of Zurishaddai And his armie and those that were mustered thereof were nine and fifty thousand and three hundred And the tribe of Gad and the captaine of the sonnes of Gad Eliasaph the sonne of Reguel And his armie and those that were mustered of them were five and fortie thousand and six hundred and fifty All that were mustered of the campe of Reuben were an hundred thousand and one and fifty thousand and foure hundred and fifty according to their armies and they shall set forward second And the Tent of the congregation shall set forward the campe of the Levites in the midst of the campes as they encampe so shall they set forward every man in his place according to their standards The standard of the campe of Ephraim according to their armies shal be Sea-ward and the captaine of the sonnes of Ephraim shal be Elishama the sonne of Ammihud And his armie and those that were mustered of them forty thousand and five hundred And next unto him shal be the tribe of Manasses and the captaine of the sonnes of Manasses shal be Gamaliel the sonne of Pedahzur And his armie and those that were mustered of them two and thirtie thousand and two hundred And the tribe of Benjamin and the captaine of the sonnes of Benjamin shal be Abidan the sonne of Gideoni And his armie and those that were mustered of them five and thirty thousand and foure hundred All that were mustered of the campe of Ephraim were an hundred thousand and eight thousand and an hundred according to their armies and they shall set forward third The standard of the campe of Dan shal be Northward according to their armies and the captaine of the sonnes
escape so here they 〈…〉 ped about Gods sanctuarie for the safety the 〈…〉 According to which type the Christian chu 〈…〉 described in Reu. 4. 2. 4. c. where th 〈…〉 Throne in the middest answerable to the Tab 〈…〉 cle and Temple called Gods throne in Ezâ—◠〈…〉 and round about the throne are foure 〈…〉 thrones which is double the numb 〈…〉 twelve tribes here camping because th 〈…〉 increased under the gospel and the pl 〈…〉 tents enlarged Esai 54 2. And be 〈…〉 throne and the circuit round about the 〈◊〉 are foure liuing creatures full of eyes c. 〈◊〉 4. 〈◊〉 the watchmen or ministers of the church 〈…〉 betweene the Lords Tent and the tents 〈…〉 the Levites camped in foure quarters wher 〈…〉 Num. chap. 3. and c. 1. v. 50. Herâ—upon the c 〈…〉 is described to be those that are 〈…〉 Lord Psal. 76. 12. V. 3. foremost or on the â—â—re part 〈…〉 loweth eastward or towards the Sun 〈…〉 the East is said to be before and the West 〈…〉 Esai 12. the South is called the 〈…〉 world Psal. 89. 13. and the North the 〈…〉 which Iob describeth by these names in Iob 23. 8 9. So R. Sol. Iarchi noteth on this place foremost or before is the east quarter and the west is called behinde the captaine or the Prince ruler as in Num. 1. 16. so after in this chapter Iudah the father of our Lord Christ after the flesh Luk. 3. he as he was most in number of all the tribes Num. 1. 27. so as a Lion whom none durst rouse up Gen. 49. 8 9. he is the chiefe standard-bearer and chiefe captaine of all the captaines of Israel camping in the first place as did Moses and Aaron the chiefest of the Levites in the same quarter betweene Iudah and the sanctuarie Numb 3. 38. Also when they marched Iudah went foremost Num. 10. 14. And after Iosuahs death Iudah went first up to fight against the Canaanites Iudg. 1. 1 2. He figured Christ the Lion of the tribe of Iudah who also is Michael that with his Angels fighteth against the Dragon and goeth before his heavenly armies Rev. 5. 5. and 12. 7. and 19. 11. 14. V. 5. Issachar and with him Zabulon vers 7. both younger brothers to Iudah that they might the more willingly be under his regiment all of them sonnes of Leah the free woman placed in this first quarter V. 7. The tribe of Zabulon understand from v. 5. shall encampe next so the Greeke explaineth it And they that encampe next c. So in vers 14. 22. 29. V. 9. an hundred thousand c. the greatest number of warriers by many were in this first quarter where Iudah was standard-bearer almost thirty thousand moc than in any other quarter The next in number to him was the last squadron where Dan bare the standard so they that went foremost and came hindmost had the greatest armies for the more safetie of the Sanctuarie which matched in the middest and of all Israel The number of every one may be viewed thus 1. In the campe of Iudah 186400. East 2. In the campe of Reuben 151450. South 3. In the campe of Ephraim 108100. West 4. In the campe of Dan 157600. North. set forward first or march and journey first when the host removeth Num. 10. 14. as they encamped in the first place Eastward before the doore of Gods Tabernacle V. 10. Southward the order proceedeth from East to South and so to the West North according to the course of the Sun and climates of the world And this second place is given to Reuben because he was the first borne though he lost his first birth-right Gen. 49. which Iudas and Ioseph had shared betweene them and he is put downe to the second place V. 12. Simeon Next brother to Reuben and of the same mother with whom is joyned God the first-borne of that mothers maid Zilpha vers 14. both for to keepe them the more easily in subjection and to nourish brotherly love V. 14. Reguel in Greeke Rago 〈…〉 hee was before called Deg 〈…〉 Num. 1 14. because theâ—â— Hebrew letters are like one another and often changed as is noted on Gen. 4. 18. V. 16. second in the second place see Num. 10. 18. V. 17. Tent of the congregation in Greeke the Tent of the Testimony the sanctuarie of God which was to set forward in the midst of the campes both to shew Gods presence among them and the honour againe that they should doe unto him As it is written of the church God is in the midst of her she shall not be moved Psal. 64. 5. See also Song 3. 7 8. The manner and order of carying the Tabernacle is shewed in Num. 10. 17 c. the campe the order of the Levites camping is shewed in Num. 3. their marching in Num. 10. V. 18. Ephraim he the younger brother is standard-bearer before his elder Manasses as Iakob prophesied his superioritie Gen. 48. 14. 20. sea-ward that is as the Chaldâ—â— expounds it Westward see the notes on Gen. 12. 8. V. 20. Manasses and next him Berjamin v. 22. so all Rachels sonnes encamped together on the west quarter of the Sanctuarie V. 24. an hundred thousand c. this was the smallest number of all the armieâ— almost 80 thousand fewer than in the standard oâ— Iudah v. 9. V. 25. Dan He was the first borne of the handmaids children and Iakobs fist sonne Gen. 30. 6. and by prophesie he was to judge his people as the other tribes Genes 49. 16. so God here appointeth him the standard and hee hath the greatest number of warriers saving Iudas V. 27. Aser the youngest sonne of the other handmaid Zilpha yet set next unto Dan as is noted on Num. 1. 15. with whom Naphtali Dans brother is joyned v. 29. so the three handmaids children were in the Northerne and hindmost quarter that in Gods ordering of the Tribes his wisdome might appeare We may behold the order of the Lords armies as they encamped thus 1. IVDAH Isachar and Zabulon in whose camps were 186400 warriours The Sanctuary and the Courtyard about it were in a long square twice so long as they were broad as their description in Exod. 26. and 27. sheweth But in what forme the campe of Israel was the Scripture expresseth not save that it was round about the Tabernacle Num. 2. 2. It is likely therefore to be in a square and so many thousand tents as Israel had could not be pitched in a little roomth Iosephus in Antiq. Iud. l. 3. c. 11. saith that betweene every tribe in the foure quarters there was a distant space and like a mart or fayre to buy and sell in their boothes with artificers in their shops as if it had beene a citie Ionathan in his Thargum on Num. 2. 3. saith The campe of Israel was twelve miles long and twelve miles broad Vnto this forme of the Church in the wildernesse the Scriptures after have reference both in the
of Israel to serve the service of the Tabernacle And thou shalt give the Levites to Aaron and to his sonnes they are given are given unto him out of the sonnes of Israel And thou shalt appoint Aaron and his sonnes and they shall keepe their Priests office and the stranger that commeth nigh shall bee put to death And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying And I behold I have taken the Levites from among the sonnes of Israel in stead of every first-borne that openeth the wombe of the sonnes of Israel and the Levites shall be mine Because every first-borne is mine in the day that I smote every first-borne in the land of Egypt I sanctified unto mee every first-borne in Israel from man unto beast mine they shall be I am Iehovah And Iehovah spake unto Moses in the wildernesse of Sinai saying Muster the sons of Levi according to the house of their fathers according to their families every male from a moneth old and upward shalt thou muster them And Moses mustered them according to the mouth of Iehovah as hee was commanded And these were the sons of Levi by their names Gershon and Kohath and Merari And these were the names of the sonnes of Gershon according to their families Libni and Shimei And the sonnes of Kohath according to their families Amtam and Izhar Hebron and Vzziel And the sonnes of Merari according to their families Mahli and Mushi these are the families of the Levites according to the house of their fathers Of Gershon was the familie of Libni and the family of Shimei these are the families of the Gershonites Those that were mustered of thē by the number of every male from a moneth old and upward the mustered of them were seven thousand and five hundred The families of the Gershonites shall encampe behinde the Tabernacle Seaward And the Prince of the house of the father of the Gershonites shall be Eliasaph the son of Lael And the charge of the sons of Gershon in the Tent of the congregation shall be the Tabernacle and the Tent the covering thereof and the hanging veile for the doore of the Tent of the congregation And the tapestrie-hangings of the Court and the hanging veile for the doore of the Court which is by the Tabernacle and by the altar round about and the cords thereof for all the service thereof And of Kohath was the familie of the Amramites and the familie of the Izharites and the familie of the Hebronites and the familie of the Vzzielites these are the families of the Kohathites By the number of every male from a moneth old and upward eight thousand and six hundred keeping the charge of the Sanctuarie The families of the sonnes of Kohath shall encampe on the side of the Tabernacle Southward And the Prince of the house of the father of the families of the Kohathites shall be Elizaphan the sonne of Vzziel And their charge shall be the Arke and the Table and the Candlesticke and the Altars and the vessels of the Sanctuary with which they shall minister and the hanging veile and all the service thereof And the Prince of the Princes of the Levites shall be Eleazar the sonne of Aaron the Priest having the oversight of them that keepe the charge of the Sanctuarie Of Merari was the familie of the Mahlites and the familie of the Mushites these are the families of Merari And those that were mustered of them by the number of every male from a moneth old and upward were six thousand and two hundred And the Prince of the house of the father of the families of Merari shall be Zuriel the sonne of Abihail they shall pitch on the side of the Tabernacle Northward And the oversight of the charge of the sons of Merari shall be the boards of the Tabernacle and the barres thereof and the pillars thereof and the sockets thereof and all the vessels thereof all the service thereof And the pillars of the Court round about and their sockets and their pins and their cords And they that emcampe before the Tabernacle foremost before the Tent of the congregation Eastward shall be Moses and Aaron and his sonnes keeping the charge of the Sanctuarie for the charge of the sons of Israel and the stranger that commeth nigh shall be put to death All that were mustered of the Levites which Moses mustered and Aaron at the mouth of Iehovah according to their families every male from a moneth old and upward were two and twentie thousand And Iehovah said unto Moses Muster every first-borne male of the sonnes of Israel from a moneth old and upward and take the number of their names And thou shalt take the Levites for me I am Iehovah in stead of every first-borne of the sonnes of Israel and the cattle of the Levites in stead of every firstling among the cattle of the sonnes of Israel And Moses mustered as Iehovah commanded him every first-borne among the sonnes of Israel And all the first-borne males by the number of names from a moneth old and upward of those that were mustered of them were two and twentie thousand two hundred and seventie and three And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Take the Levites in stead of every first-borne among the sonnes of Israel and the cattle of the Levites in stead of their cattle and the Levites shall be mine I am Iehovah And for those that are to be redeemed of the two hundred and seventie and three which are mo◠than the Levites of the first-borne of the sonnes of Israel Thou shalt even take five shekels a peace by the poll after the shekel of the sanctuarie shalt thou take the shekel is twentie gerahs And thou shalt give the money to Aaron and to his sons of the redeemed that are moe among them And Moses tooke the redemption money of those that were moe than the redeemed of the Levites Of the first-borne of the sonnes of Israel tooke he the money a thousand three hundred and sixty and five shekels after the shekel of the sanctuarie And Moses gave the money of them that were redeemed to Aaron and to his sonnes according to the mouth of Iehovah as Iehovah had commanded Moses Annotations THe generations that is the children of Aaron and genealogie of the Levites and the things that befell unto them for so the word generations is used for accidents that fall out unto any as is noted on Gen. 5. 1. In this and the next chapter he sheweth the numbring of the Levites and their order in administration who were numbred apart and not with the other tribes because they were to attend the service of the Tabernacle and encampe about it not with the other twelve tribes Num. 1. 49. 50. and 3. 8 9 10. 23. 38. And they were to be numbred after an other manner not from twentie yeeres old as the tribes were Num. 1. 3. but from a moneth old as touching their tale Num. 3. 15. and from thirtie yeeres old to fifty as touching
their service Num. 4. 3. And also because there 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 inheritance given them among the sonnes of Israel Num. 26. 62. but the Lord was their inheritance Deut. 10. 8 9. Now to be numbred apart and not with others signified some speciall favour towards such and care over them as Num. 23. 9. Aaron Aaron the elder brother of Moses and 〈◊〉 Levites therefore their names are mentioned here V. 3. he filled that is consecrated or perfected 〈◊〉 the Greeke translateth See the annotations on Exâ—â— 29. 9. and Levit. 8. V. 4. dyed by a fire from the Lord Levit. 10. 1 2. This is mentioned againe in Num. 26. 61. 1 Chron. 24. 1 2. had no sonnes the Hebrewes as Chazkuni upon this place say if they had had sonnes those sonnes had beene before Eleazar and Ithamar for whosoever is fore-most in inheritance is foremost for honour or dignitie in the sight of Aaron or before the face that is whiles Aaron lived as before the face of Tharah Gen. 11. 38. is while Tharah lived before the Moone and Sunne Psal. 72. 5. 17. is whiles they continue to give light The Greeke translateth With Aaron Elsewhere it is said by the hand of Aaron 1 Chron. 24. 19. Of these two there were so many Priests in Davids dayes that he distributed them into 24. courses sixteene of Eleazar and eight of Ithamar 1 Chron. 24. 3. 4. The Hebrew Doctors say Moses divided the Priests into eight wards or courses foure of Eleazar and foure of Ithamar and so they were untill the Prophet Samuels dayes Then Samuel and David the King parted them into 24. courses And over every course or ward there was one chiefe Provost And they went up to Ierusalem to serve by course every weeke And every sabbath day they changed one course went out and the next after them came in c. Maimony tom 3. treat of the Instruments of the Sanctuarie chapt 4. sect 3. Compare 1 Chron. 9. 22. 25. 2 King 11. 5. 7. V. 6. present it or cause it to stand speaking of the tribe In Greeke present them V. 7. his charge Hebr. his custody or obseruation that is that which he commandeth them to obserue See this phrase in Lev. 18. 30. 〈…〉 of all the congregation the Greeke explaineth it of the sonnes of Israel as in v. 8. So 〈◊〉 2 Chron. 35. 3. serve the Lord your God and his people Israel It meaneth also such things as they were charged to keepe but the Levites now were taken in their stead 〈…〉 to serve the service in Greeke to worke or doe the workes of the Tabernacle which in Num. 8. 11. is said to serve the service of the Lord. After in the 8. verse the Greeke translateth according to all the workes of the Tabernacle The Hebrewes write thus The sâ—ed of Levi are all of them separated for the service of the Sanctuarie And it is commanded that the Levites be prepared and readie for the service of the Sanctuarie whether they be willing or not willing as in Num. 18. 23. And the Levite he shall serve the service of the Tent of the congregation And the sonne of Levi which will take upon him all the Levites commandements saving one thing they receive him not in till he take all upon him Maimony treat of the Instruments of the Sanct. chap. 3. sect 1. V. 9. are given are given that is as the Greeke here and Moses himselfe in Num. 18. 6. explaineth it are a gift given oâ— they are wholly given So the Ministers of the Gospell are called gifts Ephes. 4. 8. 11. 〈…〉 unto him for his helpe in the charge and worke of the Sanctuarie they ministring unto him and he and his sonnes ministring before the Tabernacle Num. 18. 2. 6. V. 11. shalt appoint or constitute set in office as Bishops or Overseers The Greeke explaineth it thou shalt constitute over the Tabernacle of Testimonie their Priests office for every thing of the Altar and within the veile Num. 18. 7. the stranger that is whosoeuer is not of Aarons seed as is explained in Num. 16. 40. for no man taketh the honour unto himselfe but he that is called of God as was Aaron Hebr. 5. 4. So Chazkuni here expoundeth stranger to be Israelite or Levite that commeth neere to minister And Maimony in Biath hamikdash chap. 9. sect 1. saith Who is the stranger Whosoever is not of the seed of Aaron the males And after God himselfe forbiddeth the Levites to come night he vessels of the Sanctuarie and the Altar on paine of death Numb 18. 3. put to death by the magistrate or by the hand of God as was Korah for presuming to doe the Priests office Numb 16. V. 12. every first-borne which before the Levites were taken in their stead did minister to the Lord as is noted on Exod. 24. 5. And upon what occasion God tooke the Levites instead of the first-borne is to be seene in Exod. 32. 26. 29. Deut. 33. 9. shall be mine to minister before me as the Chaldee expoundeth it V. 13. I smote in Chaldee I killed see Exod. 12. 29 30. The Lord having slaine all the first-borne of Egypt and spared the Israelites did therefore challenge for his owne and sanctifie to him-selfe all Israels first-borne Exod. 13. 2. but tooke the Levites and their cattle in stead of Israels first-borne men and cattle Num. 3. 45. and gave them as a gift to Aaron to minister unto him Who being in his Priesthood a type of Christ all these rites are in him fulfilled For unto Christ God gave children Hebr. 2. 13. and they are a congregation of first-borne written in heaven Hebr. 12. 23. being of Gods owne will begotten by the word of truth that they should be a kinde of first-fruits of his creatures Iam. 1. 18. to whom he also giveth the first-fruits of his Spirit Rom. 8. 23. These wait on and follow the Lambe Christ being bought from among men and first-fruits unto God and to the Lambe Rev. 14. 4. These were brought for an offering unto the Lord out of all nations and of them the Lord hath taken for Priests and for Levites Esai 66. 20 21. and Christ hath made us Kings and Priests unto God and his Father that we may serve him day and night in his Temple Rev. 1. 6. and 7. 15. V. 15. Muster or Number Hebr. Visit. This was done by Moses and Aaron v. 39. and by the Princes of the congregation Num. 4. 34. though here the commandement is directed unto Moses onely house in Greeke houses old Heb. sonne of a moneth Tho cause why the Levites were numbred from this age was for that they came in place of the first-borne of Israel whose redemption is appointed from a moneth old Num. 18. 15 16. And they were counted after the houses of their fathers not of their mothers for if a woman of Levi were maried to a man of Iudah or any other tribe her sonne was not a Levite The Hebrew canons say
Iesus into the possession of the Gentiles Act. 7. 45. was solden up and veiles and coverings were cast upon the holy things that the Israelites could not behold the end of those types whose end and accomplishment we now clearely see by the Gospell by the revelation of the mystery which was kept secret since the world began but is now made manifest and by the scriptures of the Prophets according to the commandement of the everlasting God made knowne to all rations for the obedience of faith Rom. 16. 25 26. Therefore we have Gods Throne and true â—abernacle set forth without veiles or covers Rev. 4. 2 c. The Temple of God is opened in heaven and there is seene in his Temple the Arke of the Testamentall covenant Revel 11. 19. not touch the holinesse that is the holy things as the Greeke translateth This restraint was like that concerning mount Sinai which by reason of Gods presence thereon might not be touched upon paine of death Exod. 19. 12. Heb. 12. 18. left they dye Hebr. and dye which the Chaldee expoundeth and not dye the Greeke that they dye not the word not before used being here againe to be understood as it is in Iob 30. 20. 25. and 31. 20. Psal. 9. 19. Prov. 30. 3. Deut. 7. 26. and often otherwhere The Scripture it selfe sheweth this want and supplieth it as in 2 Chron. 9. 20. 〈◊〉 were of silver it was accounted of that is it was not accounted of as is expressed in 1 King 10. 21. This judgement here threatned was executed upon Uzzah a Levite who putting his hand to the Arke of God was therefore smitten of God and died 1 Chron. 13. 10. shall be the burden that is as the Greeke translateth they s 〈…〉 â—eare these things to wit on their owne shoulders and not by wagons or any other meanes Num. 7. 9. Therefore it was a fault in Davids dayes that the Arke was caried upon a cart 1 Chron. 13 7. for they fought not the Lord after the due order 1 Chron. 15. 12 13. Vers. 16. to the oversight the Bishops office o◠〈…〉 the Greeke translateth Bishop Eleazar the Chaldee that which shall be committed to the charge 〈◊〉 custodie of Eleazar oyle of the Light that is of or for the golden candlestick These foure particulars the Hebrewes say Eleazar was to cary himselfe for Chazkuni on this place writeth The oyle of the Light and the oyle of Anointing the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his right hand and the other in his left And the Incense in his bosome and the Meat-offring on his shoulder R. Elias in Reshith chocmah treat of 〈◊〉 ch 16. noteth the like from the Ierusalemy Thalmud adding withall Behold according to his high place was his humility to honour the Lord to beare all this burden at one time the Sanctuary Hebr. the sanctity Greeke the Holy Eleazar had besides the charge of the oyle incense c. the care of all the sanctuarie also and of the burdens of the Ko 〈…〉 it es Num. 3. 32. vessels or instruments in Greeke the workes thereof In this office Bishop Eleazar was a figure of Christ the Bishop of our soules 1 Pet. 2. 25. unto whom it pertaineth to give grace the oyle of the Spirit for understanding of the Scriptures Luk. 4. 18. and 24. 45. Ioh. 1. 16. To put odours of sweet incense unto the praiers of all Saints by his mediation Revel 8. 3. 1. Tim. 2. 5. To present his Church as a pure Meat-offring and sacrifice unto his Father Ephe. 5. 26 27. 1. Cor. 5. 7. To give the anointing oile of the holy Ghost for our sanctification and rejoycing of our hearts Ioh. 7. 39. 1 Ioh. 2. 27. To oversee all Churches and Ministers and all actions in Churches where he is present and walketh among them till the worlds end Mat. 28. 20. Rev. 1. 13. and 2. 1. 2. c. Vers 18. Cut ye not off or Cause not to cut off in Greeke destroy not that is Cause not or occasion not by your default them to be cut off whiles you not looking to your charge they haply transgresse and so I destroy them as I did Nadab and Abihu Lev. 10. the families understand any of the families the Greeke translateth Destroy not of the tribe the family of Kaath Vers. 19. live and not die of this phrase see Deut. 33. 6. Thargum Ionathan expounds it live in the life of the righteous and not die with flaming fire having reference to Levit. 10. 2. of holinesses that is the most holy things in Greek the holies of holies every man Hebr. man man to his service that is each one to his severall worke that so disorder and confusion might be avoided none might intrude into anothers worke The Hebrew 〈◊〉 say The Levites are to be warned that they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 one anothers work as that the Singer helpe not to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Porters worke or the Porter the Singers as it is written EVERY MAN UNTO HIS SERVICE AND TO HIS BVRDEN The Levites that doe the Priests service or a Lâ—â—â—â—â— that employeth himselfe in that worke which is not his owne worke are in danger of death by the 〈◊〉 of God Num. 4. 19. Maimony in Misn. treat of the Instruments of the Sanct. ch 3. sect 10. 11. Vers. 20. to see so in Exod. 19. 21. the people were charged not to breake through unto the LORD to see and because the men of Bethshemesh looked into the Arke of the Lord he smote of the people fiftie thousand and seventy men 1 Sam. 6. 19. This restraint taught them what discord there is betweene God and sinfull men and how great need wee have of a Mediatour And as the Priests themselves might not alwaies enter into the most holy place Lev. 16. 2. whereby the holy Ghost this signified that the way into the holy of holies was not yet made manifest while as the first Tabernacle was yet standing Hebr. 9. 8. so in that the Levites bare things which they might not touch nor see it signified a concealing in part of the mysterie of the Gospell which in other ages was not made knowne unto the sonnes of men as it was afterward revealed unto his holy Apostles and Prophets by the Spirit Ephes 3. 5. the mysterie which was hid from ages and from generations but now is made manifest to his Saints Coloss. 1. 26. is covered Hebr. is swallowed up which word is often used for destroying and abolishing Iob 2. 3. Num. 16. 30. 32. Esai 9. 16. and 3. 12. applied here to the hiding and covering of the holy things which was done suddenly and is by the Chaldee interpreted when they cover the vessels of the Sanctuarie It sigâ—ified the abolishing that after should be of this worldly sanctuary and shadowes therein by Christ Heb. 9. 1. 11. whos 's death was a destroying of the true Tabernacle and Temple Ioh. 2. 19. 21. The Apostle also treating of the death of the Saints useth this similitude If our earthly house
there come witnesses that she is defiled or if he die or if 〈◊〉 die then the Meat-offering is all burnt And if any of these things 〈…〉 pen after the handfull is offered the 〈…〉 not eaten If her husband be a priest the 〈◊〉 of the Meat-offering is not eaten because her husband hath a part therein c. but the handfull is â—ffered by it selfe and the remainder is scattered upon the place of the ashes Ibid. c. 4. sect 14 15. That which is spoken of burning it when it is polluted is not meant of burning it upon the altar but in another place where uncleane things were burnt which might neither be offered to God not eaten by men Vers. 26. the memoriall so the handfull is called see the notes on Lev. 2. 2. Vers. 27. to bitternesses with most bitter effect in Chaldee to cursing as vers 24. The Hebrewes say that if she be defiled immediately her face 〈◊〉 turne yellowish her eyes will stiâ—kâ— out c. and 〈◊〉 carry her out of the womens court wherein shee 〈…〉 deth and first her belly will swell and 〈…〉 thigh will fall and shee shall die And in the 〈◊〉 houre that she dieth the adulterer 〈…〉 whose meanes she was made to drinke 〈…〉 be Maim in Sotah chap. 3. sect 16 17. 〈…〉 fall or rot see vers 21. This iudgemâ—nt 〈…〉 ding to the transgression that as with that part 〈◊〉 sinned so therein she should bee punished Anâ— thus the curse entred into her bowels like water as in Psal. 109. 18. not by any naturall effect 〈◊〉 this drinke but by the power of God who often bringeth great things to passe by unlikely meanes as with clay made of spittle Christ opened the eyes of the blinde Ioh. 9. 6 7. Vers. 28. shall be free not haâ—e any 〈◊〉 by the drinke as in vers 19. 〈…〉 〈◊〉 shal be sowen with sced which the Chaldâ—◠〈…〉 deth shall proue with child This setteth forth Gods power goodnesse in effecting such things for clearing the innocent and working by one drinke such contrary effects according to the uncleannesse or cleannesse of the party that receiu 〈…〉 it Even as his word is to one the savour of death â—â—to death and to another the savour of life 〈◊〉 2 Cor. 2. 16. The Hebrewes write of this woman When she hath drunke the bitter water if she die 〈◊〉 out of hand she is lawfull for her husband t◠〈◊〉 pany with though he be a priest And although 〈…〉 nesse beginne to come upon her and she haue paiâ—e in other parts of her body yet for asmuch as her 〈◊〉 swelleth not nor her thigh begins to fall she is 〈◊〉 but if her belly begin to swell and her thigh to 〈◊〉 she is certainly unlawfull And if shee be 〈◊〉 when she hath drunke she will wax strong and her face waxeth cleare and if she have any â—icknesse 〈◊〉 will leave her and she shall concâ—iue and beare a man childe And if she were wâ—nt to haue hard travel 〈◊〉 shall haue speedy travell and of she were wont to bring forth females she shall bring forth males Maim 〈◊〉 Sotah chap. 3. sect 21. 22. Vers. 29. under her husband that is being 〈◊〉 â—â—ed in Greeke being under an husband sâ—◠〈◊〉 19 Vers. 20. shall make the woman to stand or 〈◊〉 present her The Hebrewes hold that some women might not drinke and that none was euer for ced to drinke except she would her selfe They say A woman of whom her husband is jealous and she hath beene in secret with another man they compell her not to drinke but if shee agree and say I am defiled she is put away without dowry and is unlawfull for her husband ever after and drinketh not Likewise if shee say I am not defiled neither will I drinke they compell her not to drinke but she is put away without dowry Also if her husband say I will not cause her to drinke or if he hath lyen with her after that shee was in secret with another shee drinketh not but takes her dowry and goes her way and is unlawfull for him ever after Some women they say are not meet to drinke though they be willing and their husbands also would have them drinke but are put away without dowries as she that is wife to a man blind or lame or dumbe or deafe or that wants a hand likewise if the woman herselfe be lame or dumbe or blind or wanteth an hand or is deafe or she that is but betrothed and not maried But if a man be jealous of his betrothed wife and she be in secret with another man after she is maried then she drinketh as all other women A woman that standeth to drinke if her husband die before shee doe drinke then she drinketh not neither receiueth she any dowry Maimony in Sotah chap. 2. sect 1 2. c. These and the like exceptions they make some of which seeme to be devised for to favour divorcement whereunto the Iewes have beene overmuch addicted as appeareth by Mal. 2. 16. Matth. 19. 3 8 9. Moreover they say If a woman have drunke of the bitter water and have bin cleared thereby and her husband be jealous againe of her coÌ„cerning the man for whose sake shee was made to drinke and shee hath beene in secret with him he cannot make her drinke for his sake the second time but she is unlawfull for her husband ever after and is put away without dowry But if he be jealous over her for another man and it bee proved by witnesses that shee hath beene in secret with that other shee is made to drinke the second time yea though it be many times if he cause her to drinke for severall men Maim in Sotah chap. 1. sect 12. Vers. 30. free from iniquitie or guiltlesse innocent from iniquitie by doing what in him lieth for to finde out and purge this sin in his wife and not nourishing jealousie in his minde still Whereas by not doing this he partaked after a sort with his wives sin So Chazkuni on this place saith The man shall be free for that he letteth not his wife alone playing the where under him The Targum called Ionathans translateth it thus And if the man be free from sins that woman shall beare her sin And the same exposition others give of these words saying Any man that hath used unlawfull copâ—lation in his daies after that he is waxen great the curse-bringing water doth not try his wife Num. 5. 30. When the man is free from iniquitie the woman beareth her iniquitie Maim in Sotah ch 2. sect 8. and ch 3. sect 17. 23. Therefore among the Israelites it is said that no man which had him-selfe beene guilty that way could bring his wife to this triall And of their care about this case of jealousie it is thus recorded On the fifteenth day of Adar which was the Hebrews twelfth moneth Esth. 9. 1. called now February the Magistrates looked unto the necessities of the
the flesh of the Peace-offerings was eaten by him that brought the sacrifice when the Lord and his Priest had their portions Levit. 7. 14 15. Verse 18. the Nazirite in Greeke he that vewed in Hebrew Nazir shave this the Hebrewes call the shaving of puritie or for cleannesse and it differeth from the former shaving in verse 9. w ch was for uncleannesse and figured the purging of his uncleannesse but this shaving was in thankfulnesse to signifie that he had the perfection of his Naziriteship from God and therefore burned his haire under his sacrifice This shaving was to bee of all his haire the Hebrewes say if hee left but two haeres he had done nothing neither had he kept the commandement of shaving whether he were a cleane Nazirite or an uncleane If he had left two haires he was to let all his haire grow and shave it all againe with those two haires after thirtie dayes Maim in Nâ—z chap. 8. sect 67. at the doore of the Tent afterward when the Temple was built they say it was in the womens Court in the Nazirites chamber which was there 〈◊〉 the South-East corner and there they boyled their peace-offerings and cast their hayre into the fire And if he shaved in the Citie it would serve but whether it were in the Citie or Sanctuary under the cauldron hee was to cast his haire and he might not shave till the doorâ— of the court were opened as it is said at THED 〈…〉 RE OF THE TENT not that 〈◊〉 shaved before the doore for that were a contempt of the Sanctuary Maim in Nezir ch 8. sect 3. Compare here with that in Act. 18. 18. where it is said having shaved his head in Cenchrea for he had a vow by which it seemeth the shaving was not of necessitie to be in the Sanctuarie or in the Citie of Ierusalem of his Naziriteship in Greeke of his vow so the vow in Act. 18. 18. and 21. 23. meaneth Naziriteship under the sacrifice to burne it there and consume it signifying the end of his vow performed acceptably to God in Christ and presented unto him by the Spirit which is like unto fire Mat. 3. 11. The Hebrewes say If he be shaved by the peace-offerings and he be found disallowable his shaving is disallowable and his sacrifices profit him not If he be shaved by the sin-offering and it be found that it was not staine by the name of a sin-offering and afterward hee bring the peace-offerings and burnt-offering and oblations as they are commanded his shaving is disallowable his sacrifices profit him not If hee bee shaved by the burnt-offering or by the peace-offrings and they be stain not by their name and afterward he bring the other oblations to offer them by their name his shaving is disallowable and his sacrifices profit him not If he be shaven by them three and any one of them be found right his shaving is right And he is to bring the other sacrifices and offer them after their manner And wheresoever wee say his shaving is disallowable it frustrateth 30 daies and he is to count 30 daies after his disallowed shaving and bring his offerings Maiman M 〈…〉 11. of peace-offerings in Greeke of 〈◊〉 in Chaldee of Sanctifications see Lev. 3. 〈…〉 every Nazirite was to fulfill his vow and b 〈…〉 owne sacrifices yet are there certaine observations by the Hebrewes which are of use for understanding some things in the New Testament They say If a man vow to be a Nazirite he may bring 〈◊〉 fathers oblations for himselfe and bee shaved 〈◊〉 〈…〉 but a woman is not shaved for her fathers offeringâ— this we have learned by tradition As he whose 〈◊〉 was a Nazirite and he separated mony to 〈…〉 on s therewith and he dye and leave the money 〈…〉 lute without expressing for what sacrifice it is 〈◊〉 the sonne say after his fathers death I will be a Nazirite upon condition that I may bring my offerings 〈◊〉 the mony which my father separated for his offering loe he may bring his offerings with that mo 〈…〉 so if he and his father were Nazirites and 〈◊〉 father separated money absolutely and dyeth and the 〈◊〉 after his fathers death I will shave for my 〈◊〉 money loe he may bring his offerings wish the 〈◊〉 but if he say not so the money falleth to a vo 〈…〉 fering If the father die and leaue many sons they 〈◊〉 the money among them for it is their inherit 〈…〉 every one of them must bee shaved for his 〈◊〉 the first borne hath a double portion He that 〈◊〉 Vpon me be the shaving of a Nazirite hee is 〈…〉 bring the offerings of shaving for cleannes and 〈…〉 fer them by the hand of what Nazirite he 〈◊〉 If he say upon me be halfe the oblations of a Nazirite 〈◊〉 on mee bee the halfe of the shaving of a Nazirite then he bringeth halfe the offerings by what Naz 〈…〉 he will and that Nazirite payeth his offering◠〈…〉 that which is his But if he say Vpon me be the 〈◊〉 of halfe a Nazirite then he is to bring the offering 〈…〉 a full Nazirite for we haue no halfe Naz 〈…〉 Maimony in Nezir ch 8. sect 15 18. By this 〈◊〉 may see the reason of that which Iames said unto Paul though he had no Nazirites vow upon him We have foure men which have a vow on them 〈◊〉 take and sanctifie thy selfe with them and he at 〈…〉 ges with them that they may shave their heads 〈◊〉 Then Paul tooke the men and the next day sancti 〈…〉 himselfe with them entred into the Temple to 〈◊〉 the accomplishment of the dayes of Sanctification 〈◊〉 Naziriteship untill that an offering should be 〈◊〉 for every one of them Acts 21. 23. 24. 26. For though Paul had not vowed or fulfilled a Naziriteship him selfe yet might he contribute with them and they be partakers of his charges about the sacrifices Verse 19. the sodden shoulder or 〈◊〉 arme meaning the left shoulder for the right shoulder was due unto him raw of all peace-offerings Lev. 7. 32. this was peculiar of the Nazirites ram onely and not due to the Priest from any other sacrifice The manner of this service was thus The ram was killed and the blood sprinkled and the b 〈…〉 〈◊〉 and the fat of the intralls taken out After 〈◊〉 the flesh was cut in pieces and the brest and the 〈…〉 der were put apart and the rest of the ram was 〈…〉 den in the womens court And the Priest tocke 〈…〉 sodden shoulder of the ramme with one of 〈◊〉 〈…〉 cakes brought therwith with the brest and the other shoulder and the fat and he 〈…〉 th them all on the Nazirites hands and the Priest put his heads under the owners hands and wav'd all before the Lord. Maimony in Maaseh hak 〈…〉 châ—â— 9. sect 6. 9. After the waving the fat was salted and burned 〈◊〉 the Altar the brest and shoulder was meat for the
〈◊〉 Sol. Iarchi here saith The strength of Moses became feeble as a woman when the holy blessed God shewed him the punishments that he would bring upon them the people for this he said before him If thus kill mee first kill me or killing me that is kill me quite and out of hand the word is doubled for more vehemency and speed see mine evill that is my misery and affliction By seeing evill is meant the feeling or suffering of miserie as to see death is to dye Luke 2. 26. Psal. 89. 49. and as on the contrary to see the salvation of God meaneth the fruition or enjoying thereof Psal. 50. 23. and 91. 16. Compare with this Elijahs speech 1 Kings 19. 4. Verse 16. Gather unto me in Chaldee Gather before me and Thargum Ionathan explaineth it Gather in my name seventy worthy men This is answerable to the number of the seventy soules of the house of Israel which went downe into Egypt Gen. 46. 27. Exod. 1. 5. Deut. 10. 22. and to the 70 Elders which went up unto the Lord at mount Sinai Exod. 24. 1 9. From hence the Hebrewes in their commonwealth continued their chiefes Senate in Ierusalem of 71 Elders as here there were 70 and Moses the Prince So they record in Talmud Bab. in Sanhedrin ch 1. and Maimony in Sanhedrin c. 1. s. 3 4 5 explaineth it thus there was in Israel first a great court or judgement hall in thâ— Sanctuary and that was called the great Synedrion and their number was 71 as it is written Gather to me 70 men c. and Moses was chiefe over them as it is said And let them stand there with thee Numb 11. 16. loe here are 71. The greatest in wisedome among them all they set him for head over them and he was called Nasi the Prince in every place and hee stood in stead of Moses cur Master And they placed the greatest among the 70 next 〈◊〉 the head and he sate on his right hand and was call 〈…〉 Ab beth din the father of the judgement hall A 〈…〉 the residue of the 70 sate before him according 〈◊〉 their eares and according to their dignitie whâ—seever was in wisedome greater than his 〈◊〉 nearer unto the Prince on his left hand And they sate as in the forme of an halfe circle round so that the Prince with the Father of the Court might see them all Moreover they set two Iudgement halls each of 23. Iudges the one at the doore of the Court of the Sanctuary the other at the doore of the mountaine of the Temple And in every citie of Israel wherein were 120. fathers of families or moe they set a lesser Synedrion which sate in the gate of the citie as it is written And establish judgement in the gate Amos 5. 15. And their number was 23 Iudges and the wisest among them was head of them and the residue sate in a round like halfe a circle that hee which was head might see them all If it were a citie which had not 120 men in it they set therein three Iudges for there is no judgement hall of lesse than three that there might be moe or fewer if there hapned to be among them dissention in judgement But every citie which had not in it two wise men the one fit to teach the whole Law and the other skilfull to heare and skilfull to demand and make answer they set no Synedrion therein although it had in it two thousand Israelites c. the officers in Greeke the Scribes and Targum Ionathan addeth in Egypt as if these were such as are mentioned in Exod. 5. 14. and of them Sol. Iarchi also understandeth it What these Officers were after in the common-wealth of Israel is noted on Deut. 16 18. Here it seemeth to be meant of such Elders and Officers as were well knowne and had approved themselves for wisedome and good carriage for which they might with comfort be preferred to this high Senate for they that have ministred well as the Apostle saith purchase to themselves a good degree 1 Tim. 3. 13. Afterwards in Israel about the choise of these chiefe Magistrates it is thus recorded Our wise men have said that from the great Synedrion they sent into all the land of Israel and made diligent inquirie whomsoever they found to be wise and afraid to sinne and meeke c. they made him a judge in his citie And from thence they preferred him to the gate of the mountaine of the house of the Lord and from thence they promoted him to the gate of the Court of the Sanctuary and from thence they advanced him to the great judgement hall Maim in Sanhedrin chap. 2. sect 8. stand there or present themselves there with thee They were to stand before the Tabernacle to present themselves unto God and to receive authoritie from him and with Moses who was to be chiefe over them The Hebrewes from this word with gather a likenesse unto Moses saying They constitute none in the Synedrion but Priests Levites and Israelites whose genealogie is knowne c. as it is said in Num. 11. 16. WITH THEE which are like thee in wisedome religion and genealogie Maim in Sanhedrin ch 2 sect 1. Vers. 17. I will come downe to wit in signe or apparition as the Chaldee translateth I will reveale my selfe and Targum Ionathan addeth I will reveale my selfe in the glory of my Majestie this was in the cloud vers 25. I will take or will separate in Chaldee will increase of the spirit that is on thee meaning the gifts of the Spirit as prophesie vers 25. and other meet for their charge for there are diversities of gifts but the same Spirit 1 Cor. 12. 4. So spirits are named for spirituall gifts 1 Cor. 14. 12. 32. and the Holy Ghost for the gifts of the Holy Ghost Ioh. 7. 39. Act. 19. 2. 6. Thus the spirit of Elijah rested on Elishâ— 2 King 2. 15. when he had the same gifts and power of prophesie miracles c. Neither was Moses spirit hereby diminished for as Sol. Iarchi saith Moses in that houre was like unto the Lamp that was left burning on the Candlesticks in the Sanctuary from which all the other lamps were lighted yet the light thereof was not lessened any whit God shewed hereby that none without gifts of his Spirit are fit for office and government Exo. 18. 21. Deut. 1. 13. Act. 6. 3. The Hebrewes have this rule Any Synedrion King or Governour that shall set up a Iudge for Israel that is not fit and is not wise in the wisdome of the Law and meet to be a Iudge although he be wholly amiable and have in him other good things yet he that setteth him up transgresseth c. Maim in Sanhedrin chap. 3. sect 8. V. 18. Sanctifie in Chaldee prepare your selves so to sanctifie warre is to prepare therefore Ier. 64. 51. 28. It meaneth an holy prepara 〈…〉 o receive the gifts that they desired
thus seeing the Law had twise said that the breaker of the Sabbath should die Exod. 31. 4. and 35. 2. Sol. Iarchi saith it was not declared what manner of death he should die but they knew that hee that prophaned the Sabbath was to die And the Chaldee called Ionathans paraphraseth thus This judgement was one of the foure judgements that came before Moses the Prophet which he judged according to the word of the holy God Some of them were judgements of lesser moment and some of them judgements of life and death In the judgements of lesser moment of pecuniarie matters Moses was readie but in judgements of life and death be made delayes And both in the one and in the other Moses said I have not heard viz. what God would have done For to teach the heads or chiefe of the Synedrions or Assises that should rise up after him that they should be ready to dispatch inferiour causes or money matters but not hastie in matters of life and death And that they should not be ashamed to enquire in causes that are too hard for them seing Moses who was the masteâ— of Israel had need to say I have not heard Therefore he imprisoned him because as yet it was not declared what sentence should passe upon him The foure judgements which hee speaketh of were about the uncleane that would keepe the Passeover Num. 9. 7 8. and the daughters of Zelophead that claimed possession in the land Num. 27. 4 5. these were the cases of lesse imporâ—ance about the blasphemer Lev. 24. and the Sabbath breaker here both which hee kept in 〈…〉 ard till he had answer from the Lord. Verse 35. stone him This was esteemed the heaviest of all the foure kinds of death that malesa 〈…〉 s suffered in Israel see the notes on Exod. 21. 12. without the campe Hereupon they used to carrie such out of the cities and execute them farre off from the judgement hall as Sâ—l Iarchi noteth So they dealt with Stephen casting him out of the citie and stoning him Act. 7. 58. likewise with Naboth 1 Kings 21. 13. also with the blasphemer Levit. 24. 14. which was a circumstance that aggravated the punishment being a kind of reproach as the Apostle noteth Heb. 13. 11 12 13. And this severitie sheweth of what weight the commandement touching the Sabbath is the prophanation whereof God would have thus to be avenged And it further signified the eternall death of such as doe not keepe the Sabbath of Christ entring into the rest of God by faith and ceasing from their own works as God did from his Heb. 4. 1 2 3 4 10. 11. Verse 37. And Iehovah said After the violating of the Sabbath and punishment for it God giveth a Law and ordaineth a signe of remembrance to further the sanctification of his people that they might thinke upon his commandements and doe them Vers. 38. sonnes of Israel This Law for Fringes concerned Israel onely not other nations and as the Hebrewes say men onely were bound to weare them not women Women and servants and little children are not bound by the Law to weare the Fringe But by the words of the Scribes every childe that knoweth to clothe himselfe is bound to weare the fringe to the end he may be trayned up in the commandements And women and servants that will weare them may so doe but they blesse not God as men doe when they put them on and so all other commandements which women are not bound unto if they will doe them they doe them without blessing first Maimony tom 1. in Zizith or treat of Fringes ch 3. sect 9. that they make they themselves and not heathens for them a Fringe which is made by an heathen is unlawfull as it is written Speake to the sonnes of Israel that they make unto them Maim in Zizith ch 1. sect 12. a Fringe that is Fringes as in Deut. 22. 12. Moses speaketh of many and so the Greeke and Chaldee translate it here A Fringe is in Hebrew called Tsitsith or Zizith which in Ezek. 8. 3. is used for a locke of haire of the head and is here applied to a Fringe the threds whereof hang downe as locks of haire And the Hebrew Doctors call it also Gnanaph that is a Branch because it hangeth as branches or twigs of a tree The Branch which they make upon the skirt of a garment is called Tsitsith because it is like to Tsitsith a locke of the head Ezek. 8. 3. And this Branch is called White because we are not commanded to die or colour it And for the threds of this Branch there is no set number by the Law And they take a thred of wooll which is died like the color of the Firmament and tye it upon the Branch or Fringe and this thred is called Blew Maim in Zizith ch 1. sect 1. 2. The Fringe is called in Greeke Craspoda and this word is used by the holy Ghost in Matt. 23. 5. and of it the Chaldee also calleth it Cruspedin The word Gedilim used for Pringes in Deut. 22. 12. were the thrums of the cloth which was woven and Tsitsith the Fringe here spoken of were threeds tied unto those thrums with knots on the skirts Hebr. on the wings This is expounded in Deut. 22. 12. on the foure skirts or wings The skirt end or border of a garment is usually called a wing as in Ruth 3. 9. 1 Sam. 15. 27. and 24. 5 11. Deut. 22. 30. Zach. 8. 23. Ezek. 5. 3. Hag. 2. 12. so the foure ends or corners of the earth are called the foure wings thereof Esai 11. 12. Eze. 7. 2. Iob 37. 3. and 38. 13. The garment which a man is bound to make the Fringe on by the Law is a garment which hath foure skirts or more than foure and it is a garment of woollen or of linnen onely But a garment of other stuffe as of silke or cotton or camels haire or the like are not bound to have the Fringe save by the words of our wise men that men may bee admonished to keepe the precept of the Fringe For all clothes spoken of in the Law absolutely are not save of woollen and linnen onely When hee maketh a fringe on a garment that hath five or six skirts he maketh it but on foure of the skirts as it is said UPON THE FOVRE SKIRTS Deu. 22. 12. A garment that is borrowed is not bound to have the Fringe for 30 dayes after and thence forward it is bound A garment of wooll they make the white thereof of threeds of wooll and a garment of flax or linnen they make the white thereof of threeds of flax and so of every garment after the kinde thereof c. Every man that is bound to doe this commandement if hee put upon him a garment which is meet to have the Fringe must put on the Fringe and then put the garment on and if he put it on without the Fringe he breaketh the commandement But
errour of Balaam and the contradiction or rebellion of Kore wherein they perish Iude verse 11. The Chaldee translateth it and will make knowne him that is fit for him and who is holâ— or and the holy one that is him whom hee hath sanctified and separated unto the Priests office So David speaking of this rebellion calleth Aaron the holy one or Saint of Iehovah Psal. 106. 16. and he wore on the golden plate this ingraving Holinesâ—e to Iehovah Exod. 28. 36. for he figured our high Priest Christ who was holy harmlesse undefiled separate from sinners made higher than the heavens Heb. 7. 26. and who glorified not himselfe to be made an high Priest but had the honor given him of his Father Heb. 5. 5 6. and Korahs rebellion against Aaron was a type of mens rebellion against Christ as the Apostles have taught us The Greeke translateth as before plurally saying and the holy ones he hath brought neere unto himselfe cause to come neere or bring neere to wit to minister unto him as the Chaldee interpreteth it And this honor of Priesthood given now unto all Saints who are to offer up spirituall sacrifices acceptable to God by Iesus Christ 1 Pet. 2. 5. is commended by David when he saith Blessed is he whom thou choosest and causest to come neere unto thee that he may dwell in thy courts Ps. 65. 5. Which bringing neere or accesse we all have through Christ by one spirit unto the Father with confidence by the faith of him Ephes. 2. 18. and 3. 12. This latter part of the verse is by the Greeke interpreted thus And these whom hee hath not chosen to himselfe he hath not brought neere unto himselfe Verse 6. censers or fire vessels as the Greeke translateth it fire pans whereof see Exod. 27. 3. called sometime incense-vessels because incense was burnt in them 2 Chron. 26. 19. Ezek. 8. 11. which name the Apostle followeth in the Greeke Hebr. 9. 4. Verse 7. put ye fire Hebr. give ye fire and put incense doth choose or shall choose that is declare by manifest signe that hee chooseth and liketh he shall be holy that is shall be declared to be holy and so to be a Priest unto God Because the burning of incense in the censer was the meanes of atonement and expiation before God as after is shewed by Aarons iâ—ct in verse 46 47 48. and was the peculiar worke of the Priest Levit. 16. 12 13. 2 Chron. 26. 18. wherein they that transgressed were in danger of death as the example of Nadab and Abihu sheweth Lev. 10. and it figured in speciall manner the prayers and mediation of Christ for his Church Psal. 141. 2. Rev. 8. 3. 1 Iohn 2. 1. therefore the triall of the Priesthood is put upon this worke rather than on any other sacrifice and the holinesse whereof Korath boasted verse 3. should either be approved or reproved of God For no man hath right to the honour of Priesthood unlesse it be given him of God Hebr. 5. 4 5. nor can without divine authoritie that is without the commandement and promise of God please him or appease his wrath towards himselfe or others Therefore it is a great prerogative and comfort unto all Saints that they are by Christ made Priests unto God and through him may boldly offer up their prayers and praises unto the Father Revel 1. 6. 1 Pet. 2. 5. Hebr. 13. 15. 1 Iohn 5. 14 16. yee take too much upon you or Let it suffice you that you have thus farre provoked the Lord and now leave off Thus Moses returneth the blame upon themselves which they had unjustly laid upon him in verse 3. So Elias doth upon Achab 1 Kings 18. 17 18. Verse 9. Is it a small thing or Seemeth it too little for you meaning on the contrary that it was a great thing and that they should therewith have beene contented for the Tribe of Levi were in the place of all the first-borne of Israel Num. 3. 41. So here he reproveth their unthankfulnesse to God separated you from the congregation as Israel was separated from all other peoples to be the Lords peculiar Lev. 20. 26. 1 Kings 8. 53. so were the Levites separated from the sonnes of Israel to be the Lords Num. 8. 14. And hereupon the Scripture speaketh of the Levites as distinct from the Israelites 1 Chron. 9. 2. Psal. 135. 19 20. So the Mâ—nisters of Christ are said to be separated unto the Gospell of God Rom. 1. 1. Gal. 1. 15. Acts 13. 2. the service of the Tabernacle the workes belonging to the service of God therein being assistants to the Priests see Num. 8. 11 15 16. and 18. 21. 23. to stand before the congregation standâ—ng is a signe of service and used for it as the Scripture in one place saith which stood before the King Ierem. 52. 112. and in another a servant of the King 2 King 25. 8. Whereupon the standing of the Levites is used for their service in Nehem. 12. 44. and as they were to stand before the Lord to minister unto him Deut. 10. 8. so here it is said to stand before the congregation to minister unto them thus they were servants of God and of his Church as Iosiah said unto them Serve now the Lord your God and his people Israel 2 Chron. 35. 3. See also â—zek 44. 11. Verse 10. the Priesthood in Chaldee the high-Priesthood in Greeke to doe the Priests Office That was in degree above the Levites who were to minister unto the Priests but not to come nigh the Altar as did the Priests Num. 18. 2. 3. For the Levites were appointed unto all manner of service of the Tabernacle of the house of God but Aaron and his sonnes offered on the Altar of Burnt-offering and on the Altar of incense and were for all the worke of the most holy place and to make atonement for Israel 1 Chron. 6. 48 49. And Aaron was separated to wit from the other Levites that he should sanctifie the most holy things hee and his sonnes for ever to burne incense before the Lord to minister unto him and to blesse in his Name for ever 1 Chron. 23. 13. To usurpe affect or seeked this office of Priest-hood without the calling of God was a great sinne against divine order and authoritie severely punished here in Korah and his company in King Vzziah 2 Chron. 26. 19. 21. and others Verse 11. against Iehovah because it was against his ordinance and minister it is said to be against the Lord himselfe So when the people refused Samuels government God said They have not rejected thee but they have rejected me that I should not reigne over them 1 Sam. 87. and Christ said to his ministers He that heareth you heareth me and hee that despiseth you despiseth me and hee that despiseth me despiseth him that sent me He that receiveth whomsoever I send receiveth me and he that receiveth me receiveth him that sent me Luke 10. 16. Iohn 13.
as the Apostle calleth the spirits of just men made perfect Heb. 12. 23. the spirits of the Fathers which were returned to God who gave them as Eccles. 12. 7. shall one man sinne in Greeke if one man hath sinned as if they should say All have not sinned why wilt thou be wroth with all Vpon this intercession the Lord spareth the people that would depart from the rebells verse 24. Verse 24. the tabernacle this seemeth to bee put for tabernacles or dwellings the Greeke translateth it the congregation so in vers 27. where the Greeke also keepeth the word Tabernacle which in vers 26. is called Tents Vers. 25. the elders the Greeke addeth all the elders went after him in Greeke went with him that is accompanied him Verse 26. these wicked men in Greeke these hard men the originall word properly signifieth restlesse turbulent and such as for their sinnes are worthy to be condemned see the notes on Psal. 1. 1. touch not any thing because as they themselves so all things of theirs were uncleane and execrable and therefore to perish with them vers 32. Verse 27. came out and stood Heb. came out standing which the Greeke explaineth came out and stood and these two phrases are one as where it is said that Iesus blessed and breaking gave to the disciples Mat. 14. 19. the other Evangelists explaine it he blessed and brake and gave Luke 9. 16. Mark 6. 41. so Saying unto them Matth. 21. 2. is And saith unto them Mark 11. 2. This their standing up argueth their boldnesse in so bad a cause for standing up is a gesture denoting courage Iob 33. 5. and 41. 10. 1 Sam. 17. 8. 16. Thus Pride went before destruction and an haughty spirit before a fall as Prov. 16. 18. Verse 28. all these workes both the former in appointing Aaron to the Priest-hood and the Levites in stead of the first-borne and these latter in appointing Korah and his company to bring their censers with incense c. of mine owne heart which the Chaldee explaineth of mine owne will the Greeke of my selfe For things devised of ones owne heart are noted for evill 1 King 12. 33. Ezek. 13. 17. Vers. 29. as all men die their ordinarie naturall death which the Greeke translateth after the death of all men Verse 30. create a new thing Hebr. create a creature that is doe a new and wonderfull worke to kill them with such a death as never man died before them Of this word create see the notes on Gen. 1. 1. it is applied here to a strange and extraordinarie worke of judgment as in Esai 45. 7. God is said to create evill and in Exod. 34. 10. to create marvels and in Esai 48. 6. 7. new and â—idden things God would create And as evill so good things which are new and strange are said to be created of God Esa. 65. 18. alive living haile and sound not consumed with sicknesse as ordinarily men are before death and buriall unto hell into the grave or state of death see the notes on Gen. 37. 35. To this iudgement the Prophet hath reference praying against his enemies Lâ—t them goe downe alive to hell Psal. 55. 16. Verse 32. swallowed up them to wit Dathan and Abiram as in Psal. 106. 17. The earth opened and swallowed up Dathan and covered over the congregation of Abiram So David prayed against his enemies swallow them up o Lord Psal. 55. 10. their houses that is housholds as the Chaldee expoundeth it the men of their houses appertained unto Korah The Greeke translateth and all the men that were with Kore and the Chaldee the men that pertained to Korah But the sonnes of Korah are to be excepted for they either not partaking with or forsaking their Fathers sinne died not see Num. 26. 21. And whereas mention was made of On the sonne of Reuben in verse 1. but not here nor any where of his death neither in verse 12. of his calling or refusall to come up it is to be thought that either he repented upon Moses reproofe and so was spared from destruction or if not so he is implied among the rest though not named in particular their substance or their goods which the Greeke translateth their cattell and so the originall word implieth as in 1 Chron. 27. 31. 2 Chron. 31. 3. and 35. 7. See the notes on Gen. 12. 5. And not their cattell onely but all their other goods even their tents were swallowed into the earth Deut. 11. 6. Here wee may behold the truth of that Proverbe Riches profit not in the day of wrath but iustice delivereth from death Prov. 11. 4. Vers. 33. closed upon them or covered over them so there was no hope left for their recoverie Against such judgement David prayeth Let not the gulse swallow me neither let the pit shut her mouth upon me Psal. 69. 16. Vers. 34. at the voice of them at their crie or noise which they made when they perished So in Ier. 49. 21. At the voice or noise of their fall the earth is moved c. and I made the nations to shake at the noise of his fall Ezek. 31. 16. Lest the earth swallow us an unperfect speech through feare such as is often used in dangers as in Psal. 38. 17. Rom. 11. 21. Thus the present judgement terrified them and When the scorner is punished the simple is made wise Prov. 21. 11. Vers. 35. devoured or did eat the 250. men They sinned in burning incense which belonged to the Priests onely and with burning they were punished like the judgement on Aarons sonnes that transgressed also therein Levit. 10. 1 2. Of this David singeth A fire burned in their congregation a flame burnt up the wicked Psal. 106. 18. Vers. 37. unto Eleazar Chazkuni here observeth that God would not have Aaron to bee defiled by going among the dead because he was one of them that offered vers 17. out of the burning that is as the Greeke well explaineth it from among those that are burnt So in Num. 21. 1. captivitie is for a company of captives and in 2 King 24. 14. Povertie for a company of poore people and many the like the fire which is in the censers vers 7. The Greeke saith the strange fire as Lev. 10. 1. yonder in Greeke there which Sol. Iarchi expoundeth on the earth out of the censers others out of the court of the Sanctuarie By casting away the fire the Lord signifieth the rejecting of their service as profane So in Rev. 8. 5. the Angell tooke the censer and filled it with fire of the Altar and cast it into the earth and there were voices and thunderings c. Which being compared with vers 3 4. seemeth to teach likewise a rejecting of the service of Antichristians which abuse and despise Christs mediation and therefore it is turned unto them to judgement Vers. 38. sinners against their soules Sinners are here often used for notorious wicked persons as Destroy the sinners
the Amalekites 1 Sam. 15. 18. and the men of Sodem were evill and sinners Gen. 13. 13. And they sinned against their soules in causing their owne death and destruction for the soule is often used for the life as in Gen. 19. 17. and 37. 21. So he that provoketh a King to anger sinneth against his owne soule Prov. 20. 2. broad plates Hebr. out-spreadings of plates that is plates beaten out and spread broad to cover the brazen altar with them and they are hallowed or sanctified so as Sol. Iarchi explaineth it unlawfull for common use because they had made them for vessels of ministerie Or they were now sanctified of God before whom they sinfully offered them to bee an holy signe unto the people for a signe and a memortall to the sonnes of Israel vers 40. to make them remember the transgression of these sinners and to warne them that none hereafter doe the like So Aarons rod was kept for a signe Num. 17. 10. and God threatneth by destroying the wicked to make him a signe and aproverbe Ezek. 14. 8. Now all these things hapned unto them for ensamples and they are written for our admonition upon whom the ends of the world are come 1 Cor. 10. 11. Vers. 40. not any stranger or no man which is a stranger seed of Aaron that is sons or posteritie of Aaron so all Israelites or Levites save Aarons sonnes onely are counted strangers in this case of priesthood that he be not Heb. and he be not as Korah like him in rebellion and in punishment Therefore Moses afterward rehearseth this historie to keepe the people in obedience Deut. 11. 6 7 8. unto him or of him having reference to Moses speech in vers 29 30. that the truth of the judgement denounced might be manifest So the Apostle pronounceth woe unto such and saith they perish in the gaine saying of Kore Iude verse 11. Vers. 41. you have killed or as the Chaldee explaineth it you have caused the death Though they had prayed for the people v. 32. and the strangenesse of the punishments shewed unto all that they were of God and the judgements were still even before the eyes of the congregation yet doe they thus breake out into a new rebellion Vers. 42. the glorie of Iehovah it appeared to help his servants and to represse and punish the rebellious now as in former times Num. 12. 5. and 14. 10. and 16. 19. Vers. 45. Get you up that is Depart or Separate your selves as he said before in verse 21. as in a moment in Greeke at oâ—ce see the notes on verse 21. fell on their faces to pray as 〈◊〉 Ionathan addeth and as they did before in versâ— 22. So did David and the Elders of â—â—rael in 1 Chron. 21. 16. Verse 46. from off the Altar of this Chazkuni saith he warned him hereof that hee might 〈◊〉 erre through haste and effer strange fire a◠〈◊〉 and Abihu Levit. 10. and these other had â—â—re incense Incense that caused death when it was not in the hand of the Friest giveth liâ—e when it is in the Priests hand saith Chazkuni on this place Hereby the mediation of Christ for sinners was figured who is represented by the Aâ—gâ—ll standing at the Altar having a golden censâ—â— and much incense given unto him to offer it with the 〈◊〉 all Saints c. Rev. 8. 3. goe quâ—câ—ly or 〈◊〉 to goe with speed that is as the Chaldee and Greeke translateth carie quickly or in 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 in Chaldee death the Greeke translateth â—e 〈◊〉 begunne to breake that is destroy the pâ—â—ple Vers. 47. he put on incense to make atonement and to appease Gods wrath as it is said or the Priests They shall put it cense in thy 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 thine anger c. and favourably accept thâ—◠〈◊〉 Lord the worke of his hands Deut. 33. 10. 11. Herein he figured Christ our Mediarcur who maâ—â— intercession for the transgressors Esai 53. 12. 〈◊〉 23. 34. So the Hebrewes as R. Menachem on Num. 16. applie that prophesie of Es 〈…〉 ching Christ unto this worke of Aaron saying The meaning of this And he stood betweene the lâ—ving 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 dead is like that in Esai 53. 12. â—e hath 〈◊〉 out his soule unto death c. Verse 48. betweene the dead and the living so interposing and as it were exposing himseâ—â—e to the wrath of God for the people that by the atonement which he now made the plague might be stayed from the living w ch yet remained 〈◊〉 him that is joyned to all the living there is hope c. but the dead know not any thing c. neither 〈◊〉 they any more a portion for ever in any thing that is done under the Sunne c. There is no worke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vice nor knowledge nor wisdome in the grave wâ—â—ther thou goest Eccle. 9. 4. 5. 6. 10. The dead 〈◊〉 not the Lord neither any that goe downe into 〈◊〉 Psal. 115. 17. They that goe downe into the 〈…〉 not hope for the truth of God Esai 38. 18. for after death commeth the iudgement Heb. 9. 27. And so by the Hebrew Doctors it is said There is no atonement for the dead Maimony in Misn. â—om 3. in Pesulei hamukdashin chap. 15. sect 9. And the Chaldee paraphrast on Eccles. 1. 15. hath this saying A man whose wayes are rebellious in this 〈◊〉 and he dieth in them and turneth not by repe 〈…〉 he hath no power to reforme himselfe after his 〈◊〉 and a man that faileth of the Law and 〈◊〉 whiles he liveth he hath no meanes after his death 〈◊〉 be reckoned with the just men in the gar 〈…〉 〈◊〉 or Paradise of God And on Ecclis 6. 6. 〈◊〉 Chaldee paraphraseth thus yea though the 〈◊〉 of the life of a man be two thousand yeares if he have not exercised himselfe in the Law and hath not done judgement and justice by the oath of the Word of the LORD which shall be in the day of his death his soule goeth down to Gehenna or Hell torments unto one place whither all sinners doe goe So there was no estimation nor price of the dead for any vow in Israel as is noted on Levit. 27. 8. the plague was stayed This sheweth how greatly the praiers and actions of his servants doe prevaile with God when they are faithfull servent and according to his will I am 5. 16. 1 Ioh. 5. 14. and fore-shewed the power and efficacie of Christs mediation for God heareth him alwaies Ioh. 11. 42. and hee is the Atonement for our sinnes 1 Iohn 2. 2. and for his sake God before whom the pestilence goeth in wrath remembreth mercie Habak 3. 5. 2. And as the bloud of the Paschall lamb figuring the bloud of Christ 1 Cor. 5. 7. stayed the Angell which destroyed the Egyptians from touching the Israelites Exod. 12. 23. Heb. 11. 28. so the smoke of Aarons incense figuring the mediation of Christ Psal. 141. 2. Revel 8. 4. stayed the plague here
from the Israelites which survived that as it is written of the pestilence in Davids time the LORD repented him of the evill and said to the Angell that destroyed the people It is enough stay now thine hand 2 Sam. 24. 16. so in this case Some footsteps of the understanding of this mystery may be seene in the Hebrews though superstitiously depraved as when they say that all hurtfull and destroying spirits slee away at the odour of the incense of sweet spices Targum on Song 4. 6. Vers. 49. about the matter or as the Greeke explaineth it for the cause of Kore which the Chaldee calleth the division of Korah Vers. 50. unto the doore of the Tent into the court-yard of the Sanctuarie where Moses remained both to signifie unto Moses the effect and fruit of his action through the mercifulnesse of God and to give thanks unto the Lord who had so graciously accepted the worke of his hands As David offered Burnt-offering and Peace-offerings after that the Lord was intreated for the land and the plague was stayed from Israel 2 Sam. 24. 25. 1 Chron. 21. 26 27. CHAP. XVII 1 Twelve rods of the tribes of Israel being laid in the Tabernacle on the morrow Aarons rod among them all onely flourisheth and beareth almonds 10 It is left in the Tabernacle for a monument against the rebels 12 The people shew Moses their feare of death ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying speake unto the sonnes of Israel and take of them a rod for every fathers house of all their Princes according to the house of their fathers twelve rods every mans name thou shalt write upon his rod. And Aarons name thou shalt write upon the rod of Levi for one rod shall be for the head of the house of their fathers And thou shalt lay them up in the Tent of the Congregation before the Testimony where I will meet with you And it shall be that the man whom I shall cause his rod shall bud and I will make to cease from me the murmurings of the sonnes of Israel wherewith they murmure against you And Moses spake unto the sons of Israel and all their Princes gave unto him a rod for one Prince a rod for one Prince according to the house of their fathers twelve rods the rod of Aaron was among their rods And Moses laid up the rods before Iehovah in the Tent of the Testimony And it was on the morrow that Moses went into the Tent of the Testimonie and behold the rod of Aaron for the house of Levi had budded and brought forth buds and bloomed blossomes and yeelded almonds And Moses brought out all the rods from before Iehovah unto all the sons of Israel and they saw and tooke every man his rod. And Iehovah said unto Moses Bring Aarons rod againe before the Testimony to be kept for a signe against the sons of rebellion and thou shalt quite take away their murmurings from me that they die not And Moses did as Iehovah coÌ„manded him so did he And the sonnes of Israel said unto Moses saying Behold we give up the ghost we perish we all of us perish Every one that commeth neare that commeth neare unto the Tabernacle of Iehovah shall die Shall we be consumed in giving up the ghost Annotations SPeake unto When God saw the coÌ„tinuall murmurings of the people how they ceased not he commandeth this that followeth to bee done that so by miracle the Priesthood of Aaron might be confirmed and a full end put to all strise thereabout as vers 10. a rod for every fathers house Hebr. a rod a rod for or according to the house of a father which the Greeke explaineth thus Take of them a rod a rod of all their Princes according to their fathers houses A rod or staffe was such as men used to carrie in their hands Gen. 38. 18. Exod. 4. 2. the same word called in Hebrew Matteh is often used for a Tribe as in Num. 1. 4. 16. 21. c. either because of this writing of their names upon rods or because the twelve tribes grew out of the stocke of Israel as rods or branches out of a tree The Princes also caried staves in their hands as appeareth by Num. 21. 18. And with this may be compared that in Ezek. 37. 16 17. c. where the Prophet wrote the names of tribes upon sticks which were joyned together as one in his hand to signifie the uniting of the divided tribes the house that is as the Greeke expoundeth it the houses see the notes on Num. 1. 2. Vers. 3. for one rod shall be The Greeke explaineth it thus for it is one rod according to the 〈◊〉 of their fathers house shall they give The tribe of Levi though they were distinguished into Priests and Levites yet as all came by one father Levi so one rod was for them all So Iarchi here expoundeth it Although I have divided them into two families the familie of the Priests and the familie of the Levites notwithstanding it is one tribe Of this their division see Num. 3. and 18. 1. 7. Vers. 4. lay them up or leave them or as the Greeke translateth put them Tent of the congregation or Tent of meeting the Testimonie that is the Aâ—ke wherein the Tables of the Law called the Testimonie were kept See the notes on Exod. 25. 16. where I will meet that is where I use to meet with you according to the promise in Exod. 25 22. and 30 36 And this is the reason why the Tabernacle was called the Tent of meeting or of congregation Vers. 5. I shall chuse that iâ— shall like of and approve to administer the priesthood as in Targum Ionathan this is added to minister before me rod shall bud or shall flourish see vers 8. will make to cease from me in Greeke will take away from thee This word is spoken of the ceasing or asswaging of waters Gen. 8. 1. and of wrath Esth. 2. 1. and is here applied to the murmurings of the people which were like raging waters foâ—ing out their owneshame Vers. 8. blessomes or flowers yeelded or ripened as the word is Englished in Esai 18. 5. that is brought forth ripe almonds almonds 〈◊〉 Greeke in Targum Ionathan Nuts An almond in Hebrew Shaked is named Shaked which signifieth with care haste watchfulnesse to looke unto and performe a thing And because the almond tree blossometh and beareth fruit sooner than other trees therefore hath it this name And Solomon for the same cause likeneth the white haires which soone grow upon us in age to the flourishing of the Almond tree Eccles. 12. 5. By this miracle God did confirme the Priesthood unto Aaron as by the vision of the vine-branches budding blossâ—ming bringing forth ripe grapes c. hee signified the confirmation of office unto Pharaohs butler Gen. 40. 10. 13. He signified further by the buds the continuance and propagation of the Priesthood to his posteritie who should sprout
given as a gift for Iehovah to serve the service of the Tent of the Congregation And thou and thy sons with thee shall keepe your Priests office for every thing of the Altar and within the veile and ye shall serve I have given your Priests office as a service of gift and the stranger that commeth nigh shall be put to death And Iehovah spake unto Aaron And I behold I have given unto thee the charge of mine heave-offrings of all the holy things of the sonnes of Israel unto thee have I given them for the anointing and to thy sons by a statute for ever This shall be thine of the Holy of Holies reserved from the fire every oblation of theirs of every Meat-offering of theirs of every Sin offring of theirs and of every Trespasse offring of theirs which they shall render unto me it shall be holy of holyes for thee and for thy sonnes In the holy of holyes shalt thou eat it every male shall eat it holy shall it be unto thee And this shall be thine the heave-offring of their gift with all the wave-offrings of the sonnes of Israel unto thee have I given them and to thy sonnes and to thy daughters with thee by a statute for ever every cleane person in thine house shall eat it All the fat of the new oile and all the fat of the new wine and of the corne the first fruits of them which they shall give unto Iehovah them have I given unto thee The first-fruits of all which shall be in their land which they shall bring unto Iehovah shall be thine every cleane person in thine house shall eat it Every devoted thing in Israel shall be thine Every thing that openeth the wombe of all flesh which they shal bring neere unto Iehovah of man or of beast shall be thine but redeeming thou shalt redeeme the first-borne of man and the firstling of the uncleane beast shalt thou redeeme And those that are to be redeemed of him from a moneth old shalt thou redeeme by thy estimation for the silver of five shekels by the shekel of the Sanctuary which is twenty gerahs But the firstling of a cow or the firstling of a sheepe or the firstling of a goat thou shalt not redeeme they are holy their blood thou shalt sprinkle upon the Altar and their fat thou shalt burne for a Fire-offering for a savour of rest unto Iehovah And the flesh of them shall be thine as the wave breast and as the right shoulder shall it be thine All the heave-offerings of the holy things which the sonnes of Israel shall offer unto Iehovah I have given to thee and to thy sons and to thy daughters with thee by a statute for ever it is a covenant of salt for ever before Iehovah to thee and to thy seed with thee And Iehovah said unto Aaron Thou shalt have no inheritance in their land neither shalt thou have a part among them I am thy part and thine inheritance among the sons of Israel And to the sonnes of Levi behold I have given all the tenth in Israel for an inheritance for their service which they serve the service of the Tent of the congregation And the sonnes of Israel shall not come nigh henceforth unto the Tent of the congregation to beare sinne to die But the Levite he shall serve the service of the Tent of the Congregation and they shall beare their iniquitie it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generatioÌ„s that among the sonnes of Israel they shall not inherit any inheritance But the tithe of the sonnes of Israel which they shall offer up unto Iehovah for an heave-offering I have given to the Levites for an inheritance therfore I have said unto them among the sons of Israel they shall not inherit any inheritaÌ„ce And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying And unto the Levites thou shalt speake and say unto them When ye take of the sons of Israel the tithe which I have given unto you from them for your inheritance then ye shal offer up thereof the heave-offering of Iehovah the tithe of the tithe And your heave-offering shall be counted unto you as the corne of the threshing floore and as the fulnesse of the wine-presse Thus you also shall offer the heave-offering of Iehovah of all your tithe which ye receive of the sonnes of Israel and ye shall give thereof the heave-offering of Iehovah to Aaron the Priest Out of all your gifts ye shall offer every heave-offering of Iehovah of all the fat thereof the hallowed part thereof out of it And thou shalt say unto them When ye have heaved the fat thereof from it then it shall be counted unto the Levites as the revenue of the threshing floore and as the revenue of the wine-presse And ve shall eat it in every place you and your house for it is a reward unto you for your service in the Tent of the congregation And ye shall not beare sin for it when ye have heaved the fat therof from it ye shall not profane the holy things of the sons of Israel that ye die not Annotations SAid unto Aaron Because of the peoples feare and complaint in the end of the former chapter God here taketh order for the watch of the Sanctuary that the care thereof should lie upon the Priests that the people might not transgresse and perish So the remedie for terrours of conscience wrought by the Law is faith in Christ whose Priesthood was fore-shadowed in Aarons and which should deliver them who through feare of death were all their life-time subiect to bondage Heb. 2. 15. thy fathers house the house or posterity of Levi who was father to all the Priests and Levites the iniquitie of the Sanctuary that is shall beare the punishment for all iniquitie that is done in the Sanctuarie at your hands will I require it Thus Iarchi expoundeth it Upon you I will bring the punishment of the strangers that shall sinne concerning the sanctified things that are d 〈…〉 red unto you And as the Sanctuarie comprehended both the Tabernacle and the Court-yard with all things in them so this is generally spoken concerning the Priests and Levites which were of Aarons fathers house who were all to ward the Sanctuarie though in distinct places as shall after bee shewed iniquitie of your Priesthood that is the punishment for all iniquitie done about your Priests office And this is speciall concerning the Priests whose care and charge was over the Levites also which might not come neere some things belonging to the Priesthood R. Menachem here saith that By this admonition was signified how the Priests should not intermeddle with the service of the Levites nor the Levites with the â—ervice of the Priests Whereof see more on verse 〈◊〉 Verse 2. the tribe The Hebrew here hath two words Matteh the tribe of Levi and Shebet the tribe of thy father of which the former signifieth a staffe the latter a rod both of them
before his eyes For another man burned it as appeareth by vers 8. wherefore Targum Ionathan explaineth it another Priest shall burne The burning of the heiffer without the campe figured how Iesus that he might sanctifie the people with his owne bloud should suffer without the gate of Ierusalem Hebr. 13. 11 12. Vers. 6. Cedar wood this with the hyssop and scarlet following were used in the cleansing of Lepers that were healed Lev. 14. 4. See the Annotations on that place The Cedar is one of the greatest and tallest trees opposed to the hyssop as the lowest 1 King 4. 33. it is durable wood and rotteth not being choise or excellent Song 5. 15. figuring the perpetual efficacy of the death of Christ who by one offring hath perfected for ever them that are sanctified Hebr. 10. 14. eyzop or hyssope whereof see Exod. 12. 22. As here it was burned with the heiffer so after in vers 18. a sprinkle was made with it figuring the vertue and odour of Christs death to purge our sinnes and to sprinkle our hearts from an evill conscience Hebr. 1. 3. and 10. 22. scarlet or twice died scarlet called in Hebrew Sheni tholagnath whereof see Exod. 25. 4. This bloudy colour sometime signifieth Sinnes Esai 1. 18. and it is the death and bloud of Christ that cleanseth us from all sinne Rom. 6. 10. 1 Iohn 1. 7. the preaching hereof maketh the lips like a threed of scarlet Song 4. 3. into the midst of the burning The manner of burning this heiffer in the ages following is described by the Hebrewes thus They made a banke or causey from the mountaine of the house of God in Ierusalem unto mount Olivet the mountaine which our Lord Iesus used to frequent Luke 21. 37. Joh. 18. 2. whither hee went the night that hee was betrayed â—o death Luke 22. 39 40 c. and it was over against the Temple Mar. 13. 3. and from thence after his resurrection he ascended up into heaven Act. 1. 9. 12. and the heiffer and hee that burned her and all that assisted him in the burning of her went out from the mount of the Temple unto mount Olivet upon that banke The Elders of Israel wenâ— before them on their feet to mount Olivet and there was a place to baptise or wash in and the Priest and they that assisted him to burne the heiffer went on the banke and came to mount Olivet c. and the Elders imposed their hands upon the Priest and said unto him wash once Hee went downe and washed and came up and wiped himselfe And there was wood laid in a row wood of Cedar and Oke and Firre-tree and Fig-tree which they tooke and made a pile of like a tower c. and the fore-part was towards the West that was towards the Temple Then they bound the heiffer and laid her upon the pile of wood with her head to the South and her face to the West and the Priest stood on the East-side with his face 〈◊〉 the West Hee killed her with his right hand and tooke the bloud in his left hand and sprinkled with the finger of his right hand of the bloud that was in 〈◊〉 palme of his left hand seven times towards the 〈◊〉 holy place of the Temple At every sprinkling 〈◊〉 dipped his finger in the bloud and the residue of 〈◊〉 bloud which was on his finger was uâ—lawfull to sprinkle with therefore at every sprinkling he wiped his finger on the body of the heiffer When he had made an end of sprinkling he wiped his hands on the heiffers body and came downe from the pile and kindled the fire with small stickes which he put under the stickes of the pile and the fire began to burne and the Priest stood a far off and observed it till the fire burned upon her and her belly cleft asunder And afterward he tooke Cedar wood and eyzop not lesse than an hand-bredth and wooll died in scarlet five shâ—kels weight c. And he bound the eyzop with the Cedar with the tongue or long peece of scarlet and cast them into her belly Numb 19. 6 And hee cast them not in before the fire was kindled upon the b 〈…〉 ke of her body nor after that she was burnt to ashes and if he did it was unlawfull for it is said into the midst of the burning not before the fire is kindled on her body nor after she is turned to ashes Maimony in Pharah adummah ch 3. sect 1 2. Vers. 7. Wash his cloathes which was a signe of purification from uncleannesse as is noted on Lev. 11. 25. and 15 5. The same was concerning him that burned the heiffer vers 8. and the cleane man that gathered up her ashes vers 9 10. Hereby the imperfection of the Legall Priesthood was shewed in that the Priests which prepared the meanes of sanctification for the Church were themselues polluted in the preparing and doing of them as may be gathered by proportion from Hebr. 7. 27 28. and 10. 1 2 3. The sinne also of the Priests and others that procured the death of Christ though it was the life of the world seemeth hereby to be signified Matth. 26. 65 66 c. Act. 2. 22 23 38. and 3. 14 15 17 18 19. Albeit by the tradition of the Hebrewes they were very carefull about the cleannesse of the Priests when they did this worke for the Priest that burned this heiffer they separated him from his house to a chamber prepared in the Court of the Temple which was called the Stone chamber because all the vessels thereof were of stone which doe receive no uncleannesse and he ministred in a vessell of stone all the seven daies that he was separated and his brethren the Priests might not touch him for the more care of his cleannesse Seven daies before the burning of the heiffer they separated the Priest that burned her from his house as they separated the High Priest for his service on Atonement-day wherof see the notes on Levit. 16. 33. Also they separated him from his wife lest she should have her disease and so he be uncleane seven daies as Levit. 15. 24. Every of those seven daies of his separation they sprinkled him with the water of purification lest â—e should be uncleane by the dead and not know it end with the ashes of the heiffer that had beene burned already before Maimony in Pharah ch 2. Notwithstanding all this care Whosoever busie themselves about this heiffer from the beginning to the end doe make their garments uncleane and are bound to wash themselves and are uncleane till the evening And wheresoever the Law speaketh of washing of cloathes for uncleannesse it is to teach us that not the cloathes only upon him are uncleane but every cloth 〈◊〉 vessell which this uncleane person shall touch whiles his uncleannesse is on him is made uncleane And not this heiffer only but all Sin-offrings that are burnt without the campe whether bullocks or goats he that
Thus pollution passed from one thing to another and from that other to third whereby God figured the contagioness no spreading abroad and infecting where it goeth leaving uncleannesse till the end of that day and beginning of a new then washing our selves by repentance and faith in the bloud of Christ we are cleane For we are buried with him by baptisme into death that like as Christ was raised up from the dead unto the glory of the father even so wee also 〈◊〉 walke in newnesse of life Rom. 6. 4. CHAP. XX. 1 The children of Israel come to Zin where Marie dieth 2 They murmure for want of water 7 The Lord biddeth Moses speake to the Rocke and it should give forth water 11 Moses smiâ—elt the Rocke and water commeth out 12 The Loraâ— angry with Moses and Aaron for their unbeleefe 14 Moses at Kadesh desireth passage thorow Edom which is denied him 22 At mount Hor Aaron resigneth his place to Eleazar his sonne and dieth ANd the sons of Israel even the whole congregation came into the wildernesse of Zin in the first moneth and the people abode in Kadesh and Marie died there and was buried there And there was no water for the congregation and they gathered themselves together against Moses and against Aaron And the people contended with Moses and they said saying And oh that we had given up the ghost when our brethren gave up the ghost before Iehovah And why have ye brought the Church of Iehovah into this wildernesse to die there we and our cattell And why have ye made us to come up out of Egypt to bring us in unto this evill place it is no place of seed or of figs or vines or of pomegranates neither is there any water to drinke And Moses and Aaron went from the presence of the church unto the doore of the Tent of the Congregation and they fell upon their faces and the glorie of Iehovah appeared unto them And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Take the rod and gather together the Congregation thou and Aaron thy brother and speake ye unto the Rocke before their eyes and it shall give forth his water and thou shalt bring forth to them water out of the Rocke and thou shalt give the congregation and their cattell drink And Moses took the rod from before Iehovah as he commanded him And Moses and Aaron gathered together the Church before the Rocke and he said unto them Heare now ye rebels shall we bring forth water for you out of this rock And Moses lifted up his hand and he smote the Rocke with his rod twice and much water came out and the Congregation dranke and their cattell And Iehovah said unto Moses and unto Aaron Because ye beleeved not in me to sanctifie me in the eyes of the sonnes of Israel therefore ye shall not bring this Church into the land w ch I have given them This is the water of Meribah because the sonnes of Israel contended with Iehovah and hee was sanctified in them And Moses sent messengers from Kadesh unto the king of EdoÌ„ Thus saith thy brother Israel Thou knowest all the travell that hath found us And our fathers went downe into Egypt and we have dwelt in Egypt many dayes and the Egyptians did evill to us and to our fathers And we cried out unto Iehovah and he heard our voice and sent an Angell and hath brought us forth out of Egypt and behold we are in Kadesh a citie in the utterrmost of thy border Let us passe I pray thee thorow thy countrey we will not passe thorow the fields or thorow the vine-yards neither will we drinke of the water of the well we will goe by the kings way wee will not turne aside to the right hand or to the left untill we have passed thy border And Edom said unto him Thou shalt not passe thorow mee lest I come out against thee with the sword And the sonnes of Israel said unto him We will goe up by the high-way and if we drinkeÌ„ of thy water I and my cattell then I will give the price of it onely without doing any thing else I will passe thorow on my feet And he said Thou shalt not passe thorow And Edom came out against him with much people and with a strong hand And Edom refused to give Israel to passe thorow his border and Israel turned aside from him And they journeyed froÌ„ Kadesh the sons of Israel even the whole congregation came unto mount Hor. And Iehovah said unto Moses and unto Aaron in mount Hor by the border of the land of Edom saying Aaron shal be gathered unto his peoples for he shal not enter into the land which I have given unto the sonnes of Israel because ye rebelled against my mouth at the water of Meribah Take Aaron and Eleazar his son and bring them up unto mount Hor. And strip Aaron of his garments and put them upon Eleazar his son and Aaron shall be gathered and shall die there And Moses did as Iehovah commanded and they went up into mount Hor in the eyes of all the congregation And Moses stripped Aaron of his garments and put them upon Eleazar his son and Aaron died there in the top of the mountaine and Moses and Eleazar came downe from the mountaine And all the congregation saw that Aaron had given up the ghost and they wept for Aaron thirtie dayes even all the house of Israel Annotations THe whole Congregation to wit of the next generation of the Israelites when their fathers according to the judgement threatned in Num. 14. 29. c. were for the most part now dead in the wildernesse as appeareth by Deut. 2. 14 15. Zin or Tsin whereof see the notes on Num. 23. 21. Betweene Hazeroth mentioned in Num. 12. 16. and this place in Zin where now they camped there were eighteene other stations or resting places whither the Israelites had come Num. 33. 18. 36. the first moneth to wit of the fortieth yeare after they were come out of Egypt as appeareth by Num. 33. 38. compared with the 28. verse of this chapter and Deut. 2. 1. 7. So this was the last yeare of Israels travel in the wildernesse and from the sending of the Spies Num. 23. unto this time was about 38 yeares Deut. 〈◊〉 22. 23. and 2. 14. In all which space we see how few things are recorded concerning Israel and the things that are mentioned are partly their murmurings rebellions by which they provoked God for which they were punished partly the means of grace reconciliation and sanctification tought them of the Lord to be obtained by Iesus Christ figured by the sacrifices and ordinances which Moses shewed them that it might appeare that where sinne abounded grace did much more abound Rom. 5. 20. abode in Kadesh about foure moneths they stayed here theÌ„ removing to mount Hor there Aaron died the first day of the fift moneth Num. 33. 38. This Kadesh which the Chaldee nameth
one of those fiery serpents a figure of Christ as himselfe hath opened it saying As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wildernesse even so must the Son of Man be lifted up Ioh. 3. 14. For as this had the similitude of a serpent but had no venome so Christ had the similitude of a sinfull man yet without sin Heb. 4. 15. upon a pole or for a signe the originall Nes signifieth an ensigne or banner lifted up on high and is here by the Grecke and Chaldee translated a signe meaning a pole or pertch which is usually set up for a signe or signification of some thing And hereupon our Saviour useth the word of lifting up or setting on high in Joh. 3. 14. meaning of his crosse upon which he was lifted up at his death or of the the preaching of him crucified as elsewhere he likewise saith When ye have lifted up the Son of Man Ioh. 8. 28. and againe when he signified What death he should die he said And I if I be lifted up from the earth will draw all men unto me Ioh. 12. 32. So the setting of this Serpent on a pole or signe was a figure unto them of Christ to be crucified and preached unto the world for salvation when hee looketh upon it shall live or then he shall see or looke upon it and he shall live so implying both a commandement and a promise And this was the reason of the putting it upon a pole that the people which were farre off might presently see it every man from his place As the Serpent lifted up was a figure of Christ so the looking upon it signified faith in Christ as it is written At that day shall a man looke to his Maker and his eyes shall have respect to the holy one of Israel Esay 17. 7. And thus our Lord himselfe expoundeth it As Moses lifted up the Serpent in the wildernesse even so must the Sonne of Man be lifted up that whosoever BELEEVETH in him should not perish but have eternall life Iohn 3. 14 15. Likewise among the Hebrewes Targum Ionathan explaineth it thus Hee shall looke upon it and live if his heart be attent unto the name of the Word of the Lord. And Sol. Iarchi saith when they submitted their heart unto their Father which is in heaven they were healed otherwise they perished shall live that is shall bee healed and have his life and health continued as in Esay 38. 21. he shall live that is shall recover or be cured And by this recovery and continuance of naturall life was figured life eternall to all that beleeved in Christ Iohn 8. 15. who is the root of Iesse standing up for an ensigne of the people whereunto then at 〈◊〉 should seeke Esay 11. 10. And the worke of 〈◊〉 was hereby lively signified As they that were bitteâ— with these sâ—rpents if they looked upon their sores and not to the signe 〈…〉 cted of God they died so they that are bitten with sinne if they six their eyes therâ—â— though with repeâ—â—ance and looke not unto Christ doe despaire and die Matth. 27. 3. 〈◊〉 As they if they sought to Surgeons or Physitians or used salves or medicines of their owne or others perished so whosoever seeketh to any but Christ or endevoureth by his owne workes or sufferings to have life with God dieth in his sinnes Ioh. 8. 24. Gal. 5. 4. As the brasen serpent was an unlikely thing in humane reason to heale such deadly wounds so Christ crucified is unto the Iewer a stumbling-blocke and unto the Greekes foolishnesse but unto them which are called both I wes and Greekes Christ is the power of God and the wisdome of God 1 Cor. 1. 23 24. Vers. 9. a serpent of Brasse which metall besides that is of a fiery colour Ezek. 1. 7. Rev. 1. 15. and so might resemble the colour of the serpent◠〈◊〉 is also strong and durable and in that respect might figure out the strength of Christ who was inabled by the power of the God-head to endure aâ—d overcome all 〈…〉 is tribulations otherwise than any man could whereupon Iob faith in his sorrows Is my strength the strength of stones or is my flesh of brasse Ioh. 6. â—2 But unto the Prophet Christ shewed himselfe à man whose appearance was like the appearance of brasse Ezek. 40. 3. 〈…〉 for a signâ— as in vers 8. This was the worke of Moseâ— whereupon it is said As Moses lifted 〈◊〉 the Serpentiâ—g the wildernesse Iohn 3. 14. and it signified how Moses Law was our Schoolmaster unto Christ that we might be justified by faith Gal. 3. 24. by his writings Christ is lifted up as an ensigne unto all peoples for he wrote of Christ Ioh. 5 46 and by the rigour of his Law which urgeth satisfaction for sinne â—nd curseth all transgressours Gl 〈…〉 was lifted up upon the crosse God sending his owne Sonne in the likenesse of sinfull flesh who by his sacrifice for sinne condemned sinne in the flesh Gal. 3. 10. 13. Rom. 8. 3. if a serpent or as the Greeke translateth When a serpent biâ— a man so that the serpents were not taken away from the people as they desired in 〈…〉 s. 7. but continued still as a 〈◊〉 to n 〈…〉 re the disobedient people only God provideth a remedy to heale the repentant and beleeving sinners Wherefore also the brazen serpent was not lâ—â—â— standing in that place but they carried it along thorow the wildernesse even into the land of Canaan where it continued many yeares 2 King 18. 4. Such is the worke of grace towards us 〈◊〉 this life for neither are our sinnes utterly taken from us in this life but wee have forgivenesse of them by the bloud of Christ 1 Iohn 1. 7 8 9 10. 〈◊〉 3. 2. neither are our tentations and afflictions wholly removed though wee beâ—â—â—ch the Lord therefore but we receive grace from him which is suffi 〈…〉 for us and his strength is 〈◊〉 perfect in weaknesse 〈◊〉 Cor. 12. 7 8 9. when hee beheld or and if he beheld or looked unto the serpent of brasse then he lived where Taâ—gum Ionathan addeth againe ad directed his heart to the name of the word of the Lord then he lived And the Author of the booke of Wisdome speaking of this serpent which hee calleth a signe of salvation saith Hee that turned himselfe towards it was not saved by the thing that he saw but by thee O God that art the Saviour of all Wisd. 16. 6 7. This sheweth the truth of Gods promises and signes that they give life to them that obey and beleeve in Christ and when God promiseth to powre out the Spirit of grace upon his people it is with these words They shall looke upon 〈◊〉 whom they have pierced Zach. 12. 10. Thus the iust shall live by his faith Habak 2. 4. and hee that heareth the word of Christ and beleeveth on him that sent him hath everlasting life and shall not come into condemnation but
1 King 9. 8. for this house which is high 2 Chron. 7 21. Otherwise it may be translated How shall I curse God hath not cursed Targum Ionathan explaineth it How shall I curse when the word of the Lord blessed them Here God by Balaams owne mouth reproveth the errour of the King who had sent so farre twice to fetch him that of himselfe was able to doe nothing in this businesse and taxeth the vanitie of this Art of Magicke or divination which is not able either to helpe or hurt any without leave from God So the Babylonian is convinced by the prophet saying Stand now with thine inchantments and with the multitude of thy sorceries wherein thou hast laboured from thy youth if so be thou shalt be able to profit if so be thou mayest prevaile Thou art wearied in the multitude of thy counsels let now the Astrologers the Star-gazâ—rs the monethly Prognosticators stand up and sav thee from those things that shall come upon thee Behold they shall be as stubble the fire shall burne them c. Esay 47. 12 13 14. Vers. 9. For from the top or when from the top Hebr. the head of the rockes I see him meaning the people spoken of as one body I behold him in Greeke I consider him speaking againe of the people as Targum Ionathan explaineth it I consider this people Balak brought him to the mountaines that seeing the people from thence hee might the more easily curse them but the sight of them did so amaze him as he blessed them Thus all occasions and circumstances which the wicked chuse for their advantage God turneth against them and for the accomplishment of his owne wil. shall dwell alone separated from other peoples And this further signifieth how they should be sufficiently provided for of God having neither need nor feare of other peoples for so dwelling alone implieth a security from evill as in Ier. 49. 31. And thus Moses blessing them said Israel shall dwell in confident safety alone Deut. 33. 28. shall not be reckoned or shall not reckon themselves this respecteth their faith in God and service of him whereby they were his peculiar and separated from other peoples as Exod. 19. 5. Lev. 20. 24 26. Ezr. 9. 2. So Christ hath chosen his Church out of the world Ioh. 15. 19. 1 Pet. 2. 9. and this grace the faithful apply unto themselves as it is said We know that we are of God and the whole world lieth in wickednesse 1 Ioh. 5. 19. Vers. 10. Who can count that is None can count they are so many Heb. Who counteth which the Chaldee expoundeth who can or is able to count And thus the Scripture somtime explaineth it selfe as Not that which goeth into the mouth defileth a man Matth. 15. 11. that is can defile him Mark 7. 15. See the Annotations on Gen. 13. 6. So after in vers 20. the dust of Iakob that is the children of Iakob as the Greeke translateth it the seed of Iakob Here Balaams mouth confirmeth the promise which God made of old unto Iakob saying Thy seed shall be as the dust of the earth Gen. 28. 14. and the like was before unto Abraham I will multiply thy seed as the starres of heaven and as the sand which is upon the sea shore Gen. 22. 17. And thus the Chaldee here expoundeth it Who can count the little ones of the house of Iakob of whom it was said they shall be multiplied as the dust of the earth of the fourth part or of a quarter as the Chaldee explaineth it of one of the foure campes of Israel for they camped about the Tabernacle in foure quarters Numb 2. Whereas the promise of the blessing to Abraham consisted of two branches 1. that God would give the land of Canaan to him and to his seed for ever 2. and that he would make his seed as the dust of the earth Gen. 13. 15 16. under which spirituall graces in Christ were also comprehended the Lord causeth Balaam here to ratifie them both for their dwelling alone in the land and for their innumerable increase And whereas Balak envied their multitude and would therefore have them cursed that they might be diminished Num. 22. 3 5 6. Balaam is here forced to utter a blessing for their further increase Thus God resisteth him in all his counsels and enterprises Let my soule die that is Let me die an Hebrew phrase whereby the soule is put for the person I thou or he and death is the departure of the soule from the body Gen. 35. 18. Then dust returneth unto the earth as it was and the spirit returneth to God that gave it Eccles. 12. 7. So Samson said Let my soule die with the Philistines Iudg. 16. 30. the death of the righteous men the Greek translateth with the soules of the just men meaning the righteous of Israel as the Chaldee explaineth it the death of the just men thereof that is of that people Balaam who lived the life of the wicked desireth as many doe to die the death of the righteous but as he lived so he died among the enemies of God by the sword of Israel Numb 31. 8. Howbeit he pronounceth here a greater blessing upon Israel as they that were happie not only in life but in death For righteousnesse which is by faith in Christ Phil. 3. 9. delivereth from death but when a wicked man dieth his expectation perisheth Prov. 11. 4 7. Here also Balaam testifieth of the soules immortality and different case of good bad for otherwise what were the death of the righteous better than of the wicked let my last end or let my posterity The originall word sometime signifieth the end opposed to the beginning as in Deut. 11. 12. Prov. 19. 20. and so the Chaldee translateth it here let my end be like theirs sometime it is the posteritie or children which come after as in Dan. 11. 4. Amos 5. 2. Psal. 109. 13. and in this sense the Greeke Interpreters understood it here saying and let my seed be like their seed thus Balaam prophesieth a blessing also to the seed of every righteous Israelite according to the promise made unto Abraham and his seed after him Gen. 17. 7. And further this word end is often used for reward which is after labours Prov. 23. 18. and 24. 20. 1 Pet. 1. 9. which also may be implied here of a blessed reward which the righteous have after this life in heaven Mat. 5. 12. But Balaam being a minister of Satan though transformed as a minister of righteousnesse his end was according to his workes as the Apostle telleth us of all such 2 Cor. 11. 15. Vers. 11. I tooke thee to curse mine enemies Balak who had before builded altars and offered sacrifices as to serve the Lord with great devotion being now crossed in his purpose manifesteth his hypocrisie pride malice and notorious prophanation of religious exercises in that he regarded not nor rested in the answer of Godby Balaam
a man or Any man when hee dieth and have no sonne here God passeth from the speciall case of these virgins and giveth a generall law for inheritances that they should passe to the female if the father died without male issue but otherwise the daughters had no part in the inheritance with the sonnes Vers. 11. unto his kinsman or unto his neere kin of which words see the notes on Levit. 18. 6. From this word and that which followeth next to him Sol. Iarchi noteth he should be of his familie and none is called a familie but on the fathers side Touching the right of inheritances the Hebrew Canons lay it downethus Who so dieth his children doe inherit that which is his and they are before all other And the males are before the females But the female never inheriteth with the male If he have no children his father shall be his heire or if it be a â—â—ther shee is heire to her children and this thing is by tradition And whosoever is first for inheritance is of them that first come out of the thigh that is are begotten first Therefore whoso dieth 〈◊〉 it man or woman if they leave a sonne hee inheriteth all if his sonne be not found alive they looke next to the seed of that sonne If any of his seed be found whether males or females though it be the sonnes daughters daughters daughter to the end of the world she inheriteth all If he have no male issue they turne to the daughter If he have a daughter she inheriteth all If his daughter be not found in the world they looke unto the daughters seed which if any be found whether males or females to the worlds end it inheriteth all If the daughter have no seed the inheritance returneth to his father If his father be not living they looke next to the seed of the father which are the brethren of him that is dead If hee have a brother found or brothers seed he inherits all if not they turne to the sisters if he have a sister or sisters seed it inherits all And if there be neither brothers seed nor sisters seed forasmuch as the father hath no seed the inheritance returneth to the fathers father If the grandfather be not living they looke to the grandfathers seed which are the brethren of his father that is deceased and there the males are before the females and the seed of the males before the females as was the right of the seed of the dead him-selfe If none of his fathers brethren nor of their seed be found the inheritance returneth to the great grandfather and after this manner it proceedeth upwards Thus the sonne is before the daughter and all the issue of the sonne before the daughter and the daughter is before her grandfather and all her issue are before her grandfather And the father of the deceased is before the brethren of the deceased and the brother before the sister and all the brothers issue before the sister and the sister before her grandfather and all the sisters issue before her grandfather The grandfather is before the brethren of the father of him that is deceased and his fathers brethren are before his fathers sisters and all that come out of the thigh of his fathers brother are before his fathers sisters and his fathers sisters are before the fathers grandfather of him that is deceased and so all that come out of the thigh of his fathers sister are before his fathers grandfather and after this manner it proceedeth and ascendeth untill the beginning of the generations Therefore there is no man of Israel that is without heires Who so dieth leaveth a son and a sons daughter though it be a sons daughters daughters daughter to the end of many generations shee is for most and heire of all and the first mans daughter hath nothing And the same law is for the brothers daughter with the sister and for the daughter of his fathers brothers son with his fathers sister and so all in like sort Who so hath two sons and they both die while he liveth and the one son leave three sons and the other son leave one daughter afterward when the old man dieth the three sons of his son shall inherit the halfe of his heritage and the daughter of his other sonne shall inherit the other halfe for cach of them was to inherit aportion of his father and after this manner doe the sonnes of brethren divids and the sonnes of the fathers brother unto the beginning of the generations The familie of the mother is not called a familie neither is there inheritance but to the familie of the father therefore brethren by the mother are not heires one of another but brethren by the father are heires one of another and this whether it be his brother by his father onely or his brother by his father and his mother All that are neere in bloud by transgression doe inherit as they which are lawfully begotten as if one have a bastard son or a bastard brother loe they are as other sons and as other brethren for inheritance But the sonnes of a bond-woman or of a strange woman is not counted a son for any matter neither is he an heire at all Maimony tom 4. in Nachaloth or treat of Inheritances ch 1. sect 1. 7. As the sons had their fathers inheritance divided among them the first-borne having a double portion Deut. 21. 17. so for releefe of the widow and of the daughters the Hebrewes had these lawes A widow is to be sustained by the goods of the heires all the time of her widowhood untill she receive her dowrie and after shee hath received her dowrie in the judgement Hall shee hath not that sustenance As they sustaine her with food after her husbands death with his goods so they give her raiment and houshold-stuffe and dwelling or she remaineth in the dwelling which she had whiles her husband lived If the widow die her husbands heires are bound to bury her Our wise men have commanded that a man should give a little of his goods to his daughter c. If a father die and leave a daughter they measure his purpose how much was in his heart to give unto her for her livelihood and they give it her and his acquaintance are they that measure his purpose If they know it not the Magistrates rate it and give her a tenth part of his goods for her livelihood If he leave many daughters every one of them when she commeth to be married hath a tenth of his goods And she which is after her hath a tenth part of that which remaineth of the first and she which is after her hath a tenth of that which is left of the second And if they come all to be married at once the first receiveth a tenth part and the second a tenth part of that which remaineth of the first and the third a tenth of that which remaineth of the second and
so the rest though they be ten c. and the residue of the goods are the brethrens If the brethren have sold or mortgaged their fathers lands the daughter taketh her livelihood from the purchasers even as a creditor taketh his debt of the purchasers Who so commandeth at his death that they should give his daughters no livelihood of his goods they doe hearken unto him for this is not of the nature of a dowrie Maimony tom 2. treat of Wives ch 18. sect 1. c. and ch 20. sect 1. c. Vers. 12. this mountaine of Abarim There were many mountaines of Abarim Num. 33. 47. by this mountaine therefore is meant one speciall which was called Nebo which was in the land of Moab over against Iericho Deut. 32. 49. And they were called Abarim of the fords or passages which were by them over Iordan into the land of Canaan Wherefore the Greeke version saith Goe thou up into the mountaine which is on this side Iordan of mount Naban or this mount Nabais And Mos. Gerundens explaineth it thus The mountaine of Abarim is mount Nebo as is expounded in Deut. 32. and is so called because it is by the fords of Iordan where they passe over into the land of Canaan see the land the land of Canaan saith the Greeke and so Moses expresseth it in Deut. 32. 49. Though this were some comfort unto Moses to see the land a farre off and salute the same as the faithfull fathers are said to doe the promises which they received not Heb. 11. 13. yet his desire and earnest suit unto the Lord was that he might have gone over and seene it but he would not grant it him because he had sinned and God had denounced his death before Deut. 3. 23. 26. Num. 20. 12. See the Annotations on Deut. 34. where his viewing of the land is described Vers. 13. be gathered unto thy peoples in Greeke be added unto thy people meaning that he should die there and be buried Deut. 32. 50. and 34. 5 6. and his soule should be gathered unto his godly forefathers see Num. 20. 24. Vers. 14. For ye rebelled or For as much as yet rebelled against my mouth that is as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it against my word so in Num. 20. 24. to sanctifie me that is which word and commandement of mine was that ye by faith should sanctifie mee but yee sanctified mee not Wherefore the Greeke here translateth ye sanctified me not and so it is explained in Deut. 32. 51. because ye sanctified me not Meribah of Kadesh or strife of Kadesh as the Greeke translateth it of the contradiction of Kades the Chaldee the strife of Rekam By this name Kadesh it is distinguished from the other Meribah spoken of in Exod. 17. 7. So in Deut. 32. 51. V. 15. of the spirits of all flesh the Greeke translateth of the spirits and of all flesh so before in Num. 16. 22. It meaneth that God is both the Creator of all mens soules or spirits Eccles. 12. 7. Zach. 12. 1. and he that giveth them spiritual gifts of wisdome knowledge grace c. as spirits are used for spirituall gifts in 1 Cor. 14. 12. set or visit that is provide constitute for Bishop or overseer who therfore is called in v. 17. a shepherd or Pastor Though for the peoples sake the Lord was angry with Moses and would not let him goe into the good land Deut. 4. 21. yet such was Moses love unto them and care for their welfare that he procureth what in him lieth their good after his decease by having a faithfull governour set over them of God which is a blessing unto a land or people Eccles. 10. 17. Vers. 17. goe out before them by this phrase of going out and comming in and that which followeth leading out and bringing in is signified the administration of the officer and government of his people both in time of peace and of warre wherefore when Moses was old and the time of his administration expired he said I can no more goe out and come in Deut. 31. 2. So the Priests administration in the Lords house is called a going in thereto 1 Chron. 24. 19. The similitude is taken from a shepherd whose dutie is to goe before the sheepe and to lead them out that by his guidance they may goe in and out and sinde pasture as is spoken of our great shepherd the Lord Iesus whom this Iesus the successor of Moses prefigured Iohn 10. 3 4 9. which have no shepherd or no Pastor w ch estate is miserable as is noted of our Saviour that when he saw the multitudes he was moved with compassion on them because they fainted were scattered abroad as sheep having no shepherd Mat. 9. 36. Vers. 18. Iosua the son of Nun in Greeke Iesus the son of Naue so in the new Testament he is called Iesus Act. 7. 45. Heb. 4. 8. the spirit to wit the spirit of God meaning the gifts and graces of the Spirit as wisdome Deut. 34. 9. and the like The Chaldee expoundeth it the spirit of prophesie and Targ. Ionat. saith the spirit of prophesie from before the Lord remaineth upon him w ch accordeth with Num. 11. 24. But whether in prophesie or other graces he was but a shadow of Iesus the son of God to whom he gave not the spirit by measure Iob. 3. 34. lay thine hand or impose thine hand that is thine hands as the Greeke translateth and as Moses after sheweth in vers 23. which was a signe of his calling and ordination to his office as in Numb 8. 10. with which also it seemeth he received a greater measure of the Spirit as it is said And Iosua the sonne of Nun was full of the spirit of wisdome for Moses had laid his hands upon him Deut. 34. 9. Vers. 19. charge thou him or command him give him a charge for the faithfull executing of his office such as we reade of in Deut. 31. 7 8. Besides that which was now done by Moses God himselfe did after give him a charge in the Tabernacle Deut. 31. 14 15. Vers. 20. give of thine honour or give that is put of thy glory or of thy Majestie whereby the gifts fitting the government of Israel seeme to be meant as wisdome according to Deut. 34. 9. or some other exterior signe of his calling from God whereby the people might be obedient to him As it is said of Solomon when he sate on the throne of the Lord and all Israel obeyed him that the Lord magnified Solomon exceedingly before the eyes of all Israel and gave upon him the honour of the kingdom or royall majestie such as had not beene on any king before him in Israel 1 Chron. 29. 23 25. And the contrary is spoken of Antiochus that vile person they shall not give upon him the honour of the kingdome but he shall come in peaceably and obtaine the kingdome by slatteries Dan. 11. 21. The Chaldee translateth thou
that every one that smiteth a soule by errour may flee thither And if he smite him with an instrument of iron and he die he is a man-slayer the man-slayer shall be surely put to death And if he smite him with a stone of the hand wherewith he may die and he die he is a man-slayer the man-slayer shal be surely put to death Or if hee smite him with an instrument of wood of the hand wherwith he may die and he die he is a man-slayer the man-slayer shall be surely put to death The aveÌ„ger of the bloud he shal put to death the man-slayer when he meeteth him he shal put him to death And if he thrust him of hatred or have cast upon him by laying of wait and he die Or in enmity smite him with his hand and he die the smiter shall be surely put to death he is a man-slayer the avenger of the bloud shall put to death the man-slayer when he meeteth him But if he thrust him suddenly without enmity or have cast upon him any instrument without laying of wait Or with any stone wherewith he may die without seeing him and hee hath caused it to fall upon him and he die and he was not his enemie nor a seeker of his evill Then the Congregation shall judge betweene the smiter and the avenger of the bloud according to these judgements And the Congregation shall deliver the man-slayer out of the hand of the avenger of the bloud and the Congregation shall restore him unto the citie of his refuge whither hee was fled and hee shall abide in it untill the death of the great Priest which was anointed with the oyle of holinesse And if the man-slayer going shall goe forth out of the border of the citie of his refuge whither hee was fled And the avenger of the bloud finde him without the border of the citie of his refuge and the avenger of the bloud shall slay the man-slayer no bloud shal be unto him Because he should have abidden in the citie of his refuge untill the death of the great Priest and after the death of the great Priest the man-slayer shall returne into the land of his possession And these things shall be unto you for a statute of judgement through-out your generations in all your dwellings Every one that smiteth a soule by the mouth of witnesses the man-slayer shall be slaine but one witnesse shall not answer against a soule to die And ye shall take no ransome for the soule of the man-slayer which is guilty of death but he shall be surely put to death Neither shall yee take ransome for him that is fled unto the citie of his refuge to returne to dwel in the land until the death of the Priest And ye shall not pollute the land wherein yee are for bloud it polluteth the land and for the land there shal be no expiation for the bloud that is shed therein but by the bloud of him that shed it And thou shalt not defile the land which ye inhabit in within which I doe dwell for I Iehovah dwel among the sonnes of Israel Annotations THat they give or and let them give unto the Levites The Lord having given order in Chap. 34. for dividing the land unto Israel commandeth here a portion to bee given out of all their possessions unto him which he bestoweth on his Ministers the Levites for a part of their livelihood The equitie of which law both for honouring the Lord with our substance Prov. 3. 9. and for maintaining his Ministers Gal. 6. 6. is perpetuall Therefore speaking of the Church under the Gospell according to these legall figures hee saith When yee shall divide by lot the land for inheritance yee shall offer an oblation unto the LORD an holy portion of the land c. The holy portion of the land shal be for the Priests the Ministers of the Sanctuary which shall come neere to minister unto the LORD c. Ezek. 45. 1 4 5. and 48. 9 10 13. suburbs to the cities or as the Greeke translateth the suburbs of the cities which suburbs are called in Hebrew Migrash that is a place cast out as lying without the walls of the citie in Chaldee Râ—vâ—ch that is a Space in Greeke Proásteia as lying before the citie and in vers 3. Aphorismata as being separated from the citie and in vers 5. homora confines or limits Vers. 3. their goods or their substance their gathered goods see the notes on Gen. 12. 5. it is a generall word and sometime implieth cattell also as 2 Chron. 31. 3. and 32. 29. and 35. 7. beasts in Hebrew Chajah which is a generall name for living things but here translated in Greeke foure-footed beasts And from hence the Hebrews gather that they gave the Levites a place of buriall to every citie without these bounds or suburbs for they buried not their dead in the suburbs of their cities because it is said AND FOR ALL THEIR LIVING THINGS they gave it for the living and not for buriall Maimony Treat of Release and Iubilee chap. 13. sect 3. That they used in Israel to bury their dead without the cities appeareth by Luke 7. 11 12. Vers. 4. a thousand cubits The Greeke saith two thousand cubits as it is in the verse following where the Lord speaketh of two thousand cubits so the thousand cubits here mentioned some thinke to be meant of holy measure double so much as the common measure and that the latter doe expound the former The Hebrewes explaine it thus The suburbs of the cities are expressed in the Law to be three thousand cubits on every side from the wall of the citie and outward Num. 35. 4 5. The first thousand are the suburbs and the two thousand which they measured without the suburbs were for fields and vineyards Maim Treat of the Release and Iubilee chap. 13. sect 2. Vers. 5. without the citie by the citie the Hebrewes understand here the citie with the suburbs that is the thousand cubits forementioned which were for their cattell and these two thousand moe for fields and vineyards as is before noted East side or East quarter in Chaldee East winde See the notes on Numb 34. 3. Sea side that is the West side as the Chaldee saith the West winde Moses useth to call the West the Sea as is noted on Gen. 12. 8. So in Numb 34. 6. Vers. 6. of refuge that citie is called in Hebrew Miklat of gathering because the man-slayer was there gathered and detained in Greeke Phugadâ—nterion a place of flight and exile in Chaldee Shezabuth of deliverance and preservation The six cities appointed for refuge were these Bezer of the Reubenites country Ramoth in Gilead of the Gadites and Golan in Basan of the Manassites these three Moses separated Deut. 4. 41 43. the other three appointed by Ioshua were Kedesh in Galilee in mount Naphtali Shechem in mount Ephraim and Kirjath-arba which is Hebron in the mount of Iudah Ios. 20. 7. the
use of these is after shewed 42. cities These with the six cities of refuge are declared in Ios. 21. how they were given out of every tribe Of the Kohathites the Priests the sons of Aaron had thirteene cities Ios. 21. 19. the residue of the Kohathites had ten cities Ios. 21. 26. The Gershonites had thirteene cities Ios. 21. 33. The Merarites had twelve cities Ios. 21. 40. So all the cities of the Levites within the possession of the somes of Israel were fortie and eight cities with their suburbs Ios. 21. 41. Thus Iakobs prophesie of Levi was fulfilled that he should be scattered in Israel Gen. 49. 5 7. But because of the Levites zeale for the Lord the curse was turned into a blessing as is noted on Exod. 32. 29. and they were teachers of the law 〈…〉 o the tribes of Israel Deut. 33. 8 10. Wherfore God gave them cities out of every tribe How 〈◊〉 whatsoever remained of these cities besides the habitations of the Levites and the suburbs â—orementioned as the fields of the cities and their villages continued under the dominion and in the possession of the tribes to whom they had been distributed before as the example of Hebron given unto Caleb sheweth Ios. 14. 13 14. and 21. 11 12. Vers. 8. yee shall give many or yee shall multiply to give so the tribes that had many cities and 〈…〉 ge inheritances gave the more cities For 〈◊〉 of the tribes of the sonnes of Iudah and of Si 〈◊〉 were given nine cities out of Benjamin foure out of Ephraim foure out of Dan foure out of the halfe tribe of Manasses two out of the other halfe 〈◊〉 of Manasses two out of Issachar foure out of Aser foure out of Naphtali three out of Zabulon foure out of Reuben foure out of Gad foure Ios. 21. 9 16 c. Vers. 11. shall appoint or prepare as the Chaldee explaineth it in Greeke yee shall distinguish or distinctly separate elsewhere it is called separ 〈…〉 ng Deut. 4. 41. and sanctifying Ios. 20. 7. by errour or ignorantly unadvisedly unawares the Greeke translateth unwillingly this is opened in vers 22 23. and Deut. 19. 5. In â—os 20. 3. it is declared by two words by errour oâ— unawares and without knowledge or unwittingly Vers. 12. the avenger to wit of the bloud as is expressed in vers 19. and the Chaldee and Greeke here adde the same Goel here Englished an Avonger elsewhere signifieth a Redeemer but properly one of the same bloud and kindred as Ruth 2. 20. and 3. 9 12. who if things were sold was to redeeme them as Levit. 25. 25. if bloud were shed was to avenge it as in this case And so the Greeke here usually calleth him Agchisteâ—on that is one neere of kin Of this kinsman the avenger it is said in v. 19. that he should put the murderer to death see the notes there before the congregation When a man had done a murder he fled to some citie of refuge the way being alwaies prepared that he might flee thither without hinderance as is noted on Deut. 19. 3. Comming thither at the entring of the gate he shewed his cause to the Elders of the citie of refuge who tooke him in till he was sent after and fetched home to the citie where hee had done the murder and there he stood before the congregation Ios. 20. 4 6. who if they found him worthy of death they delivered him to the avenger to kill him if not they returned him to his citie of refuge where hee lived in a kinde of exile and imprisonment untill the death of the high Priest as after followeth See Deut. 19. 12. Before the cities of refuge were appointed the Altar was a place of refuge as is probable by Exod. 21. 13 14. And from that place the Hebrewes gather that the Altar was a place of refuge Maim Treat of Murder chap. 5. sect 12. Vers. 14. Three cities which were Bezer Ramoth and Golan Deut. 4. 41 43. and three cities Kedesh Shechem and Hebron Ios. 20. 7. And if the Lord enlarged their coast and gave them all the land they were to adde three cities moe Deut. 19. 8 9. Vers. 15. the stranger in Greeke the proselyte meaning him that was not an Israelite by nature but by religion the sojourner that dwelt a stranger in the land of Israel and yet not of their Church and religion Deut. 14. 21. These all had benefit by the cities of refuge but if an heathen by errour killed an heathen the cities of refuge received him not saith Maim Treat of Murder chap. 5. sect 4. smiteth a soule that is killeth any person so vers 11. Vers. 16. if he smite him to wit purposely and presumptuously as the punishment after sheweth surely put to death or put to die the death Hebr. dying hee shall be put to death so in vers 17 18 21. Vers. 17. a stone of the hand that is throwen with the hand the Greeke translateth it a stone out of the hand the Chaldee a stone that is taken in the hand he may die the Chaldee more fully explaineth it which is enough for him to die therewith so in vers 18. Vers. 18. wood of the hand Greeke out of the hand Chaldee wood taken in the hand which is sufficient for him to die thereby as in vers 17. These cautions are here added to discerne of murders the Hebrewes explaine them thus He that smiteth his fellow presumptuously with a stone or with wood that he die they measure the thing wherewith he smote him and the place whereon he smote him to see â—f that thing were enough to kill him upon such a member of his body or not as it is written WITH A STONE OF THE HAND c. so that it be enough to kil him They measure also the might of him that smote c. For iron instruments the Law gives no measure Num. 35. 16. He is to die that killed him though it were with a needle and whatsoever is sharp like a needle as bodkin knife or the like Hee that smiteth his fellow without any instrument and killeth him as with his hand or his foot c. they measure the strength of him that smote and of him that was killed and the place of the blow c. Maim Treat of Murder chap. 3. sect 1. c. Vers. 19. he shall put to death or he may put him to death to wit after he is adjudged to death by the Magistrate vers 12. If the avenger of bloud will not or if he be not able to kill him or if he have no avenger of bloud then the Iudges shall kill the murderer with the sword Maim Treat of Murder chap. 1. sect 1. When he meeteth him though it be within the cities of refuge saith Iarchi But this is to be understood after lawfull judgement by the Magistrate for the Elders of his citie were to send and fetch him from the citie of refuge and deliver him into the hand
of the avenger of bloud Deut. 19. 12. Wherefore the Chaldee in stead of meeteth him saith When he shall be condemned unto him by judgement So in vers 21. Vers. 20. of hatred which is inveterate anger and inward grudge differing from enmitie or open hostility spoken of in v. 21. He that hateth dissembleth with his lips and layeth up deceit within him Prov. 26. 24. The Hebrewes say He that hateth if he kill by errour or unadvisedly he is not kept in the citie of refuge as it is said And he was not his enemy Numb 35. 23. c. And who is he that hateth hee that for enmities sake speaketh not unto him for three dayes space Maim Treat of Murder chap. 6. sect 10. cast upon him to wit any instrument as is expressed in vers 22. and so the Greeke explaineth it here by laying of wait with intent and purpose of evill when occasion is offered so Saul laid wait or hunted for Davids soule 1 Sam. 24. 11. the Iewes for Christ Luke 11. 54. and for Pauls life Act. 23. 21. Vers. 21. enmity or hostility ill will open and professed Vers. 22. suddenly or unawares and as it were by chance Vers. 23. with any stone that is have smitten him with any stone as in vers 17. wherewith he may die in Chaldee which is sufficient that he may die therewith See the notes on vers 18. Vers. 25. of the great Priest a figure of Christ called the great Priest over the house of God Hebr. 10. 21. and the great High-Priest that is passed into the heavens Hebr. 4. 14. who is the Mediator of the new Testament that by meanes of death for the redemption of the transgressions under the first Testament they which are called might receive the promise of the eternall inheritance Heb. 9. 15. As the high Priests whiles they lived by their service and sacrificing made atonement for the sinnes of the people especially one day in the yeare Levit. 16. wherein they figured the worke of Christ for us so at the high Priests death by releasing such as were exiled for unwitting murder there was a shadow of redemption in Israel Vers. 26. going shall goe forth that is shall at any time upon any occasion goe forth So he was not only exiled from his owne citie but confined as a prisoner within the limits of the citie of refuge The Hebrewes say Hee might never goe out of the citie of his refuge no not though it were for a thing commanded as to worship at the solemne feasts or the like or for to beare witnesse whether it were in money matters or to testifie in case of life and death c. Maim Treat of Murder chap. 7. sect 8. Vers. 27. without the border so not the citie onely but the borders and limits of the territories thereof were his refuge Every citie of refuge the borders thereof are a refuge as well as it c. and if the avenger of bloud kill him there he is to be killed for him Notwithstanding though the border be a refuge yet the man-slayer may not dwell in it for it is said in vers 25. AND HE SHALL ABIDE IN IT in it the citie and not in the border of it Maim ibid. chap. 8. sect 11. no bloud shall be unto him that is the avenger shall have no bloud imputed to him or as the Greeke translateth it hee shall not bee guiltie to wit of bloud-shed Vers. 28. into the land of his possession into his owne citie or village that part of the land which he possessed It is holden by the Hebrewes that although by the high Priests death atonement was made for him yet he never returned to the princely state or dignitie that hee had in the citie but was debased from his greatnesse all dis dayes because that great scandall came by his hand Maimon ibid. chap. 7. sect 14. Moreover they say A man-sâ—ayer upon whom sentence is past that he shall be exiâ—ed if he die before he go into exile they carry his bones thither And a man-slayer that dieth in the citie of his refuge they bury him there and when the high Priest dieth they carry the man-slayers bones from thence unto the sepulchres of his fathers Ibid. sect 3. Vers. 30. Every one that smiteth a soule that is who so killeth a person to wit him that is a murderer by the mouth that is by the testimony of witnesses which after is explained of two witnesses or three witnesses Deut. 17. 6. and 19. 15. See the Annotations there not answer that is not testifie as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it meaning to have the sentence of death confirmed against him See Deut. 19. 15. to die that is to cause him to die or that he should die See the notes on Gen. 6. 19. Vers. 31. the soule of the man-slayer that is the life of the murderer to redeeme him from death The Iudges are warned that they take no ransome of the murderer and though he could give all the wealâ—h that is in the world and though the avenger of bloud should be willing to free him for the soule of him that is killed is not the possession of the avenger of bloud but the possession of the holy blessed God Maimon Treat of Murder ch 1. sect 4. guiltie of death Hebr. which is wicked to die that is as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it guilty or condemned to die According to this phrase David saith When he shall be judged let him goe forth wicked that is condemned Psal. 109. 7. Vers. 32. for him that is fled Hebr. to flee which is explained by Iarchi and others for him that is fled in the land in the land of his possession as in vers 28. Vers. 33. polluteth or impiously staineth foulely deformeth the land This word which Moses here useth of murder and the Prophets after apply unto spirituall whoredome or idolatrie Ierem. 3. 2 9. and â—dolatrous bloud-shed Psal. 106. 38. sheweth the hainousnesse of this sinne that defileth not only him that doth it but the whole land if it be not avenged Hereupon the Hebrewes say Thou hast not any thing concerning which the Law giveth such a charge as for shedding of bloud as it is said in Numb 35. 33. And ye shall not pollute the land c. Maimony Treat of Murder chap. 1. sect 4. the bloud of him that shed it if it were wilfull murder or by the death of the high Priest if it were unwilling man-slaughter Hereupon it is said A man that doth violence to the bloud of any person shall flie to the pit let no man stay him Prov. 28. 17. Vers. 34. I doe dwell the land of Israel was the LORDS land Hos. 9. 3. and by his dwelling there among his people was sanctified and called the holy land Zach. 2. 12. and though he dwelt most specially in his Sanctuary there which afterward was in Ierusalem Psal. 74. 2. and 1 35. 21. yet the whole land was sanctified by
God are taught to hold fast their inheritance in his promises and right in Christ which they enjoy by faith that as the Father hath made them meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the Saints in light Coloss. 1. 12. so they may keepe the faith and grace which they have obtained unto the end 1 King 21. 3. Ezek. 46. 18. Iude vers 3. Hebr. 6. 12. ESAY 65. 9. I Will bring forth out of Jakob a seed and out of Judah an inheritor of my mountaines and mine elect shall inherit it and my servants shall dwell there EZEK 20. 35 36 37. I will bring you into the wildernesse of peoples and there will I plead with you face to face like as I pleaded with your fathers in the wildernesse of the land of Egypt so will I plead with you saith the Lord God And I will cause you to passe under the rod and I will bring you into the bond of the Covenant c. HEBR. 9. 15. Christ he is the Mediator of the New * Or Testament Covenant that by meanes of death for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first Covenant they which are called might receive the promise of the eternall inheritance ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FIFTH BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED DEVTERONOMIE WHEREIN BY CONFERENCE OF THE Holy Scriptures by comparing the Greeke and Chaldee Versions and Testimonies of Hebrew Writers the Histories Lawes and Ordinances which MOSES a little before his death repeated and enlarged unto ISRAEL in this Booke are explained BY HENRY AINSWORTH IOSVA 1. 8. This booke of the Law shall not depart out of thy mouth but thou shalt meditate therein day and night that thou maiest observe to doe according to all that is written therein for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous and then thou shalt have good successe LVKE 16. 31. If they heare not Moses and the Prophets neither will they be perswaded though one rose from the dead LONDON Printed by John Haviland for John Bellamie and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE 1626. The summe of the Booke of DEVTERONOMIE IN this fifth Booke Moses to prepare the Israelites unto their inheritance in the Holy Land rehearseth the chiefe things that had befallen them in their forty yeares travell thorow the wildernesse exhorteth them to the love of God and observation of his Law repeateth the ten Commandements and explaineth them particularly with the Ordinances to them belonging adding some moe which he had not before mentioned confirmeth the whole Law with promises to those that keepe it and threatnings to the disobedient reneweth the Covenant between God and his people prophesieth of things that should come to passe in ages following blesseth the Tribes of Israel with severall blessings and having viewed the Land of promise from an high mountaine he dyeth and is buried of God Iosua being his successor in the Government of the people More particularly MOses rehearseth Gods calling of Israel from Horeb towards Canaan The Officers set to governe them The Spies sent to view the land and the peoples rebellion following thereupon Chap. 1 How they passed by Edom Moab and Ammon but fought with the Amorites and conquered King Sihon 2 How Ogwas conquered and their Countries allotted to some tribes of Israel 3 An exhortation to obey Gods law and to shun idlatrie 4 Of the ten Commandements given at Horeb and how the people were affected at the giving of the Law 5 An exposition of the first Commandement how God should be knowne loved and obeyed 6 To root out the Canaanites and their Idolatrie 7 To beware lest forgetfulnesse of former mercies or plenty of good things in Canaan turne them from God 8 Moses would humble Israel under the Lord their God by remembrance of their former many rebellions and Gods mercies renewed and continued notwithstanding 9 and 10 Hee exhorteth them to love and obey the Lord by many weighty reasons 11 An explanation of the second Commandement of abolishing false worship and serving God according to his law 12 The third Commandement expounded against abuse of Gods name by false prophets inticers and revolters to Idolatry 13 The holy Communion of Gods people taught by shadowes of cleane meats tithes c. 14 The fourth Commandement explained by the rites of the Sabbath yeare and the solemne feasts c. 15 and 16 The fifth Commandement of obedience to governours civill and ecclesiasticall appointed of God but not to hearken to any heathenish ministers or false Prophets 17 and 18 The sixt Commandement touching man-slaughter wars murder by one unknowne c. 19 20 21 The seventh Commandement touching adultery rape fornication incest 22 The eighth Commandement touching usury payment of vowes liberty in anothers field pledges man-stealers wages almes justice weights and measures c. 23 24 25 The solemne profession of homage unto God in Canaan at the bringing of first-fruits tithes c. 26 Of writing the Law upon stones the blessings and curses openly pronounced and confirmed by the people 27 Moses promiseth many blessings to them that keepe the Law and threatneth many curses to the disobedient 28 The renewing of the Covenant betweene God and Israel 29 A promise of mercie to repentant sinners beleeving in Christ. 30 The people are encouraged to enter into Canaan with Iosua their Captaine Their falling from God is foretold 31 Moses song wherein he prophesieth of the state of Israel untill the latter daies 32 Before his death Moses blesseth the Tribes of Israel 33 Moses vieweth the land and dyeth is buried of God mourned for of the people and praised above all Prophets 34 THE FIFTH BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED DEVTERONOMIE CHAPTER I. 1 Moses speech in the end of the fortieth yeare briefly rehearsing the Story 6 Of Gods promise and offer to give Israel the Land of Canaan 9 Of Officers given them 19 Of Spies sent to search the Land 34 Of Gods anger for Israels incredulitie 41 and disobedience THese bee the words which Moses spake unto all Israel on this side Iordan in the wildernesse in the plaine over against the red Sea betweene Pharan and Tophel and Laban and Hazeroth and Dizahab Eleven daies journey from Horeb by the way of mount Seir unto Kadesh-Barnea And it was in the fortieth year in the eleventh moneth in the first day of the moneth Moses spake unto the sonnes of Israel according unto all that Iehovah had commanded him unto them After he had smitten Sihon King of the Amorites which dwelt in Heshbon and Og king of Bashan which dwelt in Ashtaroth in Edrei On this side Iordan in the Land of Moab began Moses to declare this Law saying Iehovah our God spake unto vs in Horeb saying Yee have dwelt long enough in this mountaine Turne you and take your journey and goe to the mount of the Amorite and unto all his neighbours in the plaine in the mountaine and in the vale and in the south and by the Sea side to the land
of God which is the maine argument to strengthen faith Numb 14. 9. Psal. 56. 4 5. and 60. 13 14. 〈◊〉 consuming Hebr. eating so Deut. 4. 24. The Chaldee translateth his word is a consuming fire suddenly or quickly hostily see the notes on Deut. 7. 22. Vers. 4. For my justice The Hebrew In is by the Greeke also here translated For and it often noteth the cause of a thing as Hos. 12. 13. in that is for 〈◊〉 So in Psal. 1. 2. Deut. 2â— 16. Here he opposeth the second evill pride of heart against which he dealeth in all the rest of this Chapter Vers. 5. righteousnesse or uprightnes straitnesse equitie the Greeke translateth it here piety the Chaldee truth By naming iustice hee excludeth all merit of workes Deut. 6. 25. and by righteousnesse of heart all inward affections and purposes which men might plead notwithstanding that they faile in action Yet these two are the chiefe things which God respecteth in men Psal. 15. 1 2. 1 Chron. 29. 17. for the wickednesse Two causes are here shewed of this worke of God justice against the wicked inhabitants which should perish for their sinnes and mercie towards Israel whom he would doe good unto of grace Thus also hee dealeth concerning the heavenly inheritance the wicked are shut out for their evill works Iude v. 14. 15. But the Saints are saved by grace through faith not of workes lest any man should boast Ephes. 2. 8 9. the word the Greeke translateth stablish the covenant or testament hereby he calleth them wholly to Gods word and promise as Paul doth us in Gal. 3. 18. Rom. 15. 8. shewing that Iesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God to constrant the fathers promises and that the Gentiles might glorifie God for mercie Vers. 6. this good land a figure of heavenly blessings as is shewed on Gen. 12. 5. stiffe-necked or of a hard necke that is stubborne and rebellious see the notes on Exod. 32. 9. to which place Moses hath reference and from Gods testimonie there and their sinnes then and at other times convinceth them as being altogether unworthy that as another Prophet saith they might remember their wayes and all their doings wherein they had beene defiled and might loath themselves in their own eyes for all their evils that they had committed and might know that he was Iehovah when he had wroug 〈…〉 it with them for his names sake not according to their wicked wayes nor according to their corrupt doings Ezek. 20. 43 44. and 36. 31 32. Vers. 7. Remember forget not an earnest and effectuall manner of speaking to move unto carefull remembrance see the notes on Deut. 33. 6. against Hebr. with Iehovah which the Chaldee translateth before the Lord the Greeke yee have rebelliously performed things pertaining to the Lord. This generall charge he proveth by many particular instances following Vers. 8. Hâ—reb or 〈◊〉 the mountaine where the Law was given their rebellion there is described in Exod. 32. destroyed you for there God said to Moses let me alone c. and I will consume them Exod. 32. 10. Vers. 9. 〈◊〉 the mount called up thither of God to receive the tables of the covenant and other ordinances Exod. 24. 12. 18. The time place occasion end and all circumstances greatly aggravated the peoples sinne Vers. 10. of stone the signification whereof is noted on Exod. 31. 18. finger signifying the Spirit as I with the finger of God cast out devils Luke 11. 20. that is with the Spirit of God Matt. 12. 28. So it figured the worke of God in our hearts writing there his Law as Yee are manifestly declared to be the Epistle of Christ ministred by us written not with inke but with the spirit of the living God not in tables of stone but in fleshie tables of the heart 2 Cor. 3. 3. Vers. 12. corrupted This word meaneth the corruption of Gods service and religion see the notes on Exod. 32. 7. and Gen. 6. 11 12 13. molten calfe the word calfe is expressed in v. 16. This molten calfe they worshipped and Moses said Oh this people have sinned a great sinne and have made them gods of gold Exod. 32. 8. 31. Vers. 13. saying Here the Greeke version addeth I have spoken unto thee once and twise saying I have seene c. I have seene by the Lords seeing and hearing of sinners is often meant a due regard of their sinnes to punish them in his anger Deut. 32. 19. Psal. 78. 21. and 90. 8. But when he pardoneth sinners he is said to hide his face from their sinnes and not to see them Psal. 51. 11. Num. 23. 21. Vers. 14. Let me alone which the Chaldee expounds Leave off thy prayer before me So in Exod 32. 10. Vers. 15. burned Hebr. burning the terrour of which sight onely might have kept them from this sinne in that the signes of Gods presence were not yet departed from their eyes See Exod. 19. 18. and 20. 18. two hands both hands full with blessings of the Lord for them if their unworthinesse had not turned them away Vers. 17. I took a the originall word signifieth a purposed taking hold and â—â—ndling of a thing as they that goe to warre are said to take or handle the shield Ier. 46. 9. and they that expound the Law are said to handle it Ier. 2. 8. So Moses did this advisedly guided by Gods Spirit signifying that the covenant betweene God and them was now disaâ—ulled and broken and that the Law pertained not to them except to their condemnation for breaking the same See Exod. 32. 19. Vers. 18. I fell downe the Greeke expoundeth it I prayed before the Lord the second time as at the first Here Moses repeateth how by his humble intercession they escaped destruction and were reconciled againe unto God See the historie at large in Exod. 32. 31. c. fortie dayes the number of dayes and of yeeres sundry times mentioned in the Scripture 〈…〉 tion 〈◊〉 judgement See the 〈◊〉 7. 4. sinne the Greeke transleteth sinne respecting the manifold evill in this and their other â—â—ansgressions Vers. 19. For I was the Greeke applying this to the time present also saith And I am afraid For the Lord though he pardoned it then reserved vengeance till another opportunity Exod. 32. 34. hearkened unto me that is as the Chaldee explaineth it accepted my prayer Vers. 20. with Aaron who made the calfe for them and would have excused himselfe but was guilty of death see Exod. 32. 21 24. Vers. 21. your sinne the Calfe is so called as being the thing wherein they sinned So Idols are called a sinne in Esa. 31. 7. the brooke that came out of the Rock Horeb which Rocke in figure was Christ 1 Cor. 10. 4. of which they drunke to signifie the abolishing of their sinne by Christ upon their repentance and faith see the notes on Exod. 32. 20. Vers. 22. at Taberah or in Taberah that is as both Greeke and
Chaldee do interpret it the Burning a place so called because the people complaining there the fire of the Lord was kindled and consumed some of them See the historie in Num. 11. 1 2 3. Massah in English the tentation and so the Greek and Chaldee translate it A place at Rephidim in the wildernesse before they came to Horeb ten stations from Egypt in the first yeere of their travell where wanting water they tempted God saying Is the Lord amongst us or no and there he gave them water out of the Rocke Exod. 17. See the annotations there and Psal. 95. 8 9. Heb. 3. 8. c. Deut. 6. 16. Kibroth-hattaavah in English the Graves of lust so translated also by the Greeke Here a little from Taberah forementioned they loathed Manna and lusted for flesh God gave them Quailes but they died of a plague 〈◊〉 the flesh was yet betweene their teeth and 〈◊〉 buried there occasioned this name of the 〈◊〉 for a perpetuall memoriall See Num. 11. 4 34. and the annotations there Also Psal. 78. 〈◊〉 31. and 106. 14 15. Vers. 23. Kadesh-barnea where being come thorow the wildernesse of Pharan to the border of the land of Canaan they were commanded of God to goe take possession Then they sent spies who discouraged the people so through want of 〈◊〉 they durst not enter and were for it condem 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 40. yeeres wandring in the wildernesse and 〈◊〉 ended their dayes See Numb 13. and 14. 〈◊〉 against the mouth that is against the 〈◊〉 or commandement in Greeke yee disobeyed 〈◊〉 word Vers. 24. that I knew you the Greeke expounds 〈…〉 the day that he was knowne unto you So he 〈…〉 deth with a generall charge of rebellion upon them shewing hereby the impossibility of the law and ministery thereof to bring men unto God for it causeth sinne and wrath to abound as 〈◊〉 4. 15. and 8 3. Gal. 3. 19 22. For besides these 〈…〉 lars they sinned many other times in the 〈…〉 nesse as is noted on Num. 14. 22. and in Psa. 〈◊〉 and 106. Vers. 25. I fell downe in Greeke I prayed Hee 〈…〉 th to speake of their reconciliation to God which was by the prayer of Moses as a mediatour 〈◊〉 figure of Christ by whom and not by our own deserts we have entrance into the kingdome of God Gal. 3. 22. 24. Rom. 3. 20 22. and 5. 1 2 c. as I fell downe to wit at the first as v. 18. or which I fell downe that is which I said before that I fell downe But the Hebrew asher which is sometimes used for as as in Ier. 48. 8. said for to destroy that is said that he would destroy you See the like phrases so expounded in Esay 49. 6. with Acts 13. 47. 1 Chron. 17. 4. with 2 Sam. 7. 5. Matt. 20. 19. with Mark 10. 33 34. Vers. 26. Lord Iehovoh in Greeke Lord Lord in Chaldee Lord God See the annotations on Gen. 15. 2. thy people this respecteth their adoption in Christ and justification 1 Pet. 2. 9 10. inheritance this implyeth their sanctification unto the obedience and service of God by the Spirit See Exod. 34. 9. through thy greatnes in Greek through thy great strength as v. 29. it implyeth also his great goodnesse and therefore is often spoken of his gracious workes for his people 1 Chron. 17. 19. Luke 1 49. Vers. 27. thy servants Hee meaneth Gods oath unto them to multiply their seed and to give them the land for an eternall inheritance as is expressed in this prayer before Exod. 32. 13. So the Greeke addeth here unto whom thou swarest by thy selfe hardnesse the naturall corruption whereby the heart is hardned that it cannot repent and beleeve the word of God from which the two evils following doe flow Rom. 2. 5. Vers. 28. the land that is as the Greeke and Chaldee both explaine the inhabitants of the land This reason is also alleaged in Exod. 32. 12. and Numb 14. 16. CHAP. X. 1 A rehearsall of Gods mercies in renuing the two tables of the Covenant 6 in leading the people forward towards Canaan and continuing the priest-hood after Aarons death 8 in separating the tribe of Levi unto the ministerie 10 in hearkning unto Moses his suit for the people 12 An exhortation unto obedience 14 because of Gods glorie 15 love unto Israel 17 justice towards all 21 his fearefull workes 22 and multiplication of his people AT that time Iehovah said unto mee Hew thee two tables of stone like the first and come up unto me into the mount and thou shalt make thee an Arke of wood And I will write on the tables the words which were on the first tables which thou brakest and thou shalt put them in the Arke And I made an Arke of Shittim wood and hewed two tables of stone like the first went up into the mount and the two tables in my hand And he wrote on the tables according to the first writing the ten words which Iehovah had spoken unto you in the mount out of the midst of the fire in the day of the assembly and Iehovah gave them unto me And I turned my self and came downe from the mount and I put the tables in the Arke which I had made and there they be as Iehovah commanded me And the sonnes of Israel journeyed from Beeroth of the sonnes of Iaakan from Moserah there Aaron dyed and was buried there and Eleazar his sonne administred the Priests office in his stead From thence they journeyed to Gudgodah and from Gudgodah to Iot-bath a land of rivers of waters At that time Iehovah separated the tribe of Levi to beare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah to stand before Iehovah to minister unto him and to blesse in his name unto this day Therefore Levi hath no part or inheritance with his brethren Iehovah he is his inheritance as Iehovah thy God spake unto him And I stood in the mount according to the former dayes fortie dayes and fortie nights and Iehovah hearkened unto me at that time also Iehovah would not destroy thee And Iehovah said unto me Arise goe in journey before the people that they may goe in and possesse the land which I sware unto their fathers to give unto them And now Israel what doth Iehovah thy God aske of thee but to feare Iehovah thy God to walke in all his waies and to love him and to serve Iehovah thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soule To keepe the commandements of Iehovah and his statutes which I command thee this day for good unto thee Behold unto Iehovah thy God belong the heavens and the heavens of heavens the earth and all that therein is Onely in thy fathers Iehovah had a delight to love them and he chose their seed after them even you above all peoples as it is this day Circumcise therefore the super fluous foreskinne of your heart and make not your necke stiffe any more For Iehovah your God
follow them See Exod. 23. 33. As the nations were to be destroyed so their idolatrous service was to be abolished that none of their customes should be retained in Israel How did Heb. How will that is how use they to serve Hereupon the Hebrewes say Thou maist not inquire or aske concerning the way of the service of an idoll how it is although thou serve it not for this thing 〈…〉 to turne after it and to doe as they doe Maimony treat of Idolatry ch 2. sect 2. will I doe not unto idols but to the Lord as the next verse manifesteth So not onely the worship of false gods but false or idolatrous worship of the true God is here forbidden and all imitation of Idolaters is condemned So in Levit. 18. 3. Vers. 31. every abomination the Chaldee expoundeth every thing that is abominable before the Lord in Greeke the abominations which the Lord hateth to their gods the Chaldee expounds it to their idols This one particular of burning their children is named all other being implyed because herein they shewed most zeale and love as Abraham for sacrificing his sonne at Gods command is highly commended Gen. 22. 12. and Israel when they would shew themselves most studious to please the Lord inquired about giving the fruit of their body for the sinne of their soule Mich. 6. 7. and sometime practised this abomination Psal. 106. 37 38. Ezek. 23. 37 39. But God here condemneth the most fervent devotion of Idolaters Vers. 32. Every word or thing in Chaldee every commandement Hereby God appointeth his owne word and law to bee the onely rule of his service without imitating the customes of others or devising any thing of their owne So in Levit. 18. 4. Deut. 4. 1 2. CHAP. XIII 1 The Prophet that inticeth to idolatry though he give signes which come to passe must not bee hearkened unto but put to death 6. The brother childe wife or friend that inticeth to idolatry must not bee bearkened unto spared or concealed but stoned to death 12 The citie that revolteth to serve other gods after due inquiry must bee smitten with the sword men and beasts utterly destroyed the spoiles burned the citie ruined for ever and none of that execrable thing reserved IF there arise in the middest of thee a Prophet or a dreamer of dreames and hee give unto thee a signe or a wonder And the signe commeth or the wonder which hee spake unto thee saying Let us go after other gods which thou hast not known serve them Thou shalt not hearken unto the words of that Prophet or unto that dreamer of a dreame for Iehovah your God tempteth you to know whether you be the lovers of Iehovah your God with all your heart and with all your soule After Iehovah your God shall yee walke and him yee shall feare and his commandements shall ye keepe and his voice yee shall obey and him you shall serve and unto him shall ye cleave And that Prophet or that dreamer of a dreame shall be put to death because hee hath spoken revolt against Iehovah your God which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt and redeemed thee out of the house of servants to thrust thee out of the way which Iehovah thy God commanded thee to walke therein and thou shalt put away the evill from the middest of thee If thy brother the sonne of thy mother or thy sonne or thy daughter or the wife of thy bosome or thy friend which is in thine owne soule entise thee in secret saying Let us goe and serve other gods which thou hast not knowne thou nor thy fathers Of the gods of the peoples which are round about you nigh unto thee or farre off from thee from the one end of the earth even unto the other end of the earth Thou shalt not consent unto him nor hearken unto him neither shall thine eye spare him neither shalt thou pitty neither shalt thou conceale him But killing thou shalt kill him thine hand shall be first upon him to put him to death and afterwards the hand of all the people And thou shalt stone him with stones and he shall die because hee hath sought to thrust thee away from Iehovah thy God which brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt out of the house of servants And all Israel shall heare and feare and shall doe no more as this evill thing in the middest of thee If thou shalt heare say in one of thy cities which Iehovah thy God giveth to thee to dwell there saying Certaine men the sons of Belial are gone out from the middest of thee and have thrust away the inhabitants of their citie saying Let us goe and serve other gods which yee have not knowne Then shalt thou enquire and shalt search and shalt aske diligently and behold if it be truth the word certaine this abomination is done in the middest of thee Smiting thou shalt smite the inhabitants of that citie with the edge of the sword utterly destroying it and all that is therein and the cattell thereof with the edge of the sword And all the spoile of it thou shalt gather into the middest of the street thereof and shalt burne with fire the citie and all the spoile thereof everie whit to Iehovah thy God and it shall be an heape for ever it shall not bee built againe And there shall not cleave to thy hand ought of the cursed thing that Iehovah may turne from the burning of his anger and may give unto thee tender mercies and may have tender mercie on thee and multiplie thee as hee hath sworne unto thy fathers When thou shalt obey the voice of Iehovah thy God to keepe all his commandements which I command thee this day to doe that which is right in the eies of Iehovah thy God Annotations IF there arise or when there shall stand up by which word is signified the open and bold cariage of deceivers Moses having from the first commandement taught the doctrine of one only God whom wee should in faith love and obedience have to bee ours and give our selves to him and from the second commandement taught the right way of serving this God according to his owne word doth now from the third commandement teach to beware of the abuse of Gods name and word unto vanity heresie or idolatry and so generally warneth Israel to take heed lest they transgressed the first and second commandements by the breach of the third in the middest of thee speaking to Israel amongst whom many false prophets did arise 2 Pet. 2. 1. Vnto which danger all Churches are subject as it is said Moreover of your owne selves shall men arise speaking perverse things Act. 20. 30. a Prophet a publike seducer touching whom hee giveth warning first as afterwards of the private in v. 6. c. What a Prophet signifieth is noted on Gen. 20. 7. and Exod. 7. 1. dreames this was one of the waies by which prophesie came of old
acknowledge faces that is be partiall respecting one more than another see Lev. 19. 15. Deut. 1. 17. Prov. 24. 23. take a gift or a bribe this is repeated from Exod. 23. 8. see the Annotations there Vers. 20. Iustice justice that is all manner justice and nothing but justice exactly carefully and continually shalt thou follow the Greeke translateth Iustly that which is just shalt thou follow The doubling of the word is for more vehemency see Deut. 2. 27. and when a word is trebled it is most vehement as in Ezek. 21. 27. Esay 6. 3. Vers. 21. not plant thee or not plant unto thee or for thy selfe see the like phrase in Exod. 20. 4. a grove called in Hebrew Asherah of Felicity or happinesse a blessed grove such the heathens used for the service of their gods as is noted on Exod. 34. 13. but the Lord would not have such neere his altar in his service notwithstanding the Israelites corrupted themselves herewith sundry times as Iudg. 3. 7. and 6. 25. 1 King 14. 23. and 16. 33. 2 King 21. 3. 7. and there were prophets of the groves 1 King 18. 19. For this sin God threatned to root up Israel out of the good land which he gave to their fathers 1 King 14. 15. The Hebrewes say He that planteth a tree neere unto the Altar or in any part of the Court-yard whether it be barren tree or tree that beareth food although he doe it for to adorne the Sanctuary and beautifie it he is to be beaten Deut. 16. 21. Because this was the manner of Idolaters they planted trees by the altars side that the people might assemble there Maimony treat of Idolatrie ch 6. s. 9. Vers. 22. set thee up a pillar or set up for thy selfe a statue or standing image whereof see the annotations on Lev. 26. 1. CHAP. XVII 1 The things sacrificed to the Lord must be unblemished 2 Idolaters are to be stoned to death being convicted by witnesses 8 Hard controversies are to be determined by the Law which the Priests and Iudges shewed which were in the place that the Lord should chuse 12 The contemner of that determination must die 14 The election and dutie of a King THou shalt not sacrifice unto Iehovah thy God Oxe or Lambe wherein is blemish any evill thing for that is an abomination to Iehovah thy God If there be found in the midst of thee in any of thy gates which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee man or woman that hath done evill in the eyes of Iehovah thy God in transgressing his covenant And hath gone and served other gods and bowed himselfe downe unto them either to the Sunne or to the Moone or to any of the host of the heavens which I have not commanded And it be told thee and thou hast heard of it and hast inquired diligently and behold it be a truth and the thing certaine that this abomination is done in Israel Then thou shalt bring forth that man or that woman which have done this evill thing unto thy gates the man or the woman and shalt stone them with stones and they shall die At the mouth of two witnesses or of three witnesses shall he that is to die be put to death he shall not be put to death at the mouth of one witnesse The hand of the witnesses shall be first upon him to put him to death and afterward the hand of all the people and thou shalt put away the evill from the midst of thee If a matter be too hard for thee in judgment betweene bloud and bloud betweene plea plea and betweene stroke and stroke matters of controversies within thy gates then thou shalt arise and goe up unto the place which Iehovah thy God shall chuse And thou shalt come unto the Priests the Levites and unto the Iudge that shall be in those dayes and thou shalt inquire and they shall shew unto thee the word of judgement And thou shalt doe according to the word which they shall shew unto thee they of that place which Iehovah shall chuse and thou shalt observe to doe according to all that they informe thee According to the Law which they shall teach thee and according to the judgement which they shall say unto thee thou shalt doe thou shalt not decline from the word which they shall shew unto thee to the right hand or to the left And the man that will doe presumptuously not to hearken unto the Priest that standeth to minister there before Iehovah thy God or unto the Iudge even that man shall die and thou shalt put away the evill from Israel And all the people shall heare and feare and not doe presumptuously any more When thou art come into the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee and shalt possesse it and dwell therein shalt say I will set over me a King as all the nations that are round about me Setting thou shalt set over thee a King whom Iehovah thy God shall chuse from among thy brethren shalt thou set over thee a King thou maist not set over thee a man that is a forrainer which is not thy brother But he shall not multiply horses to himselfe nor cause the people to returne to Egypt to the end to multiply horses for Iehovah hath said unto you yee shall not adde to returne this way any more Neither shall hee multiply wives to himselfe that his heart turne not away neither shall he greatly multiply to himselfe silver and gold And it shall be when hee sitteth upon the throne of his kingdome that hee shall write for him-selfe the Copie of this Law in a Booke out of that which is before the Priests the Levites And it shal be with him he shal reade therein all the daies of his life that he may learn to feare Iehovah his God to keepe all the words of this Law and these Statutes to doe them That his heart be not lifted up above his brethren and that hee turne not aside from the commandement to the right hand or to the left to the end that he may prolong his daies in his kingdome hee and his sonnes in the midst of Israel Annotations NOt sacrifice in Greek not offer which is more generall and so the Law also saith in Lev. 22. 20. see the annotations there Oxe or Lambe these are the greatest and the least sacrifices under which two all other are comprehended The Oxe is not to be understood of a gelded beast which wee usually call an Oxe for so it became blemished and unfit for sacrifice but of a Bull as the originall properly signifieth And the Lambe in Hebrew Seâ— implyeth the Kid also as Exod. 12. 3 5. blemish in Hebrew Mum of which the Chaldee Muma and Greeke Momos are derived Whereupon Christ is called the Lambe amomos that is without blemish 1 Pet. 1. 19. It meaneth any superfluity want or deformity in any part as is more largely shewed on Lev. 22. 22. 24. And it
a day is naught such a day is fit for to doe such a worke such a yeere or moneth is evill for such a thing It is unlawfull to observe times though one doe no worke but make it knowne they are lyes which fooles imagine to bee true and to bee words of wise men c. Maim in treat of Idolatry chap. 11. sect 8. an observer of fortunes one that curiously searcheth observeth and telleth signes of good or evill luck which are learned by experience The Hebrew Nachash is to search and finde out by experience Gen. 30. 27. and 44. 5. whereupon Menachesh the word here used is one that too curiously observeth and abuseth things that doe fall out as luckie or unluckie signes as did the Augures and Soothsaiers among the heathens The Hebrewes describe it thus as if one should say Because the morsell of bread is fallen out of my mouth or my staffe out of mine hand I will not goe to such a place this day for if I goe I shall not speed of my businesse Because a Fox passed by on my right hand I will not goe out of my house this day for if I goe some deceitfull man will meet with mee And so if men heare the chattering of a bird and say it shall be so or not so it is good to doe such a thing or naught to doe such a thing c. And so hee that maketh signes for himselfe if it fall out so or so I will doe such a thing if it fall not out I will not doe it and all things of like sort these all are unlawfull and who-soever doth any act bacause of any of these things is to be beaten Maimony treat of Idolatry chap. 11. sect 4. This sinne was common among the heathens practised of the wisest Numb 24. 1. 1 King 20. 33. and it spread into Israel 2 King 17. 17. 2 Chron. 33. 6. and is at this day too common among Christians though Gods law plainly forbiddeth it here and in Levit. 19. 26. a witch or a sorcerer a magician in Hebrew Mecashsheph in Greeke Pharmakos of this kinde were Iannes and Iambres the sorcerers of Egypt see the notes on Exod. 7. 11. Such were esteemed among the wise and called to tell and interpret dreames Dan. 2. 2. By Gods Law a winch might not bee suffered to live Exod. 22. 18. yet did this evill prevaile in Israel 2 Chron. 33. 6. Ier. 27. 9. Mal. 3. 5. The Hebrews seeme to hold two sorts of these witches or sorcerers some that did hurt others that did hold the eies that is by jugling and sleights beguiled mens senses Mecashsheph the witch is to be stoned to death if be doe the act oft witchcraft but he that heldeth the dies and seemeth to doe that which he doth not is to be beaten Maimony treat of Idolatry ch 11. s. 15. Vers. 11. charmeth a charme or inchanteth an inchantment or conjureth conjuration The Hebrew Chober signifieth conjoyning or consociating the Chaldee name Ratim is of murmuring or mumbling the Greeke Epaidon of charming or inchanting This Charmer is said to be hee that speaketh words of a strange language and without sense and hee in his foolishnesse thinketh that these words are profitable That if one say so or so unto a Serpent or a Scorpion it cannot hurt a man and hee that saith so and so to a mâ—an be cannot be hurt c. He that whispereth over a wound or readeth a verse out of the Bible likewise he that readeth over an Infant that it may not be frighted or that layeth the booke of the Law the Bible or the Phylacteries upon a childe that it may sleepe such are not onely among inchanters or charmers but of those that generally denie the Law of God because they make the words of the Scripture medicine for the body whereas they are not but medicine for the soule as it is written in Prov. 3. 22. They shall be life unto thy soule Maimony 〈◊〉 of Idolatry chap. 11. sect 10. 12. of a familiar spirit called in Hebrew Ob which signifieth a bottle Ioh 32. 19. applied here and often to Magicians who possessed with an evill spirit speak with hollow voice as out of a bottell and as some say with swollen bellies whereupon the Greeke version usually calleth them Eggastrimuthoi as speaking out of the belly But the holy Ghost in Act. 16. 16. expoundeth it more fully the spirit of Pithon or of divination meaning of the Devill whose answers were given to the heathens by these meanes the chiefe whereof was called Pythius Apollo and his Temple Pythion and his feast Pythia kept to his honour who was faigned to kill the serpent Python The manner of this Oracle the Prophet sheweth to be with an hollow low voice as Thy speech shall bee low out of the dust and thy voice shall be as of one that hath a familiar spirit Esay 29. 4. The Hebrewes explaine it thus that hee which had a familiar spirit stood and burned incense and held a rod of mirtle tree in his hand and waved it And he spake certaine words in secret untill hee that inquired did heare one speake unto him and answer him touching that which hee inquired with words from under the earth with a very low voice c. Likewise one tooke a dead mans skull and burnt incense thereto and inchanted thereby till hee heard a very low voice c. Hee that did any of these acts was to be stoned to death Maim in treat of Idolatry c. 6. s. 1. This was Sauls sinne that he sought to a woman which had a familiar spirit the voice whereof he heard 1. Sam. 28. 7. 15. for which transgression the Lord killed him 1 Chron. 10. 13. and hath threatned to cut off all from among his people that doe inquire of such Levit. 20. 6 wizard or cunning man in Hebrew Iidgnoni so named of his knowledge or cunning and so the Greeke version in other places calleth him Gnostes of knowledge a Prognosticator but here the Greeke is Teratoskopos he that observeth wonders The Chaldee giveth him a name of remembrance Zecuru He is usually joyned with the former that hath a familiar spirit as in Levit. 19. 31. and 20. 6. 2 Chron. 33. 6. 1 Sam. 28. 3. and by the Law they were both of them to die Levit. 20. 27. Such were among the Egyptians and other heathens Esay 19. 3. it is likely therefore that their practise was alike abominable The Hebrewes describe him thus that hee put in his meuth a bone of a bird called Iaduangh burned incense did other workes untill he fell downe as with shame or modestie and spake with his mouth things that were to come to passe Maim treat of Idolatry ch 6. sect 2. that seeketh unto the dead or as the Chaldee and Greeke expound it that inquireth of the dead such wee call of the Greeke name a Necromancer Of him they say that he made himselfe hungry and went and lodged
pâ—rtion was that if a man had two sonnes his goods were divided into three parts whereof the eldest had two parts and the youngest the third For the first-borne was to be reckoned as two sonnes as Ioseph who had the first birth-right 1 Chron. 5. 2 was two tribes Ephraim and Manasses The Hebrewes explaine it thus The first-borne is to receive a double portion of his fathers goods Deut. 21. 17. As if he leave five sonnes and one of them is the first-borne he is to have a third of his goods and every of the other foure receiveth a sixt part If he leave nine sonnes the first-borne hath a fiâ—t part and every of the other eight a tenth part And so according to this partition doe they part alwaies Maimony treat of Inheritances ch 2. s. 1. According to this phrase Eliseus desired a double portion of Elias spirit 2 Kin. 2. 9. that he might have so much more as any of his other disciples of all that is found his the word found ofâ—é signifieth things present as in Ge. 19. 15. 2 Chron. 5. 11. and 31. 1. So in this case by the Hebrewes judgement The first-borne had not a double portion of the goods which might come after his fathers death but of the goods which were assuredly his fathers come into his hand or power ss it is written OF ALL THAT IS FOVND HIS As one of the heires of his father that dieth after the death of his father the first-borne and the single brother doe inherit his goods alike And so if his father hath a debt owing him or hath a ship at sea they are heires of it alike Maim treat of Inheritanâ—â—â— ch 3. sect 1. It is also said found his he saith 〈◊〉 found hers and by the Hebrewes it is holden â—â—at The first-borne hath not a double portion of his mothers goods but the first-borne and another sonne that are heires to their mother doe share alike whether he be the first-borne for inheritance or the first that openeth the wombe The first-borne for inheritaâ—ce is â—e that is first-borne to his father as it is written in v. 17. THE BEGINNING OF HIS STRENGTH and they respect not the 〈…〉 er though she have borne many sonnes if he be 〈◊〉 fathers first-borne he hath a double portion He 〈◊〉 â—â—mmeth into the world after untimely births 〈◊〉 were before him is the first-borne for inheriâ—â—â—ce And so one borne at his fulltime if he be borne 〈◊〉 he that commeth after him is the first-borne 〈…〉 ritance If a man have sonnes while hee is an 〈…〉 en and after becommeth a proselyte he hath no 〈…〉 borne for inheritance But an Israelite that hath 〈…〉 by a bond-woman or by an heathen woman 〈…〉 ch as he is not called his sonne he that com 〈…〉 after him of an Israelitesse is the first-borne for 〈…〉 nce and hath a double portion Maim ibi 〈…〉 ch 2. s. 8 9 10 12. of his strength or of 〈…〉 our So Iakob said of Reuben his eldest 〈…〉 49. 3. The Greeke translateth of his children 〈…〉 this is the first reason of the Law from nature 〈…〉 e. the right Hebr. the judgement which 〈…〉 eeke explaineth thus the first birth-rights 〈…〉 or belong unto him And this may be un 〈…〉 ood in respect of the Iudgement or Law of 〈◊〉 Lâ—rd which is added unto the former reason 〈◊〉 nature and maketh the first-bornes right more firme unto him Wherefore as Esau before-hand sold his birth-right and the sale was confirmed Gen. 25. 33. so generally The first-borne that selleth the portion of the birth-right before it be parted his sale is firme because the portion is his before it is parted saith Maimony treat of Inheritance c. 3. s. 6. And by reason of this right of the first-borne his children after him do inherit also as this Hebrew canon sheweth Who so hath two sonnes a first-borne and another and they die both of them whiles he liveth and leave children behinde them the first-borne leaveth a daughter the single brother leaveth a sonne the sonne of the single brother shall inherit of the old mans goeds a third part which was his fathers portion the daughter of the first-borne shall inherit two thirds which was her fathers portion And such is the right of brethrens children and of the fathers brothers children and of all that doe inherit if the father of one of the heires were a first-borne the heire receiveth the portion of his first birth-right for him Maimony ibidem c. 2. s. 7. By this Law was fore-shadowed how the elect the Israel of God Gal. 6. 16. which are his first-borne Exod. 4. 22. and Church of the first-born which are written in heaven Heb. 12. 23. shall have a double portion and inherit the good things of God as they which have the promise of the life which now is and of that which is to come 1 Tim. 4. 8. and are the heires of God and joint-heires with Christ Rom. 8. 17. and being justified by his grace are made heires according to the hope of eternall life Tit. 3. 7. God having begotten them againe to an inheritance incorruptible and undefiled and that fadeth not away reserved in heaven for us 1 Pet. 1. 4. Vers. 18. stubborne or perverse revolting refractarie that turneth away from God and his Law and it implieth the affection of the heart as Ier. 5. 23. and the cariage and action as an untamed heiffer Hos. 4. 16. Neh. 9. 29. And so the Apostle translateth it into Greeke by two words disobedient or unperswaded and gaine-saying Rom. 10. 21. from Esay 65. 2. So here the Greeke expoundeth it disobedient rebellious The Hebrew Moreh signifieth one that changeth or turneth to the worse both in heart and action and in particular turneth from and opposeth the word of God as Deut. 1. 26. 43. and 9. 7 23 24. The Greeke here translateth it Contentious The instance of this rebellion is shewed in v. 20. obeieth not or â—earkeneth not the Chaldee translateth receiveth not the word chastened or nurtured which implieth both words and acts as by rebukes stripes and outward punishment Levit. 26. 23 28. and sometime by the hand of the Magistrate Deut. 22. 18. in which sense the Hebrews understand this here And having spoken before of words this therefore is meant of blowes also Vers. 19. and his mother both of them so that one alone was not enough to cause him to be put to death The Hebrew Doctors as they are alwaies warie in cases that concerne the taking away of any mans life so in this above others they set downe many and strange limitations as first they restraine it to those particular sinnes of gluttony and drunkennesse vers 20. and that gluttony to be eating of flesh onely and drunkennesse with wine onely Also that the sonne is not to be put to death unlesse hee have stollen somewhat from his father and bought therewith flesh and wine for riot and eaten and drunke it without his
fathers leave in a company that are all vaine and vile persons That a sonne onely not a daughter is to be put to death by this Law and hee not a little one or a childe who is not within the rule or compasse of the commandements not a man that is growne up and is in his owne power So that hee must be at least above twelve yeeres of age And if he be married three moneths and his wife be knowne to be with childe they free him also from this Law because it is said a sonne and not a father Moreover that the father and mother must bring this rebellious sonne first to the court of three Iudges and there complaine of his disobedience bringing with them two witnesses of his stealth and gluttony whereupon he is there beaten as others are for the like crime and this is that chastening in v. 18. If he fall againe to stealth and riot his father and mother bring him againe before the Magistrates with the witnesses and he is condemned to death But if before sentence is passed on him his father and mother doe relent in pitie towards him hee is let goe If he flee away before sentence is gone out against him and be afterward taken when hee is in mans state which they also judge by the haire on his face hee is not put to death but if hee scape away after sentence of condemnation he is stoned to death whensoever hee is taken If his father be willing to bring him to the Magistrate and the mother not or the mother willing and the father not he is not to be judged as a rebellious sonne If either parent have lost their hand or be lame or dumbe or blinde or deafe the sonne passeth not under this condemnation for it is said they must lay hold on him and bring him and must say this our sonne c. hee obeieth not our voice c. These and the like cautions are noted by Maimony in treat of Rebels chap. 7. and in the Bab. Thalmud in Sanhedrin ch 8. but they have not all of them found ground from the Scripture Howbeit if any sonne be by any of these exceptions saved that he die not as a rebellious sonne yet is he under all other punishments which the Magistrates inflict on other riotours and like malefactors the gate of his place that is the gate of the place where he dwelt at which gate the Magistrates used to sit Deut. 22. 15. and 25. 7. So the Chaldee here translateth the gate of the judgement-hall of his place Vers. 20. a glutton or riotour devourer in Hebrew Zolel which hath the signification of vilenesse Ier. 15. 19. The Chaldee addeth a glutton or riotous eater of flesh and a riotous drinker of wine which words seeme also to be understood in the Hebrew and are so expressed in Prov. 23. 20. Be not amongst riotous drinkers of wine amongst riotous eaters of flesh for the riotous drinker and the riotous eater or glutton shall come to poverty Where in the latter sentence the words flesh and wine are omitted as here they are in Moses And to these two flesh and wine the Hebrewes do restraine this law as before is noted but oft times such things are named for an instance and doe imply all other of like sort Vers. 21. and he shall die or that he die The sinnes of riot and drunkennesse were not by Moses Law punishable by death this therefore was in respect of his disobedience to his parents which greatly aggravated his sinne and for which hee was to die when other drunkards scaped with lighter punishment Hereupon Solomon uttered his parable He that keepeth the Law is a wise son but he that is a companion of gluttons shameth his father Prov. 28. 7. all Israel shall heare The like is spoken of the death of some other notorious malefactors as Deut. 13. 11. and 17. 13. and 19. 30. So in this case the Hebrewes say The rebellious sonne must be proclaimed and they publish by writings unto all Israel In such a Court wee stoned such an one because hee was a stubborne and rebellious sonne Maimony treat of Rebels chap. 7. sect 13. Vers. 22. worthy of death Hebr. of the judgement of death which the Chaldee well expoundeth desert of judgement to be killed and thou hang him The Hebrewes understand not this of putting him to death by hanging but of hanging a man up after hee was stoned to death which was done for more detestation of some hainous malefactors Their words are We are commanded to hang the blasphemer and the Idolater and a man is hanged but not a woman After they are stoned to death they fasten a peace of timber in the earth and out of it there commeth a peece of wood then they tie both his hands one to another and hang him neere unto the setting of the Sun and let him downe out of hand and if he abide all night it is a transgression Deut. 21. 23. And we are commanded to burie all that are killed by the Iudges the same day that they are killed They may not be hanged on a tree that groweth on the ground but on that which hath beene plucked up that there may not need any cutting of it downe for the tree that he is hanged on is to be buried with him that there be no evill memoriall of him for men to say this is the tree wheron such a man was hanged And so the stone wherewith the stoned is killed and the sword wherewith a man is put to death and the napkin wherwith he is strangled they all are buried Maimony in Sanhedrin ch 15. sect 6. c. In the Scripture we have examples of Rechab and Baanah who for murdering Ishbosheth were by Davids commandement slaine their hands and feet cut off and they hanged up 2 Sam. 4. 12. where their hanging seemeth to be after their death and so in others as Ios. 10. 26. which might also be the case of the King of Ai Ies. 8. 29. of those Idolaters in Num. 25. 4. And the Scripture sheweth a double punishment for some hainous sinnes as in Achans family who were burned with fire after they were stoned Ios. 7. 25. Among the Romans afterward they hanged or fastned them to the tree alive and such was the death of our Lord Christ who bare our 〈…〉 es in his owne bodie on the tree 1 Pet. 2. 24. Luke 23. 33 39. Vers. 23. burying in Greeke with buriall thou shall burie him that is in any wise burie him This was also sulfilled in our Saviours body which was buried the same day that he was hanged on tree Ioh. 19. 31 38 42. he that is hanged to wit on tree as Gal. 3. 13. This speech as many other of like sort is generall therefore the Greeke translateth every one that is hanged on tree and that interpretation the Apostle alleageth in Gal. 3. 13. the curse that is cursed as the A postle expoundeth it
Law the other taken properly being against the Legall ordinances of divine service are abomination to the Lord who requireth his Sanctuary to be reverenced Lev. 19. 30. and forbiddeth his name to be despised his altar or table to be thought contemptible Mal. 1. 6 7 8. or his house to be made a den of theeves Ier. 7. 11. Matth. 21. 13. Vers. 19 not lend upon biting usurie Hebr. not cause to bite which meaneth as the Greeke and Chaldee both interpret it not lend upon biting usurie or increase for usurie is biting or devouting of a mans substance he that borroweth on usurie is bitten thereby and he that so lendeth causeth to bite or maketh his neighbour to be bitten thereby It may also imply thou shalt not borrow upon usury for that also is unlawfull Ier. 15. 10. and hee that so borroweth causeth himselfe to be bitten and thus the Hebrewes understand it as is noted on Ex. 22. 25. usury Hebr. biting of silver that is usury for silver or mony which is lent So after biting of meat that is usury for meat which is lent of any thing Hebr. of any word which though it be often used for any thing as the Greeke here also translareth it yet from hence the Hebrews gather usury of words also to be unlawfull see the Annotations on Exod. 22. 25. that is lent upon usurie Hebr. that biteth or may bite Vnder this prohibition the contrary is commanded that we should lend unto our poore brother freely and not take againe any thing more than was lent Deut. 15. 7. 8 9. Luk. 6. 34 35. Lev. 25. 35 36. Vers. 20. a stranger or alien in the Chaldee a sonne of the peoples meaning a Gentile an infidell for to the strangers which were brethren in the faith they might not lend upon usurie Levit. 25. 35 36 37. maist lend or shalt lend upon usurie Hebr. shalt cause to bite to wit if thou wilt so it may be taken for a permission like the bill of divorce But the Hebrewes understand this to be a commandement not a permission onely Maimony tom 4. treat of the Lender and Borrower chap. 5. sect 1 As if God would by this cut off occasions of familiarity with Infidels lest Israel by much dealing with them should learne their waies Howbeit our Saviour by the example of God himselfe teacheth us to be loving and bountifull unto all both good and bad Matt. 5. 44 48. Luke 6. 35 36. Spiritually this shewed the use of the Law which as an hard creditour exacteth more of men than it giveth unto them and is to be laid not upon the righteous man who by faith is freed from the rigour curse of the same but on the lawlesse disobedient and sinners 1 Tiâ—â— 1. 9. Rom. 7. Vers. 21. a vow the law whereof see in Levit. 27. and Num. 30. And whether it were a thing promised unto God or to be given to the poore it was a vow not delay that is not faile either altogether or by deferring the time of paiment see the notes on Exod. 22. 29. Wherefore if a man have absolutely vowed a thing to the Lord seeing no man hath assurance that his life shall continue Iam. 4. 13 14. he must with all speed performe it lest death prevent him So the Hebrewes say He that saith I will not depart out of the world untill I be a Nazirite loe hee is a Nazirite out of hand lest hee die by and by And if hee deferre his Naziriteship he transgresseth c. Maimony tom 3. treat of Nazirites chap. 1. sect 4. The time and place of paying vowed sacrifices was at the solemnefeasts in the Sanctuary Deu. 12. 5 6 7 and 16. 16 17. Hereupon the Hebrewes say Whether they bee vowes or voluntary gifts or other things which a man is bound to bring as valuations or prices or tithes or gifts for the poore it is commanded by the Law to bring them all at the feast which first commeth c. If there fall out a feast and hee bringeth them not he frustrateth a commandement If the three feasts of the yeare passe over him and bee bring not his offerings which hee hath vowed or voluntarily promised c. he transgresseth against this prohibition Thou shalt not delay to pay it Maim treat of offering the Sacrifices chap. 14. sect 13. to pay it This paiment must bee made unto God of the best things as is noted on Gen. 4. 4. they might not bring any corrupt or blemished thing Mal. 1. 14. Levit. 22. 21. nor any thing filthy or vile Deut. 23. 18. Neither might any part bee kept backe of that which was sanctified by vow unto the Lord Act. 5. 1 2 3 4 c. So for almes to the poore the Hebrewes have these rules Almes is comprehended in the generall of vowes therefore he that saith Loe a shilling bee upon mee for almes or This shilling bee an almes he is bound to give it to the poore out of hand and if hee delay hee transgresseth against this precept Thou shalt not delay to pay it For loe it is in his power to give it out of hand and there are poore present If there be no poore there hee is to separate it and lay it up till he finde some poore Maimony treat of gifts to the poore c. 8. s. 1. requiring c. that is will surely require it and punish thee if thou pay it not For so requiring implieth Gen. 9. 5. and 43. 22. Deut. 18. 19. sinne and so punishable For God hath no pleasure in fooles pay therefore that which thou hast vowed Eccles. 5. 4. Vers. 22. shalt forbeare or cease refuse the Greeke translateth If thou wilt not vow So before they promised it was in their owne power as in Ananias case Act. 5. 4. Howbeit when duty bindeth us to shew thankfulnesse unto God for his mercies we are willed to vow and to pay Psal. 76. 12. The Hebrewes say Although sanctified things and things devote and valuations be commanded and it is meet for a man to exercise himselfe in these things for to suppresse his concupisence and that he be not niggardly but may fulfill that which is commanded by the Prophet HONOVR THE LORD WITH THY SVBSTANCE Prov. 3. 9. yet notwithstanding if hee doe never sanctifie or devote there is not any thing in it for loe the Law testifieth and saith But if thou shalt forbeare â—â—vow it shall not be sinne in thee Maimony treat of Valuations and Devote things chap. 8. sect 12. not be sinne to wit not such sinne as a man is guilty of if he vow and doe not pay Eccles. 5. 5. For otherwise a man may sinne this way also in negligence and unthankfulnesse Luk. 17. 17 18. In this sense Christ said to the Iewes If ye were blind yee should have no sinne Ioh. 9. 41. that is no such sinne as now remaineth on you for refusing the light So in Ioh. 15. 22 24. Iam. 4. 17. Vers. 23. That
him it is said in Lev. 19. 13. it shall not abide all night with thee untill the morning he that is hired for a night it is due all the day and of him it is said In his day thou shalt give his hire Deut. 24. 15. And he that is hired for houres of the day it is due all the day if for houres of the night it is 〈◊〉 all the night He that is hired for a week or for a moneth or for a yeere or for seven if the terme goe out by day it is due all that day if it goe out by night it is due all that night Maimony ibidem chap. 11. sect 2. lifteth up his soule that is hopeth for and desireth it for the maintenance of his life So the Greeke here translateth hee hath hope and in Ier. 22. 27. and 44. 14. the lifting up of the soule signifieth a desire and the soule is often put for the life Hereupon the Hebrewes say Whosoever with-holdeth the hirelings wage is as if hee tooke away his soule or life from him for it is written unto it hee lifteth up his soule and he transgresseth against foure prohibitions and one commandement against Thou shalt not fraudulently oppresse and against Thou shalt not rob and against The hirelings worke or wage shall not abide all night with thee and against The sunne shall not goe downe upon it and In his day thou shalt give his hire Maimony treat of Hiring ch 11. sect 2. a sinne that is a great iniquity which God will punish for though he cry not yet is it a sinne but the cry of the poore hasteth Gods judgement as on the contrary the blessing of the poore procureth a good reward from the Lord vers 13. According to this phrase it is said The wicked thought of foolishnesse that is of the foole is sinne Prov. 24. 9. that is damnable and to be punished of God So in Iam. 4. 17. Ioh. 15. 22 24. and 9. 41. And in 1 King 1. 21. I and my sonne Solomon shall be sinners that is punished as malefactors Accordingly God threatneth to come neere to them in judgment and to bee a swift witnesse against those that fraudulently oppresse the hireling in his wages Mal. 3. 5. Vers. 16. for the children Hebr. for the sonnes This law concerneth the Magistrates who should not kill the children for the parents or parents for the children no not in case of treason as K. Amaziah slew his servants which had slaine the king his father but the sonnes of them that slew him he put not to death according to this law of Moses 2 Kin. 14. 5 6. 2 Chron. 25. 4. And God himselfe professeth so to deale saying The sonne shall not beare the iniquity that is the punishment of the father neither shall the father beare the iniquity of the sonne c. the wickednesse of the wicked shall bee upon him Ezek. 18. 20. The Chaldee Paraphrast here translateth by the mouth of the sons and so after by the mouth of the fathers meaning that they should not die by their testimony And so the Hebrewes gather from this Law saying Neere kinsfolke are not fit to be witnesses by the Law as it is written The fathers shall not be put to death for the sonnes c. Wee have beene taught that in this generall prohibition is comprised that the fathers be not put to death by the 〈…〉 th of the sonnes nor the sonnes by the mouth of the fathers and the same right is for other neere a kin Maimony tom 4. treat of witnesses c. 13. s. 1. But the first interpretation is most proper and certaine not be put to death so it is also alleaged in 2 Kin. 14. 6. but in 2 Chron. 25. 4. it is they shall not die The one openeth the other and to die is often used for to be put to death as Num. 35. 12. 30. Deut. 17. 1â— and 18. 20. and 22. 22. 25. in his sin and for his sinne for so the Hebrew in often noteth the cause see Deut. 9. 4. Vers. 17. not wrest or not pervent decline or turne a side This is forbidden in all judgment generally Exod. 23. 2. Deut. 16. 19. specially concerning the posre Exod. 23. 6. more specially here concerning the stranger and fatherlesse against such as thus wrest judgment the Lord will come neere to judgment and be a swift witnesse against them Mal. 3. 5. The Hebrewes say Whosoever wresteth the judgment of any one of Israel transgresseth against one prohibition viz. Yee shall not doe unrighteousnesse in judgment Levit. 19. 15. And if it bee of a stranger hee transgresseth against two prohibitions Deut. 24. 17. and if it be of the fatherlesse hee transgresseth against three prohibitions Deut. 24. 17. Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 20. sect 12. nor of the fatherlesse the word nor or and is supplied also by the Greeke version and so is often to be understood as two three Eunuchs 2 King 9. 32. for two or three so to morrow the third day for or the third day 1 Sam. 20. 12. Like a Crane a Swallow that is or a Swallow Esay 38. 14. and sundry the like The holy Ghost sometime supplieth the defect as is noted on Exod. 22. 30. In the Greeke here is added and of the widow so in Deut. 27. 19. Cursed be hee that wresteth the judgment of the stranger fatherlesse and widow and all the people shall say Amen garment of the widow or any other thing of hers that she hath need of the garment is named but for an instance as in Iob 24. 3. there is mentioned the widows oxâ— The Hebrews have this generall canon A widow whether she bee poore or rich they may take no pawne of her neither at the time when they lend unto her nor at any other time neither by the commandement of the Synedrion Deut. 24. 17. and if any take her pledge they force him to restore it If the pawne be lost or burnt before he restore it he is to be beaten Maimony treat of the Lender and Borrower chap. 3. sect 1. Vers. 19. reapest thine harvest This is an addition to the Law in Lev. 19. 9. there a corner of the field and the gleanings were commanded to be left for the poore and here the forgotten sheafe These three were due to the poore out of every corne-field in Israel And the Hebrewes say this law of the forgotten sheafe extended also to the vineyard and other fruit trees where whatsoever was forgotten might not bee taken againe by the owner see the Annotations on Levit. 19. 10. hast forgot This the Hebrewes understand as spoken both to the owner and to his labourers that it is not a forgotten sheafe till all have forgotten it But so as that â—hey all be in the field for if the owner bee in the citie and speaketh of the sheafe in the field which hee thinketh his workmen will forget and they doe forget it this notwithstanding his remembrance of it
without seed Deut 25. 5. Brethren by the mothers side only are not counted for brethren in the case of inheritance or of taking the brothers wife and putting off the shooe but are as if they mere none for there is no brotherhood but by the fathers side Strangers that are become Proselytes and servants which have their freedome have no brotherhood at all but are as strangers one to another c. Maimony tom 2. in Iibbum or treat of taking the Brothers wise chap. 1. sect 1. 7 8. So in the Gospell this case is propounded to our Saviour in generall termes Moses said if any man die Matt. 22. 24. or if any mans brother die Mark 12. 19. Luk. 20. 28. that it seemeth even then this law was not thought to intend the first-borne onely have no sonne Hebr. no sonne to him that is no childe for sonne the Greeke translateth seed which comprehendeth sonne or daughter so in the Gospell it is translated having no children Matt. 22. 24. or hee die childlesse Luk. 20. 28. and in Matt. 22. 25. it is said having no seed Thus the Hebrewes expound it That which is said in the Law AND HAVE NO SON whether it be sonne or daughter or seed of son or seed of daughter c. if he have seed by that wife or by another he freeth his wife from unloosing the shooe or marrying his brother yea though he have a seed which is a bastard c. But if he have a sonne by a bond-woman or by an alien hee freeth not his wife for the seed that commeth of a bond-woman are servants Exod. 21. 4. and they which come of Infidels are Infidels and are as none for of the heathen he saith HE WILL TVRNE AWAY THY SON FROM AFTER ME Deut. 7. 4. hee turneth him away from being counted of the Church And though his son by the bond-woman be made free or his son by the alien bee become a Proselyte yet are they as other strangers and freed servants and doe not discharge his wife c. Whoso dieth and leaveth his wife with childe if she have an untimely birth after his death she is to marry her husbands brother but if she bring it forth and the childe commeth out alive into the aire of the world although it die in the houre that it is borne loe his mother is discharged from pulling off the shooe or marying her husbands brother Maim in Iibbum chap. 1. sect 3 4 5. a stranger that is of another family in Israel as the Greeke translateth it a man not neere that is not neere of kin The Hebrewes say If she be married to another he lie with her before she be maried to her husbands brother or have pulled off his shooe he and she are to be beaten and shee is to goe out by bill of divorce Maim in Iibbum c. 2 s. 18. her husbands brother or next neerest kinsman as in Ruths case Ruth 3. Here they say Who so dieth and leaveth many brethren it is commanded that the eldest marry his brothers wife or pull off his shooe If the eldest will not they turn to all the other brethrē if they will not they turne againe to the eldest and say Vpon thee the commandement lieth either to pull off the shooe or to marry thy brothers wife and they cannot compell the husbands brother to marry her but they may compell him to pull off the shooe If the eldest brother be gone into another countrey his younger brother may not say the commandement lieth upon my elder brother wait for him till he come but they say to this that he now marry or pull off the shooe Maimony in Iibbum chap. 2. sect 6 9. goe in unto her into the chamber as Iudg. 15. 1. that is take her to wife The Hebrews thinke this might not be done till they had waited 90 daies after her husbands death which was to see whether shee were with childe or not and such was the custome for all other women that were widowes they maried not till after three moneths Maim in Iibbum chap. 1. sect 19. This seemeth necessary in this case for if she were with childe brought it forth alive it was not lawfull for her brother in law to have her Levit. 18. 16. Vers. 6. stand up in the name of his brother that is be counted and called the seed of the dead man not of the living and for this cause Onan sinned in not performing this duty because hee know that the seed should not be his Gen. 38. 9. Thus Obed whom Boaz begat of Ruth is said to bee the sonne of Naomi Ruth 4. 17. And as hee did this for his dead brother so by the Hebrewes Who so maried his brothers wife hee was the heire of all his brothers goods Maimony tom 4. treat of Inheritances chap. 3. sect 7. his name be not blotted but or not wiped out for that was an heavie judgment in Israel Deut. 9. 14. and 29. 20. Psal. 109. 13. Therefore to comfort the godly Eunuchs the Lord promiseth to give them a name better than of sonnes and of daughters Esay 56. 5. And this sheweth the reason o◠this Law that God would have brethren shew mercy one to another both to the living and to the dead as Ruth 2. 20. that widowes should not be left comfortlesse and that families should not be cut off from their inheritances in Canaan which were figures of a better and heavenly heritage as is shewed on Gen. 12. 5. but that the name of the dead might be raised up upon their inheritances Ruth 4. 5 10. And as Christ himselfe came according to the flesh after this manner of kindnesse shewed by Booz his grandfather so unto him and his Church may the truth of this shadow and legall ordinance be applied For the Church of Israel was his wife Hos. 2. who bare him no children by the Law Rom. 7. and 10. and 11. But the Apostles his brethren Iohn 20. 17. by the immortall seed of the Gospell begat children unto him both of the Iewes and Gentiles 1 Cor. 4. 15. Gel. 4. 19. 1 Pet. 1. 23. not that they should be called by any mans name 1 Cor. 1. 12 13. but to carry the name of Christ whose name shall be forever and continued as long as the Sun in whom all nations shall blesse themselves and blessed be the name of his glory for ever Psal. 72. 17 19. Vers. 7. like not or be not willing have no delight or pleasure so in vers 8. Though God would have brethren performe the soresaid dutie yet if their affections were contrary hee forced them not hereunto lest worse evils should grow in families through want of love which is the bond of perfectnesse But what if the woman her selfe were not willing For this God giveth no expresse Law but by the Hebrewes opinion if she were fit to marry him and would not she was judged as a woman rebellious against her husband and was put away
their foolish despising of the Lord forementioned v. 15. The Iewes understand these things of the Chaldeans which caried them captive and so grieved them because it is written Behold the land of the Chaldeans this was not a people c. Esay 23. 13. But the Apostles exposition is heavenly shewing therejection of the Iewes for refusing Christ and calling of the Gentiles esteemed of them fooles for which the Iewes were angry as appeareth by Rom. 11. 14. 1 Thess. 2. 15 16. which Gentiles are called foolish because they were carried away after dumbe idols 1 Cor. 12. 2. Whereupon it is said They are altogether brutish and foolish the stocke is a doctrine of vanities Ier. 10. 8. They became vaine in their imaginations and their foolish heart was darkened professing themselves to be wise they became fooles Rom. 1. 21 22. Vers. 22. kindled in mine anger or burneth from mine anger or through my nostrill that is by the breath thereof By fire is meant Gods fiery judgments which by the enemy drought blasting and otherwaies he would bring upon their land Amos 2. 2 5. So in Ezek. 30. 8. God saith hee will set a fire in Egypt which the Chaldee there expoundeth peoples strong as fire but here the Chaldee translateth For an East winde strong as fire commeth forth from before me in anger As before God withdrew his good things from them so now hee threatneth to inflict evils upon their land and upon their persons the lowest hell or the hell of lownesse that is the lowest part of the earth for so Sheol or Hell here and often meaneth as Num. 16. 30 32 33. See the Annotations on Gen. 37. 35. This meaneth a most vehement fire which should burne downeward even to the middest of the earth the earth or the land wherein Israel dwelt which should be wasted with war drought c. that no man should dwel no fruits should grow thereon for God turneth springs of waters into dry ground a fruitfull land into saltnesse or barrennesse for the wickednesse of them that dwell therein Psal. 107. 33 34. So upon the famine in Israel the Prophet complaineth The fire hath devoured the pastures of the wildernesse and the flame hath burnt all the trees of the field Ioel 1. 4 19. foundations of the mounts that is the strongest places of the land Ierusalem it selfe founded on the holy mountaines was destroyed by the fire of Gods wrath Amos 2. 5. Lament 2. 1 2 3. So it is said The Lord hath kindled a fire in Sion and it hath devoured the foundations thereof Lam. 4. 11. Vers. 23. I will heap or will adde I will consume will spend evils on them the Greeke saith I will gather together evils against them These plagues concerne the people as the former did their land arrowes that is plagues that shall come suddenly and swiftly Zach. 9. 14. Arrowes meane plagues of all sorts as the Scriptures mention the evill arrowes of famine Ezek. 5. 16. of pestilence Psal. 91. 5. and other sicknesses Psal. 38. 2 3. Iob 6. 4. of warres Ier. 50. 14. of thunder lightning c. 2 Sam. 22. 14 15. And among the Gentiles this phrase was used as the pestilence is called an evill arrow by Homer in Iliad 1. Vers. 24. burnt in Greeke consumed Moses useth a word not elsewhere found in Hebrew but in the Chaldee it signifieth to heat or burne and so it may intimate their destruction by the Chaldeans at what time they were so burnt with famine that their visages were blacke as a cole their skin clave to their bones Lament 4. 8. Others translate it filled or mested so it answereth to their sinne who had filled themselves and kicked vers 15. and now for a punishment should bee filled with hunger This the Chaldee favoureth translating it blowne up or swollen with famine And this is the first evill arrow of famine as Ezek. 5. 16. the burning cole hereby the lightning or hot thunderbolt seemeth to be meant as in Psal. 78. 48. or the burning carbuncle a fiery ulcer on the body as in Habak 3. 5. this word is joyned with the pestilence Properly the word signifieth fiery coles Song 8. 6. figuratively it is applied to arrowes that flie Psal. 76. 4. The Greeke and Chaldee here expound it devoured with fowles bitter in Greeke incurable stinging plague in Hebrew Keteb which is the name of a deadly stinging disease joyned with the pestilence in Psal. 91. 6. which the Apostle translateth a sting in 1 Cor. 15. 55. from Hos. 13. 14. and so the Greeke there expoūdeth it But here the Greek calleth it the disease Opisthotonos which is a strange vehement disease in the necke when by the stiffenesse of the nerves or sinewes the necke is strained backward to the shoulders and killeth a man within foure daies as Cornel. Celsus sheweth in l. 4. c. 3. But it seemeth here to be more generall for the pest and other terrible sicknesses wherby God soone cutteth off the life of man with bitternesse The Chaldee expoundeth it evill spirits the teeth Hebr. the tooth of beasts wild beasts to devoure men and cattell see Levit. 26. 22. Ezek. 5. 17. and 14. 21. serpents or creeping things wormes the Chaldee translateth it dragons that creepe in the dust The wild beasts kill by force wormes and serpents by secret subtilty Vers. 25. Without abroad out of the cities the sword of the enemy by warres bereave or rob to wit all sorts and sexes as after followeth Thus God threatneth his foure sore judgments mentioned in Ezek. 14. 21. Revel 6. 8. the sword and the famine and the evill beasts and the pestilence to cut off from them man and beast terrour inward terrours of conscience whereof see Iob 15. 20 24. terrours of death as Psal. 55. 5. and so the Chaldee translateth it dread of death meaning that they should even die through feare both the young man to wit shall be bereaved so all sorts shall be cut off with these judgements Vers. 26. scatter them into corners or drive them from corner to corner in Greeke disperse them in Chaldee destroy them Here God sheweth the measure of their punishments which though they deserved to have in all extremity yet hee would moderate in mercy Vers. 27. Were it not or but that I feare the wrath or provocation of the enemie God speaketh these things after the manner of men and in regard of his glory that the enemy should not blaspheme he would spare Israel from utter destruction So God pleadeth also with them in Ezek. 20. 13 14 21 22 44. behave themselves strangely or make strange of the matter deny and dissemble the truth of the thing which the Chaldee expoundeth magnifie themselves Compare Psal. 140. 8. Or it may meane the strange and inhumane dealing of the enemies against Israel Vers. 28. For they that is the Israelites as the next verse sheweth and it is a reason of the destruction which God thought to have brought upon
people as Christ saith of his sheepe none shall plucke them out of mine hand my Father which gave them mee is greater than all and none is able to pluck them out of my fathers hand Ioh. 10. 28 29. sate downe or were set downe were joyned the Hebrew word T 〈…〉 here used is not found else-where but after the Arabik it signifieth to sit downe and the Greeke word Thakeâ— to sit seemeth to bee borrowed of it And it hath reference here to the Israelites abiding at the foot of mount Sinai to receive the Law Exod. 19. and to the manner of Disciples sitting at their Masters feet to bee taught as Paul saith hee was brought up at the feet of Gamaliel Act. 22. 3. The Greeke translateth and they are under thee the Chaldee and they were led under thy cloud respecting the guidance of Israel thorow the wildernesse Num. 10. â—1 12. Other Hebrewes refer it to the peoples comming into the Sanctuary to learne Gods commandements for that is called the footstoole of his feet Psalme 99. 5. Ezek. 43. 7. Chazkuni on Deut. 33. every one shall receive or hee speaking of the people shall receive which the Greeke translateth he received the Chaldee they received Vers. 4. Moses commanded us these are the words of the people therefore Ionathan in his Thargum prefixeth The sonnes of Israel said Moses commanded c. The Law was first and properly of God but being given by Moses ministery it is called The Law of the Lord by the hand of Moses 2 Chron. 34. 14. and thereupon the Law of Moses 2 King 14. 6. Laâ— 24. 44. Ioh. 7. 23. 1. Cor. 9. 9. And the particular things commanded of God in the Law are said to bee commanded by Moses Mar. 1. 44. and 10. 〈◊〉 The Scripture it selfe openeth this phrase for that which in 2 King 21. 8. is written Moses commanded them is in 2 Chron. 33. 8. expounded by the hand of Moses inheritance or possession to have and enjoy it to them and their posterity as a thing of worth and excellency Hereupon David saith Thy testimonies have I taken as an heritage for ever for they are the joy of mine heart Psal. 119. 111. So men are said to inherit the premises Heb. 6. 12. to inherit the blessing Heb. 12. 17. 1 Pet. 3. 9. to inherit eternall life and salvation Mat. 19. 29. Heb. 1. 14. the Church or congregation in Greeke the Synagogue of Iakob that is of the posterity of Iakob the twelve tribes as Ionathan in his Thargum saith The Church of the tribes of Iakob Vers. 5. he was Moses was in Iesurun a King which the Greeke translateth a Prince So the Hebrewes as Chazkuni on this place say Moses was the King and Maimony in Misn. in Beth habchirah chap. 6. sect 11. Moses our master was a King So Princes are called Kings in Psal. 105. 30. Ier. 19. 3. Or it may be understood of God himselfe that hee was their King as 1 Sam. 12. 12. Ieshurun in the Chaldee Israel see Deut. 32. 15. the heads that is the chiefe the Governours together with the people as was at the giving of the Law Exod. 19. 7 17. Vers. 6. Let Reuben live the Chaldee addeth to life eternall This blessing may respect Reubens sinne with his fathers Concubine for which hee lost his birthright of his father Gen. 35. 22. and 49. 4. and the sinne of the Princes of that tribe which rebelled with Korah Num. 16. 1. c. But mercy is here promised in Christ that hee should live before God among his brethren So hee went armed before them against the Canaanites Ios. 4. 12. and not die the Chaldee expounds it and let him not die the second death by which name the Scripture calleth eternall damnation Revel 20. 6. 14. So Ionathan in his Thargum paraphraseth Let Reuben live in this world and not die with the death wherewith the wicked shall die in the world that is to come It is very vsuall in the Scripture to set downe things of importance and earnestnesse by affirmation of the one part and deniall of the other as in Esay 38. 1. thou shalt dye and not live Num. 4. 14. that they may live not die Ps. 118. 17. I shall not dye but live Gen. 43. 〈◊〉 that wee may live and not die Ier. 20. 14. Cursed bee the day c. Let not that day be blessed 1 Ioh. 2. 27. it is true and is not lying 1 Ioh. 2. 4. he is a lyar and the truth is not in him Ioh. 1. 20. he confessed and denied not 1 Sam. 1. 11. and remember mee and not forget thine handmaid Deut. 9. 7. Remember forget not Deut. 32. 7. O people foolish and not wise and many the like a number by a number may be understood few as in Deut. 4. 27. Gen. 34 30. men of number is a few men so one numbred and in Esay 10. 19. a number meaneth few and then the former deniall not is againe to bee repeated to this sense and his men be not few in number Examples of such understanding the word not are shewed in the Annotations upon Num. 4. 15. Otherwise by a number is meant a great number as the Greeke translateth many in number Onkelos the Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth it and let his sonnes receive their inheritance by their number and Ionathan paraphraseth Let his young men bee numbred with the young men of his brethren of the house of Israel Vers. 7. the blessing of Iudah the word blessing is to be understood from v. 1. And Ionathan in his Thargum supplieth it So doth the Scripture often as in 1 King 22. 24. which way went the spirit the word way is supplied from 2 Chron. 18. 23. and sundry the like as is noted on Ger. 4. 20. and 24. 33. Here Iudah the fourth brother is in the second place for the honour of the kingdome which was to be in this tribe Gen. 4. 9. and hee marched formost of all the tribes Num. 10. 14. so he is set before Levi here as he is also by his precious stone in Revel 21. 19. Simeon his name is quite omitted in this blessing for by his sinne of old hee lost his honour and was to be scattered in Israel Gen. 49. 5. 7. and his posterity for their sinne in the wildernesse were greatly diminished that being at the first muster fifty nine thousand and three hundred men Num. 1. he was at the latter muster but twenty two thousand and two hundred Num. 26. 14. Neither were there any Iudges of his tribe as God raised up of sundry others Iudg. 2. 16. c. Yet forasmuch as Simeons inheritance was in the midst of the inheritance of the sonnes of Iudah Ios. 19. 1. and he went with his brother Iudah to fight against the Canaanites Iudg. 1. 3. it is thought that his blessing was implied in Iudahs and so Ionathan in his Thargum coupleth Simeon with Iudah in this place Howbeit the Greeke in many copies joyne
his mother he shall not bee defiled neither shall hee goe out of the Sanctuary c. Levit. 21. 11 12. Neither might Aaron mourne for his sonnes or Eâ—â—azar and Ithamar for their brethren Nadab and Abihu that were slaine neither might they goe out from the doore of the Tabernacle on paine of death Lev. 10. 2 7. For God would have them more to regard their function and duty in his service than any naturall affection whatsoever And herein Christ was figured unto whom this blessing chiefly belongeth who when hee was told that his mother and his brethren stood without to speake with him hee answered Who is my mother and who are my brethren c. whosoever shall doe the will of my Father which is in heaven the same is my brother and sister and mother Mat. 12. 46 50. This may also have reference to the Levites fact who being commanded or Moses killed every man his brother friend neighbour and sonne that had sinned in making and worshipping the golden Calfe so filled their hand or consecrated themselves unto the LORD that hee might give upon them a blessing Exod. 32. 26 29. acknowledgeth not or acknowledged not the first respecteth the Law Lev. 21. the other their fact Exod. 32. To this latter the Chaldee referreth it translating thus Who had no compassion on his father or on his mother when they were guilty of judgement and accepted not the faces or persons of his brother or of his sonne his sonnes or his sonne that is any of his sonnes or children see the notes on Deut. 2. 33. knoweth not or knew not Here knowledge is used for care or regard as in Iob 9. 21. knowing is opposed to disposing and in 1 Thess. 5. 12. know them which labour among you that is regard them and in Prov. 12. 10. a righteous man knoweth that is regardeth or hath care of the life of his beast for they observe that is by Law are bound to observe Levit. 21. or they have observed in their practise Exod. 32. The Greeke translateth it singularly He hath observed thine oracles and kept thy covenant Vers. 10. They shall teach or Let them teach As in v. 8. hee mentioned their gifts and calling in v. 9. their sanctification so here he teacheth their administration in the Word Praier and other ministeriall duties For it is said They shall teach my people the difference between the holy and prophane and cause them to discerne betweene the uncleane and the cleane and in controversie they shall stand in judgment and they shall judge it according to my judgments c. Ezek. 44. 23 24. Compare also Levit. 10. 11. Deut. 17. 9 10 11. and 24. 8. and the commendation which God giveth of Levi in Mal. 2. 6 7. The Law of truth was in his mouth and iniquity was not found in his lips hee walked with mee in peace and equity and did turne many away from iniquity For the Priests lips should keepe knowledge and they should seeke the Law at his mouth for hee is the Angell of the LORD of Hosts unto Iakob by Iakob and Israel are meant all the posterity of Iakob and the weake with the strong for the Church in respect of her infirmity is called Iakob Amos 7. 2. 5. 8. and for her valour by faith is surnamed Israel see the Annotations on Gen. 32. 28. Thus Christ commanded Peter to feed both his Lambes and his Sheepe Ioh. 21. 15 16. incense the sweet perfume which the Priests burnt daily upon the golden Altar a figure of Christs mediation with the praiers of the Saints Revel 8. 3. 4. See the notes on Exod. 30. This was the peculiar worke of the Priests wherefore it is written It pertaineth not unto the Vzziah to burne incense unto the Lord but to the Priests the sonnes of Aaron that are consecrated to burn incense 2 Chron. 26. 18. in thy nostrill or nose that is before theâ— or as the Greeke translateth in thine anger for the Hebrew Aph signifieth both Nose and Anger and both agree well with the Priests worke for when God in anger sent a plague among the people Aaron put incense in his censor and made attonement for the people so the plague was staied Num. 16. 46 47 48. the whole burnt-offering Hebr. the Calil wheâ—eof see Lev. 6. 22 23. the Greeke here translateth it the continuall oblation Hereby all other sacrifices are meant which the Priests offered on the Lords Altar Levit. 1. and 2. and 3. wherein the worke of Christ offering himselfe for his Church was figured Vers. 11. his power so the Greeke translateth his strength By power is meant sometime an army of men as Ezek. 37. 10. so here the first praier is for a blessing upon the persons which administred that they might bee increased and strengthened in number and in knowledge Wherefore the company of Levites is called an host or armie Num. 4. 3. c. In this sense Maimony in treat of the Release and Iubile chap. 13. sect 12. expoundeth it saying The Levites are separated from the waies of the world they wage not warre like the other Israelites neither have they inheritance c. but they are the power or armie of God as it is written Blesse Lord his power Sometime by power riches and substance is meant as in Deut. 8. 18. and so the Chaldee expoundeth it here For whereas Levi had no inheritance among the tribes but had the Lord and his first-fruits tithes and offerings for their inheritance and livelihood Num. 18. 20. 21. c. Moses praieth for a blessing on this meanes of theirs worke of his hands all his administration in doctrine burning incense sacrificing c. Compare Ezek. 43. 27. that rise against him as Korah Dathan and Abiram that rose up against Moses and Aaron were all destroyed with their assistants Num. 16. Vers. 12. Of Benjamin or Vnto Benjamin who is blessed here before the other Tribes and before his elder brother Ioseph because the lot of his inheritance was betweene the sonnes of Iudah and the sonnes of Ioseph and Ierusalem where the Levites after administred in the Temple belonged to Benjamin Ios. 18. 11. 28. And in the heavenly Ierusalem the Church of Christ the first foundation is a Iasper which was Benjamins stone Rev. 21. 19. Exod. 28. 30. And when the other Tribes fell away from the Kingdome of Iudah and Priesthood of Levi Benjamin continued with them in the truth 2 Chron. 11. 1. 3. 12 13. Beloved meaning the tribe of Benjamin who as their father was beloved of Iakob Gen. 44. 20. 22. 29. 30. so his posterity should be beloved of the Lord. shall dwell or praier-wise let him dwell inconfident safety that is boldly securely safely by him by the Lord who would tender this little tribe as Iakob tendered Benjamin whom he kept at home with him Gen. 42. 4. So Benjamins posterity dwelt in Ierusalem and the coasts thereabout by the Temple of God hee shall cover him or
and the Kings of Canaan which were the strength and power of the world c. but their strength was weakned before him But the armes of eternity are rather meant here of the armes of the eternall God who is most ancient without beginning and eternall without ending who saith I am the first and I am the last and besides me there is no God Esay 44. 6. destroy speaking to Israel whom he would enable to destroy their enemies the Greeke translateth Perish speaking to the enemy So God by Christ not onely preserveth his people from harme but destroyeth him that hath the power of death that is the devill Heb. 2. 14. and with him all other enemies perish Vers. 28. alone secure from enemies as Ier. 49. 31. or alone and shall not be reckoned among the nations as Num. 23. 9. This dwelling in safety had accomplishment under Christ of whom it is said In his dayes Iudah shall be saved and Israel shall dwell safely Ier. 23. 6. the fountaine that is the people which flow out of Iakob as out of a well or fountaine so that fountaine is here used for a river or streame issuing from a fountaine as in Psal. 104. 10. and waters often signifie peoples Rev. 17. 15. Thus David calleth them of the fountaine of Israel Psal. 68. 27. and Esaias saith which are come forth out of the waters of Iudah Esay 48. 1. The Hebrew word sometime signifieth a fountaine sometime an eye in which latter sense some interpret it here the eye of Iakob shall looke unto a land of corne c. his heavens the heaven or aire over the land of Israel shall drop down deaw whereby it shall be fruitfull Thus Moses confirmeth to Iakobs seed the blessing which Isaak gave unto Iakob Gen. 27. 28. Spiritually heavens signifie the ecclesiasticall estate Revel 4. 1. deaw and raine signifie heavenly doctrine as Deuter 32. 2. Vers. 29. who is like thee not any people So David said What one nation in the earth is like thy people like Israel 2 Sam. 7. 23. See also Deut. 4. 7. by Iehovah or in Iehovah that is Christ called Iehovah our righteousnesse Ier. 23. 6. shield of thy helpe that is thine helpfull shield which aideth thee against thine enemies the Chaldee saith strong for thine helpe the Greeke thy helper will shield or protect thee sword is thy excellency in Greeke thy glorie or boasting that thou maist truly glory in his sword not in thine own as the Church doth in Psa. 44. 4 7. they inherited not the land by their own sword and my sword shall not save me Christ appeared with a two-edged sword in his mouth Rev. 1. 16. and with a sword in his hand as Prince of the Lords host Ios. 5. 13 14. and the sword of the spirit is the word of God Ephes. 6. 17. shall falsly deny shall dissemble that they were thine enemies and faine to be friends for feare This David acknowledged the sonnes of the stranger falsly deny unto me Psal. 18. 45. The Greeke translateth shall lie unto thee Chazkuni explaineth it thus They that are enemies to thee in their heart shall falsly deny unto thee through feare shall shew themselves thy friends shall be obedient to doe thy pleasure And Sol. Iarchi giveth an example as the Gibeonites which said From a very farre countrey thy servants are come c. tread on their high places or on their heights in Greeke thou shalt ride upon their necke see a like phrase in Psal. 66. 12. The Chaldee expoundeth it thou shalt tread on the joynts of the neckes of their Kings which thing was fulfilled in Iosuahs time Ios. 10. 24 25. By heights or high places are meant all the high and fortified places wherein the enemies kept for their safety as mountaines high walled Cities c. as David when he was safe from his enemies rejoyceth that God had set him upon his high places 2 Sam. 22. 34. And as it is the glory of God that hee treadeth upon the high places of the earth Amos 4. 13. Mich. 1. 3. and upon the high places or heights of the sea Iob 9. 8. so he communicateth this glory to his people that should vanquish all their enemies as was also said in Deut. 32. 13. he made him ride on the high places of the earth And by the weapons of their war-fare which are mighty through God they pull downe strong holds and cast downe every high thing that exalteth it selfe against the knowledge of God 2 Cor. 10. 4 5. Death shall be swallowed up in victorie 1 Cor. 15. and Satan himselfe shall be trodden underneath their feet Rom. 16. CHAP. XXXIV 1 Moses from mount Nebo vieweth the land 5 He dieth there and is buried of God 7 His age and vigour when he died 8 The Israelites mourne for him thirty dayes 9 Ioshua succeedeth him 10 The praise of Moses ANd Moses went up from the plaines of Moab unto mount Nebo to the top of Pisgah which is over against Iericho and Iehovah caused him to see all the land from Gilead unto Dan. And all Naphtali and the land of Ephraim and Manasseh and all the land of Iudah unto the hindmost sea And the South and the plaine of the valley of Iericho the Citie of Palme-trees unto Zoar. And Iehovah said unto him This is the land which I sware unto Abraham unto Isaak and unto Iakob saying unto thy seed will I give it I have caused thee to see it with thine eyes but thou shalt not go over thither And Moses the servant of Iehovah died there in the land of Moab according to the mouth of Iehovah And he buried him in a valley in the land of Moab over against Beth-peor and no man knoweth of his Sepulchre unto this day And Moses was an hundred and twenty yeeres old when hee died his eye was not dimme nor his naturall moisture fled And the sonnes of Israel wept for Moses in the plaines of Moab thirty daies and the daies of weeping of mourning for Moses were ended And Ioshua the sonne of Nun was full of the Spirit of wisedome for Moses had laid his hands upon him the sonnes of Israel hearkened unto him and did as Iehovah commanded Moses And there arose not a Prophet since in Israel like Moses whom Iehovah knew face to face In all the signes and the wonders which Iehovah sent him to doe in the land of Egypt to Pharaoh and to all his servants and to all his land And in all the mighty hand and in all the great terrour which Moses did in the eyes of all Israel Annotations MOses went up as God commanded him Deu. 32. 49. plaines of Moab in the wildernesse where Israel pitched and where Moses had explained all this Law unto them See Num. 22. 1. Deut. 1. 1. 5. The Greeke retaineth the Hebrew name Araboth Moab mount Nebo or of Nebo that from thence hee might view the holy land as Iohn from an high mountaine was shewed
the holy Ierusalem Rev. 21. 10. and Ezekiel likewise before him Ezek. 40. 2. Nebo was the name of a mountaine and of a Citie by it which was given for a possession to the Reubenites Numb 32. 37 38. 1 Chron. 5. 3 8. Pisgah in Greeke Phasga in Chaldee Ramatha so named of the highnesse of it See Deut. 3. 27. Ierecho in Greeke Iericho a Citie within the land of Canaan which the Israelites first conquered by faith causing the wall to fall downe Ios 6. Heb. 11. 30. See after on vers 3. caused him to see as in vers 4. or shewed him as the Greeke translateth from Gilead in Greeke the land of Galaad But Galead was on the outside of Iordan and given to Reuben Gad and halfe Manasseh Deut. 3. 12. 13. being conquered by Moses himselfe so that there was no need to view that but from that Countrey forward hee viewed all the rest Therefore the Hebrewes expound the word Eth by Min From saying From Gilead which was on the outside of Iordan towards the Sunne rising where in Moses was standing unto Dan which is the border of the land of Israel as it is written from Dan even to Beersheba 1 Sam. 3. 20. Chazkuni on Deut. 34. Others referre it to a spirituall vision of things to be done after in this Countrey as Ionathan in his Thargum paraphraseth The Word of the Lord shewed him all the Mighties of the land the valiant acts which should be done by Iephthe of Gilead and the victories of Samson son of Manoah of the tribe of Dan. Likewise Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it He shewed him the sonnes of Dan committing idolatry as it is written in Iudg. 18. 30. and the sons of Dan set up the graven image and he shewod him Samson that should come out of him for a Saviour By Dan here we are to understand Leshem or Laish a Citie in the furthest part of the land Northward called also Dan Ios. 19. 47. Iudg. 18. 27 29. Vers. 2. all Naphthali in Greeke all the land of Nephthali which lay also Northward in Galilee Matth. 4. 15. of Ephraim and Manasseh meaning the halfe tribe of Manasseh that dwelt within lordan this was in the middest of the land in Samaria see Ios. 16. and 17. 7 11. of Iudah which was the Southerne part of the Countrey Ios. 15. 1. c. for the land was farre more long than broad and by naming these few chiefe countries he implieth all the rest with them These also in Thargum Ionathan and Sol. Iarchi are applied to the captaines of the house of Naphtali that were joyned with Barak and the Kings which Iosua the sonne of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim should kill and the valiant acts of Gedeon sonne of Ioash of the tribe of Manasseh and all the Kings of Israel and kingdome of the house of Iudah that should rule in the land untill the Sanctuary should be destroyed at the last the hindmost or utmost sea that is the maine sea which was the Westerne coast see the notes on Deut. 11. 24. Vers. 3. the south in Greeke the wildernesse the utmost Cities of the tribe of the sonnes of Iudah towards the coast of Edom described in Ios. 15. 21. c. So in Num. 34. 3. your south quarter shall be from the wildernesse of Zin along by the coast of Edom c. Thus Moses viewed the land after the order that Abraham did at the first see Genes 12. 6 7 8 9. with the Annotations there God here sheweth Moses all the kingdomes and glory of Canaan from an high mountaine for his comfort and strengthening of his faith who saw the promises a farre off saluted them and died as did his godly forefathers Heb. 11. 9. 13. On the contrary the Deviil taketh Christ up into an excceding high mountaine sheweth him all the kingdomes of the world and the glory of them to draw him if he had beene able from the faith and service of God unto the worship of Satan Matth. 4. 8 9. the plaine of the valley of Iericho in Greeke the regions about Iericho this last part which Moses viewed was the first which the Israeliees possessed Ios. 2. 1. and 3. 16. and 4. 13 19. Sol. Iarchi here saith God shewed to Moses Solomon casting the vessels of the sanctuary as it is said In the plaine of Iordan did the King cast them 2 Chron. 4. 17. Citie of palme-trees so Iericho is called here and in 2 Chron. 28. 15. Iudg. 1. 16. and 3. 13. and of them and other fragrant fruits there growing as Balsam and the like the Citie had the name Ierecho by interpretation Odoriferous or Fragrant unto Zoar in Greeke Segor Thus the last part which Moses viewed was both neerest unto him and the pleasantest of all the land of Canaan for all the plaine of Iordan was well watered it was as the garden of the Lord Gen. 13. 10. Vers. 4. I sware that is I promised by oath see Gen. 12. 7. and 22. 16 17. Psal. 105. 9 10 11. thy seed in Greeke your seed in Chaldee thy sonnes caused thee to see in Greeke I have shewed it to thine eyes This view was by the marvellous worke and grace of God towards his servant that in one place and time hee should behold so large a Countrey and in it by the eye of his spirit so many mysteries as in that holy-land so called in Zuch 2. 12. were comprehended and it being the land of Immanuel or of Christ Esa. 8. 8. the beholding thereof was the beholding of the blessings to be enjoyed by Christ Iesus unto whō Moses and his Law is a Schoolemaster Gal. 3. 24. not goe over to wit over the river Iordan because Moses had not beleeved to sanctifie the Lord in the eyes of the sonnes of Israel Numb 20. 12. And as hee and others could not enter into the good land because of their unbeleefe Heb. 3. 19. so all that are of the workes of the Law and not of the saith of Christ though they may behold the blessing a farre off yet shall they not enter in to enjoy the same Gal. 3. 9 12. Rom. 9. 31. 32. Vers. 5. servant so he is often called even of God himselfe Ios. 1. 2. and in the new Testament as Rev. 15. 3. the song of Moses the servant of God This title he had in respect of his office being governour of Israel as David also had in Psal. 18. 1. and 36. 1. See Numb 12. died there in the mountaine Deut. 32. 50. as Aaron died on the top of mount Hor Num. 20. 28. In that the death of Moses immediatly followed after his viewing of the promised land it foreshewed the end and abrogation of Moses Law when men are come to the Gospell of Christ for after that Faith is come we are no longer under the Schoolemaster Gal. 3. 25. The Law hath dominion over a man as long as he liveth for the woman which hath an husband is bound by the Law to
the Israelites by miracles wonders and signes which God did by him in the middest of them Act. 2. 22. Heb. 2. 4. in whom God was reconciling the world unto himselfe 2 Cor. 5. 19. whoÌ„ God buried not as he did Moses but raised him froÌ„ the dead that he saw no corruption Of him Moses wrote and to him give all the Prophets witnesse that through his name whosoever beleeveth in him shal receive remission of sins Act. 10. 40. 43. And by him all that beleeve are justified from all things from which we could not be justified by the law of Moses Act. 13. 39. This is the true God eternall life 1 Ioh. 5. 20. To him be honour and glory and praise throughout all generations and let all the earth be filled with his glory Amen and Amen A TABLE OF SOME PRINCIPALL THINGS OBSERVED IN THE ANNOTATIONS ON THE FIVE BOOKES OF MOSES A AAron and his sonnes made Priests Exod. 28. their first offerings Lev. 9. Aarons death Num. 21. 24. 28. Abib the moneth which we call March Exod. 13. 4. and 23. 15. Deut. 16. 1. Abrahams name interpreted Gen. 17. 5. Accepting the face what it is Gen. 19. 21. Adultery punished with death Lev. 20. 10. Deut. 22. 22. Afflicting of the soule by fasting c. commanded unto all Israel one day in the yeere Lev. 16. 29. It was to be from evening to evening Lev. 23. 32. All or every for all sorts Exod. 9. 6 25. Almighty or All-sufficient Shaddai Gods name Gen. 17. 1. Altar Gen. 8. 20. Altar of incense Exod. 30. 1. c. called the Altar of gold Exod. 40. 26. Altar of Burnt-offering or Brazen Altar Exod. 27. 1 c. and 40. 29. The Princes Offrings at the dedication of the Altar Num. 7. Amalek Gen. 36. 12. His destruction commanded Exod. 17. 16. Deut. 25. 19. Amen what it signifieth Num. 5. 22. Amids for within Gen. 2. 9. Ammonites Gen. 19. 38. Israel might not fight with them Deut. 2. 19. Amorites used for all heathens in Canaan Gen. 48. 22. And for but Gen. 2. 17. for that Gen. 12. 12. and 27. 4. Exod. 8. 29. for for Gen. 12. 19. Exod. 15. 2. for or Gen. 13. 8. and 19. 12. for then Gen. 3. 5. for that is Gen. 13. 15. or namely 1 Chron. 1. 36. for a passion of the minde Gen. 27. 28. And for both or superfluous Gen. 36. 24. and 40. 9. and 8. 6. for who which c. Gen. 49. 25. or that which Deut. 32. 1. for therefore Gen. 31. 44. for if or and if Gen. 18. 30. Exod. 4. 23. Levit. 26. 40. Angell what it signifieth Genes 16. 7. and 32. 1. Christ called an Angell Gen. 26. 24. and 48. 16. Exo. 3 2. and 14. 19. and 23. 20. The heathens opinion of Angels Gen. 32. 1. Anointing what it signified Exod. 29. 7. and 30. 26. The Anointing oile described Exod. 30. â—3 c. who were anointed therewith Ex. 30. 33. Answering what it is from God Gen. 36. 3. Appearing before God with three things Exod. 23. 15. Arke Teba Gen. 6. 14. Arke Aron Exod. 25. 10. Arabia whereof it was named Gen. 10. 7. Aram called Syria Gen. 24. 10. and 25. 20. Armies or hosts of Israel Exod. 6. 26. Arrowes for plagues Deut. 32. 23. Asses of what use Gen. 49. 11. Assembly or Church for multitude Gen. 28. 3. Ascending for burning Exod. 27. 20. Assured saying Gen. 22. 16. Atonement Exod. 29. 36. Lev. 1. 4. Atonement day with the Law for making reconciliation for the Church once in the yeere Levit. 16. Avenging and bearing grude forbidden Levit. 19. 18. B BAal-peor the Idoll wherewith Israel joyned Num. 25. Babylon Gen. 10. 10. and 11. 9. Back-parts of God what they meane Ex. 33. 23. Balaam and Balak with their storie Numb 23. c. Balaams prophesies Num. 24. his death Num. 31. 8. Baldnesse made for sorrow for the dead forbidden Lev. 21. 5. Banquet named of drinking Gen. 19. 3. Battlements to be made on houses Deut. 22. 8. Beersheba The Well of the oath Gen. 21. 31. and 26. 33. Before one i. exposed to him Gen. 13. 9. and 20. 15. and 34. 10. Begin how it is used for the doing of any thing Gen. 9. 20. Bekah an halfe shekell Exod. 38. 26. Belial what it signifieth Deut. 13. 13. Bels on the High Priests garments Ex. 28. 34 35. Beleefe or faith what it meaneth Gen. 15. 6. Exod. 17. 12. Bending the head what it meaneth Exod. 4. 31. Benjamin Benoni Gen. 35. 18. set before the children of the bond-woman Exod. 1. 3. Shoulders of Benjamin what they meane Deut. 33. 12. Bethel a Citie Gen. 12. 8. and 28. 19. Bethlehem Gen. 35. 16 19. Betrothing of a wife the manner of it among the Iewes Deut. 22. 23. The punishment for lying with a betrothed woman Deut. 22. 24 c. Binding a Chariot for making ready Gen. 46. 29. Bishops where of named Num. 3. 32. Biting usurie forbidden but allowed upon strangers Exod. 22. 25. Deut. 23. 19 20. Blasphemers to be put to death Lev. 24. 16. Blemishes might not be in any sacrifice Lev. 1. c. Deut. 17. 1. Blesse what it meaneth Gen. 1. 22. and 2. 3. and 12. 2. and 14. 19 20. and 27. 4. Blessing for gift 33. 11. for salvation Gen. 47. 7. Blessings for them that keepe Gods commandements and curses for the transgressors Lev. 26. Deut. 28. The Priests blessing of Israel Numb 6. 23 c. Blessing God for meat drinke c. Deut. 8. 10. Blessings and Curses where to be pronounced Deut. 27. Moses Blessings of the tribes Deu. 33. Blew what colour it was Exod. 25. 4. Bloud for life Gen. 9. 4. Blouds for murther Gen. 4. 10. Bloud of the sacrifice put on the Priests eare thumbe and toe Exod. 29. 20. Bloud of fowles and beasts might not be eaten Lev. 7. 26. 17. 10 11 12. Bloud of wilde beasts and fowles must be covered with dust Lev. 17. 13. Booke of God or of life Exod. 32. 32. The feast of Boothes or Tabernacles Lev. 23. 34. Borrowing and lawes concerning it Ex. 22. 14 15. Bowing downe for worship Gen. 22. 5. Ex. 4. 31. Brasse what it signifieth Exod. 27. 2. Bread for all food Gen. 3. 19. and 21. 14. 31. 54. Breath Neshamah what Gen. 2. 7. Brestplate of the high Priest Exod. 28. 15. Bribes forbidden Exod. 23. 8. Bringing neere and offering used for the same Lev. 1. 2. Brother for kinsman Gen. 13. 8. for the same humane nature Gen. 19. 7. Building how used Gen. 2. 22. Building for having children Gen. 16. 2. and 30. 3. Bullocke of the second yeere as a Calfe of the first Exod. 29. 1. Burnt-offering Gen. 8. 20. The Law concerning it whether it were of the herd flocke or fowles with the signification Lev. 1. and 6. 9 c. Butter what it signified Deut. 32. 14. C A Cake of the first of the dough to be given to the Lord Num. 15. 20. Calfe of the first yeere
words Genes 9. 20. and 13. 8. Man for every one Gen. 10. 5. and 15. 10. for any man Gen. 24. 16. Lev. 21. 9. Men of number i. few Gen. 34. 30. Man Adullamite for Man of Adullam Gen. 38. 1. Man of words c. Exod. 4. 10. Man of warre Exod. 15. 3. Man-slayer with the Cities of refuge Numb 35. 11 c. Man stealer to die Deut. 24. 7. Manasses why so named Gen. 41. 51. Manna described Exod. 16. 14. Num. 11. 7. Manna loathed of Israel Num. 11. 6. and 21. 5. Marah a place Exod. 15. 23. Marie or Miriam Moses sister Exod. 15. 20. her murmuring and leprosie Num. 12. her death Num. 21. 1. Marriage the manner of it among the Iewes Deu. 22. 13. Of marrying the brothers wife Deut. 25. 5 c. Marvellous for unpossible Gen. 18. 14. Marvellously sever Exod. 8. 22. Massah a place of Tentation Exod. 17. 7. Meat-offering the Law sorts and signification thereof Lev. 2. and 6. 14. c. Meats cleane and uncleane with their signification Lev. 11. Deut. 14. The measure of Meat and Drinke-offerings with the sacrifices Num. 15. 4. c. Meribah a place of Contention Exod. 17. 7. Num. 20. 13. Mesopotamia Gen. 24. 10. and 25. 20. Midian Madianites Gen. 25. 2. and 37. 28. Israels conquest over the Madianites Num. 31. Midst for within or in or with Gen. 2. 9. Ex. 39. 3. Deut. 19. 2. Might or able strength what it is Gen. 49. 3. Milke and honey what they signifie Exod. 3. 8. Miter of the high Priest Exod. 28. 39. Mizpah Gen. 31. 49. Mizraim father of the Egyptians Gen. 10. 6. and 12. 10. Moab and Moabites Gen. 19. 37. Israel might not warre against them Deut. 2. 9. c. Moone whereof named Gen. 1. 16. Molech the idoll described Lev. 18. 21. Morijah what place Gen. 22. 2. To Morrow for time to come Gen. 30. 33. Exod. 13. 14. Morning for first times Gen. 49. 27. for opportunity c. Exod. 12. 10. Moses why so named Exod. 2. 10. his beautie Exod 2. 2. his meeknesse Num. 12. 3. his sinne and Aarons at the waters of Meribah Numb 20. 12. he might not therefore enter into the promised land Deut. 3. 24. c. but he vieweth it before his death Deut. 34. Moving thing Sherets what it meaneth Ge. 1. 20. Mouth for words Gen. 24. 57. and 41. 40. and 45. 21. Mouth for interpreter Gen. 45. 12. Ex. 4. 16. Mules how invented Gen. 36. 24. Murder how to be expiated when the authour is unknowen Deut. 21. 1 c. The murderer must die Deut. 19. 11. Lev. 24. 17. Murmurings of the Israelites Num. 14. 22. Muzzeling the Oxe forbidden when he treadeth out the corne Deut. 25. 4. Myrrhe what it was Exod. 30. 23. N NAked what it meaneth Gen. 3. 7. Nakednesse for weake places Gen. 42. 9. Naked flesh for the privities Exod. 28. 42. Nakednesses for unlawfull copulations what they were Lev. 18. 6 7 c. Nazirite or Separated Gen. 49. 26. The law for Nazirites Num. 6. 2 c. Nebo a Mountaine from whence Moses viewed the promised Land Deut. 32. 49. Necromancy or asking of the dead forbidden Deu. 18. 11. Neighbour who he is Exod. 20. 16. North-side of the Altar the place of killing the sacrifices Lev. 1. 11. Number for few Deut. 33. 6. O OBserving of times forbidden Deut. 18. 10. Observing of fortunes forbidden Deut. 18. 10. Og King of Basan vanquished Numb 21. 33. c. he was of the remnant of the Giants Deut. 3. 11. Oile for spirituall anointing Gen. 28. 18. Oile for the Lampes in the Sanctuarie Lev. 24. 2. c. Okes religiously respected Gen 21. 33. 35. 4. One for first Gen. 1. 5. Exod. 26. 4. for every one Exod. 26. 2. Opening of the wombe or first-borne sanctified Exod. 13. 2. 12. Over the house i. the Steward Gen. 41. 40. 43. 16. 19. Outspred-firmament whereof named Gen. 1. 6. P PAdan Aram called Mesopotamia Gen. 25. 20. Palme tree Exod. 15. 27. Boughes of Palm-trees and other the like used at the feast of Tabernacles Lev. 23. 40. Passeover what it signifieth Exod. 12. 11. the manner of eating it Exod. 12. 8 9 10. the sacrifices appointed for this Feast Numb 28. 16 19 c. The Passeover of sheep and oxen differing from the Paschall Lambe Deut. 16. 2. The Passeover in the second month with the rites of it Numb 9. 11 12 13. Peace for salvation Gen. 29. 6. for welfare Gen. 37. 14. 41. 16. 43. 27. Peace-offerings with the Law and signification of them Lev. 3. 7. 11 c. The shoulder and brest of the Peace-offerings were the Priests Levit. 7. 34. Peculiar treasure Exod. 19. 5. Pentecost a Feast of the Iewes called weeks Lev. 23. 15. Deut. 16. 9. Perfect Gen. 6. 9. 25. 27. Perfect or unblemished for sacrifice Exod. 12. 5. Lev. 1. 3. Perfection required in Israel Deut. 18. 13. Pestilence described by the Hebrewes Exod. 5. 3. Pharan the wildernesse Gen. 21. 21. Pharaoh Gen. 12. 15. Philistims Gen. 10. 14. Phinehas his zeale and reward Numb 25. 7 c. Phylacteries or frontlets what they were and upon what ground they were used Exod. 13. 9. 15. Pillar or Statue Matsebah Gen. 28. 18. Lev. 26. 1. Deut. 16. 22. Pillar of cloud and fire Exod. 13. 21. Pillars a signe of stability Exod. 27. 10. Pledges or Pawnes of their taking and restoring Exod. 22. 26. Deut. 24. 6 10 17. Plenty for multitude Gen. 48. 19. Polluted thing Pigul what it was Lev. 7. 18. Possession what it meaneth Gen. 22. 17. Deut. 9. 1. Plowing with an Oxe and an Asse for bidden Deut. 22. 10. Poore to be releeved Deut. 15. 7 c. Praying what it signifieth Gen. 20. 7. Prayer is the service of God Deut. 6. 13. Priest what it signifieth Gen. 14. 18. Priest or Prince Gen. 41. 45. The high Priests offering for his sinne Lev. 4. 3 c. The high Priests daily oblation Lev. 6. 20. Lawes for the Priests mourning and for their holinesse and marriage Lev. 21. 1 c. Of their blemishes Lev. 21. 17 c. How in their uncleannesse they must abstaine from the holy things Lev. 22. 2 c. The Priests portion of the peoples offerings Numb 18. 9. Foure and twenty gifts for the Priests Numb 18. 19. Priests and Levites had no part or inheritance with Israel Deut. 10. 8 9. 18. 1 2 c. Prince of slaughter-men what officer Gen. 37. 36. Prophaning of Gods Name forbidden Lev. 18. 21. 19. 12. Prophet what it signifieth Gen. 20. 7. Exod. 7. 1. A Prophet promised to Israel and their duty to heare him Deut. 18. 25 c. Purple Exod. 25. 4. Put for Make Gen. 13. 16. 21. 13. 27. 37. Q QVailes sent unto Israel Exod. 16. 13. Numb 11. 31. R RAamses a Citie Exod. 1. 11. Rameses a Citie Gen. 47. 11. Exod. 12. 37. Ram a sheepe of two yeeres Lev. 1. 10. Raine
4. marvellously separated or selected in wondrous sort exempted as with some signe of excellencie culled out So God marvellously severed the Israelites from the Aegyptians Exod. 8. 22. and 9. 4. and 11. 7. See also Psal. 17. 7 Exod. 33. 16. a gracious Saint or pious holy mercifull one meaning himselfe The Hebrew Chasid w ch the New Testament in Greeke calleth hosios that is pious or holy Act. 13. 35. signifieth one that hath obtained mercie goodnesse pietie grace and benignitie from the Lord and is againe after Gods example pious kind gracious and mercifull to others Neh. 13. 14. See Psal. 13. 6. 1. to him that is his gracious Saint as the Greeke explaineth it or referring it to the former he hath separated to himselfe a gracious man Vers. 5. Be stirred or Be commoved which may be understood Be angry be grieved or tremble and the Chaldee addeth for him meaning God The original word Ragaz noteth and stirring or moving Iob 9. 6. as to be moved or tremble with feare Psal. 18. 8. Deut. 2. 25. Isa. 14. 9. to be moved with griefe 2 Sam. 18. 33. to be stirred with anger Prov. 29. 9. 2 Kings 19. 27 28. Ezek. 16. 43. This latter the Greek here followeth saying Be angry and sin not and the Apostle hath the same words Eph. 4. 26. sin not or misdoe not This word signifieth to misse of the way or marke as in Iud. 20. 16. men could sling stones at an haires bredth and not sin that is not misse and Pro. 19. 2. he that is hastie with his foot sinneth that is misseth or swarveth In religion Gods law is our way and mark from which when we swarve we sin Therfore sin is defined to be transgression of law or unlawfulnesse 1 Iob. 3. 4. say in your heart that is mind seriously what you do and what the end will be Consider with your selves The like phrase is in Psa. 14. 1. and 35. 25. Mat. 24. 48. Rom. 10. 6. Rev. 18. 7. be still or silent stay pawse as 1 Sam. 14. 9. Ios. 10. 12 13. By this word is often meant in Scripture a modest quietnes of the mind the troubled affections being allayed See Psal. 131 2 and 37. 7. and 62. 2. Lam. 3. 26. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus Say your request with your mouth and your petition with your heart and pray upon your bed and remember the day of death for ever Vers. 6. Sacrifice The word signifieth killing or slaughtering as beasts were killed for offerings to God figuring mans mortification or dying to sin Ps. 51. 19. sacrifices of justice such Moses speaketh of Deut. 33. 19. and David afterward Psal. 51. 21. meaning sacrifices just and right and in faith according to the intendment of Gods law contrary to those which the Prophet reproveth Mal. 1. 14. So sacrifices of triumph or joy Psal. 27. 6. are joyfull sacrifices offered with gladnesse And the way of justice Mat. 21 32. for a just or right way The Chaldee giveth this sense Subdue your lusts and it shall be counted unto you as a sacrifice of justice trust or be confident have stedfast hope secure and firme confidence and it is opposed to feeblenesse of mind feare and doubt Isa. 12. 2. Prov. 28. 1. Vers. 7. Many doe say Hebr. are saying which may be turned doe say as in Mat. 22. 23. hot legontes saying is in Mark 12. 18. heitines legousi which say who will cause us to see that is to enjoy or have the fruitton of good Psal. 50. 23. And this is the forme of a wish as David desired and said Who will give me drinke of the water c. 1 Chro. 11. 17. and who will give me wings as a dove Psal. 55. 7. and many the like the light of thy face that is thy light some chearefull face or lookes meaning Gods favour grace and the blessings of knowledge comfort joy c. that flow therefrom This is in Christ who is both the Light and the Face or Presence of God Luke 2. 32. Exod. 33. 14. and the Angell of his face Isa. 63. 9. According to this phrase Solomon saith In the light of the Kings face is life and his favour is as a cloud of the latter raine Prov. 16. 15. See also Psal. 44. 4. and 31. 17. 21. and 67. 2. Iob 29. 3. Vers. 8. hast given joy or shalt give or put joy so giving is used for putting often times Psal. 8. 2. and 40. 4. and 33. 7. and 69. 12. and 89. 20. and 39. 6. and 119. 110. more than of the time or from of the time An Hebrew phrase where the signe of comparison is wanting as Gen. 38. 26. Psal. 19. 11. and 130. 6. The like is also in the Greek tongue as Luk. 15. 7. and 18. 4. And of joy in harvest when corne is increased see Isa. 9. 3. Ioel 1. 11 12. Vers. 9. together that is I will lie downe and sleepe both together not being disquieted with feare or care see Ps. 3. 6. or together I and others with me or I my selfe wholly alone See the note on Ps. 33. 15. alone The Hebrew phrase is in lonedom or in solitarinesse and may be referred by the distinction to the Lord who alone seateth his in safety as Deut. 32. 12. or to that which followeth Thou wilt seat me alone in safety Herein looking to Moses blessing Deut. 33. 28. where Israel dwelleth safely alone and so in Num. 23. 9. Ier. 49. 41. Thus it is a blessing to be alone from enemies otherwise to be alone from friends is a note of affliction as Psal. 102. 8. Lam. 1. 1. wilt seat me that is cause me to sit dwell or remain in confidence or trustfulnes with hope that is confidently or trustfully w ch by cōsequence meaneth securely safely And this was a blessing promised in the law Lev. 26. 5. Deu. 12. 10. PSAL. V. David prayeth and professeth his studie in prayer 5 God favoureth not the wicked 8 David professing his faith prayeth God to guide him 11 To destroy his enemies and to preserve the godly To the master of the musicke on Nechiloth a Psalme of David HEare thou my words Iehovah understand my meditation Attend to the voyce of my crie my King and my God for unto thee will I pray Iehovah at morning thou shalt heare my voice at morning will I orderly addresse unto thee and will looke out For thou art not a God delighting wickednesse the evill shall not sojourne with thee Vain-glorious fools shal not set themselves before thine eyes thou hatest all that work painfull iniquitie Thou wilt bring to perdition them that speake a lie the man of blouds and of deceit Iehovah doth abhorre But I in the multitude of thy mercy will come into thy house will do worship toward the palace of thy holinesse in the feare of thee Iehovah lead me in thy justice because of my enviers make straight thy way before me For in his mouth is no certaintie their inward part
20. with his next friend or his neighbour his friend with whom he is associate Sometime this word is used for a speciall friend 2 Sam. 13. 3. Psal. 35. 14. Prov. 17. 17. but often generally for a neighbour or next as the new Testament translateth it in Greeke Mat. 19. 19. from Levit. 19. 18. And who is our neighbour our Lord teacheth us Luke 10. 29 36. with lip of flatteries that is smooth deceitfull speeches as the Greeke translateth deceitfull lips a lip being sometime put for a speech or language Gen. 11. 1. Of such deceivers that had taught their tongues to speake lies Ieremy also complaineth Chap. 9. vers 4 5. a heart and a heart that is a double heart and deceitfull So stone and stone Ephah and Ephah Deut. 23. 13. 14. meaning double and deceitfull weights and measures The men of Zabulun are commended for that they were not thus of a heart and a heart 1 Chron. 12. 33. The Greeke translateth with a heart and a heart he speaketh evill things Vers. 5. our lips are with us or are ours that is we have skill power and liberty to speake who shall controll us Vers. 6. I will rise up the Chaldee addeth will rise up to judgement set in salvation that is deliver out of all misery and safely settle in health and prosperous estate he shall have breathing or he meaning God will give breathing or respiration to him that is to every poore man as after in vers 8. or hee will breath out that is speake plainly to him The Greeke changing the person translateth parrhesiásomai that is I will speake plainly with him So it noteth the bold assured comfort which God by promise giveth to the afflicted whose faithfull word is therefore commended in the verse following This word sometime is used for plaine and confident breathing out or uttering of the truth Habak 2. 3. Prov. 12. 17. Or we may understand it of the wicked thus I will set in salvation him whom he puffeth at that is whom the wicked boldly defieth as this word was used before Psal. 10. 5. or whom he hath insâ—ared The Chaldee expoundeth it I will appoint salvation for my people but against the wicked I will testifie evill Vers. 7. The sayings or the words promises tried examined fined as in fire The like praise of Gods pure word is in Psalm 18. 31. and 119. 140. Prov. 30. 5. a subliming furnace of earth This furnace called Ghnalil a sublimatorie of subliming or causing to ascend upward is the best and choisest vessell for trying and subliming of metall called therefore in Greeke Dokimion a Triall And the Apostle hath the like word for a Triall of faith better than gold 1 Pet. 1. 7. seven times or seven fold that is many times fully and sufficiently Seven is a perfect number used for many 1 Sam. 2. 5. Prov. 24. 16. and 26. 25. Vers. 8. preserve him that is every one of them so before in the end of the sixt verse and often in the Scripture like sudden change of number may be observed It may also be read prayer-wise keepe them preserve him The Greeke changeth person also saying wilt keepe us and preserve us from this generation that is from the men of this generation as when Christ said Whereto shall I liken this generation Mat. 11. 16. he meant Whereto shall I liken the men of this generation Luke 7. 31. The like may be seene in Mat. 12. 42. compared with Luke 11. 31. The originall word Dor that is generation race or age hath the signification of durance or durable dwelling and abiding Psal. 84. 11. and so noteth the whole age or time that a man dureth in this world Eccles. 1. 4. and so consequently for a multitude of men that live together in any age as here and Deut. 1. 35. and in many other places Vers. 9. vilenesse or vile luxuriousnesse riotize The word Zulluth here used is derived from Zolel that is a rioter glutton or luxurious person Deut. 21. 20. Prov. 23. 21. and consequently one vile contemptible and nought worth opposed unto the precious Ier. 15. 19. And here vilenesse or riotize may either be meant of the vice it selfe or of vicious doctrine opposed to Gods precious word before spoken of vers 7. or a vile and riotous person may so be called for more vehemencie sake as Pride for the proud man Psalm 36. 12. The Greeke translateth thus according to thine highnesse thou hast much increased or made abundant the sons of men The Chaldee thus the wicked walke round about as an horsleech that sucketh the bloud of the sonnes of men PSAL. XIII David complaineth of delay in helpe 4 prayeth for mercy 6 and glorieth therein To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of David HOw long Iehovah wilt thou forget me for ever how long wilt thou hide thy face from me How long shal I set counsels in my soule sorrow in my heart by day how long shall my enemie be exalted above me Behold answer thou me Iehovah my God lighten thou mine eyes lest I sleepe the death Lest my enemy say I have prevailed against him my distressers be glad when I am moved But I in thy mercy doe I trust my heart shall be glad in thy salvation I will sing to Iehovah for he hath bounteously rewarded unto me Annotations HIde thy face that is withdraw thy favourable countenance and comfort which the Chaldee expoundeth the brightnesse of thy face This is contrary to the lifting up of the light of Gods face Psal. 4. 7. and importeth trouble and griefe and is caused by sinne and is the cause of many adversities and discomforts Deut. 31. 17. 18. Isa. 59. 2. Ezek. 39. 23 24 29. therefore this Prophet doth often complaine hereof and pray against iâ— Psalm 30. 8. and 104. 29. and 88. 15. and 69. 18. and 102. 3. and 143. 7. and 27. 9. Vers. 3. set counsels that is consult and devise with my selfe how to escape by day that is daily in Greeke day and night Vers. 4. lighten my eyes that is make them see cleare and consequently make me joyfull for the light of the eyes rejoyceth the heart Prov. 15. 30. Or keepe me alive which sense the words following seeme to imply and the like speeches in Prov. 29. 13. Eccles. 11. 7 8. The eyes are said to be inlightened when penurie sorrow sicknesse or other affliction whereby they were dulled is done away and the senses by some meanes refreshed 1 Sam. 14. 27. 29. Esr. 9. 8. also when ignorance is by Gods Word and Spirit done out of the minde Psal 19. 9. Ephes. 1. 18. See also Psal. 38. 11. left I sleepe or that I sleepe not the death meaning the sleepe of death that is lest I die For death is often called sleepe in the Scripture Psal. 76. 6. Iob 3. 13. and 14. 12. Act. 7. 60. and 13. â—6 the sleepe of eâ—ernitie Ier. 51. 39. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus Enlighten mine eyes in
man that hath life and sense Psal. 105. 18. and 35. 13. and finally it is sometime a dead body or corps Numb 5. 2. and 9. 10. and 19. 11. 13. though this bee figurative and very unproper for at ones death the soule goeth out Gen. 35. 18. The word being thus largely used is to be weighed according to the matter and circumstances of each text For this here in the Psalme compare it with the like in other places Psalm 30. 4. and 116. 8. and 89. 49. and 88. 4. and 94. 17. Christ gave his soule for the ransome of the world and powred it out unto death Isa. 53. 12. Matth. 20. 28. Ioh. 10. 11 15 17. and 15. 13. to hell or in hell in deaths estate or deadly-hed This word hell properly signifieth deepe whether it be high or low and though by custome it is usually taken for the place of devils and damned wights yet the word is more large and as heaven is not only the dwelling place of God and his Saints but generally all places above us where the stars the clouds the winds the birds c. are as is shewed Psal. 8. 9. so hell is all places beneath Wherefore it may in this large sense serve to expresse the Hebrew word Sheol here used which Sheol is a deepe place Iob 11. 8. Prov. 9. 18. and said in Scripture to be beneath Psal. 86. 13. Deut. 32. 22. Isa. 14. 9. as heaven is above and it with the Greeke word haides is opposed to heaven Psal. 139. 8. Amos 9. 2. Mat. 11. 23. it commeth of Shaal to crave aske or require because it requireth all men to come unto it and is never satisfied Psal. 89. 49. Prov. 30. 15 16. and 27. 20. It is a place or estate which all men even the best come unto for Iakob made account to go thither Gen. 37. 35. and Iob desired to be there Iob 14. 13. for he knew it should be his house Job 17. 13. and our Lord Christ was there as this Psalme with Act. 2. 31. sheweth and Solomon telleth that all goe thither Eccles. 9. 10. It is usually joyned with grave pit corruption destruction and the like words pertaining to death with which Sheol or haides is joyned as a companion thereof Rev. 1. 18. and 6 8. Dathan and Abiram when the earth swallowed them up are said to goe downe quicke into Sheol Numb 16. 30 32 33. Ionas in the Whales belly was in the belly of Sheol Ion. 2. 3. and other holy men that were delivered from great miseries and perils of death are said to be delivered from Sheol or hell Psal. 86. 13. and 30. 4. and 18. 6. and 116. 3. and those that are dead are gone to Sheol Ezech. 32. 21. 27. And as death is said figuratively to have gates Psal. 9. 14. so Sheol haides hell hath gates Isa. 38. 10. Mat. 16. 18. and a soule Isa. 5. 14. and a hand Psal. 49. 16. and 89. 49. and a mouth Psal. 141. 7. and a sting which by Christ is done away 1 Cor. 15. 55. so that as hee was not left to Sheol but rose from death from the heart of the earth Matth. 12. 40. the third day so all the Saints shall likewise be delivered from Sheol or haides Psal. 49. 16 Hos. 13. 14. and it with death shall be abolished Rev. 20. 14. So by the Hebrew word Sheol the Greeke haides and our English hell we are to understand the place estate or depth of death deadlihed See the Annotations on Gen. 37. 35. And these words thou wilt not leave my soule to hell teach us Christs resurrection as if he should say thou wilt not leave me to the power of death or grave to be consumed but wilt raise me from the dead as the words following and the Apostles explanation doe manifest Act. 2. 24. 31. and 13. 34 35. thou wilt not give not grant or suffer An Hebrew phrase often used as I gave thee not to touch her Gen. 20. 6. God gave thee not to hurt me Gen. 31. 7. he will not give you to goe Exod. 3. 19. So Psal. 55. 23. and 66. 9. and 118. 18. and many the like to see corruption that is to feele corruption or to corrupt to rot As to see death is to die Psal. 89. 49. Luke 2. 26. Joh. 8. 51 52. so to see evill Psal. 90. 15. and to see good Psal. 34. 13. is to feele and enjoy it and to see the grave Psal. 49. 10. corruption the Hebrew Shachath properly signifieth corruption or rottennesse and is so to be taken here as the Apostle urgeth the force of the word Act. 13. 36 37. David saw corruption but hee whom God raised up saw not corruption Yet often the word is used for a pit or ditch wherein carkasses doe corrupt See the note on Psal. 7. 16. Vers. 11. Thou wilt make me know or hast made me know as Act. 2. 28. that is givest me experience of the way of life or journey of lives the way or course to life from death and to continue in life eternall the Apostle saith wayes of life Act. 2. 28. And hereby life in heaven with God is implied as to enter into life Matth. 18. 9. is to enter into the kingdome of God Mark 9. 47. before thy face or with thy face that is in thy presence I shall have fulnesse of joyes The Greeke which the Apostle followeth Act. 2. 28. saith Thou wilt fill me with joy with thy face The Hebrew eth penei and liphnet with or before the face are both one and sometime put one for another as 1 King 12. 6. with 2 Chron. 10. 6. Gods face or presence as it is our greatest joy in this life Exod. 33. 14 15 16. so shall it be in the next Psalm 17. 15. Wherefore the wicked shall then be punished from his presence 2 Thess. 1. 9. pleasures or pleasantnesses that is pleasant joyes at thy right hand the place of honour delights and joyes eternall Matth. 25. 33 34 46. PSAL. XVII David in confidence of his integrity craveth defence of God against his enemies 10 He sheweth their pride craft and eagernesse 13 He prayeth to be delivered from them who have their portion in this life but his hope is for the life to come A Prayer of David HEare thou Iehovah justice attend to my shrill crie hearken to my prayer without lips of deceit From before thy face let my judgement come forth let thine eyes view righteousnesses Thou hast proved my heart hast visited by night thou hast tried me but hast not found I have purposed my mouth shall not transgresse For the workes of men by the word of thy lips I have observed the paths of the breaker thorow Sustaine thou my steps in thy beaten paths that my foot-steps be not removed I call upon thee for thou wilt answer me O God bow thine eare to me heare my saying Marvellously separate thy mercies O Saviour of them that hope for safety from them that
oblation or meat-offering to be burnt on the altar unto God with oile and incense for a memoriall Levit. 2. 2. The Hebrew Minchah is generalfy a gift or present carried to any Psal. 45. 13. and 72. 10. Gen. 32. 13. and in speciall a gift or oblation presented to God Gen. 4. 3 4 5. Psal. 96. 8. most specially the oblation of corne or flower called the meat-offering Lev. 2. Num. 29. The Apostle in Greeke turneth it Prosphora an oblation Heb. 10. 5. 8. 10. from Psal. 40. 6. burnt-offering which according to the originall word Ghnolah signifieth an ascension because this kind of sacrifice was wholly given up to God in fire Lev. 1. 3 9. 13. Therefore in Greeke it is translated holocautoma that is a whole burnt-offering turne to ashes that is consume to ashes with heavenly fire for so God approved and accepted the sacrifices of his people Lev. 9. 24 1 Kings 18. 28. Vers. 5. fulfill all thy counsell or accomplish it Counsell is as empty if it be not effected and accomplished and the performance is as the filling thereof So to fill or accomplish petitions in the verse following to fulfill joy Ioh. 3. 29. and 15. 11. to fulfill words is to confirme them 1 Kings 1. 14. and to performe or effect them 1 Kings 2. 27. Vers. 6. We will showt or that we may showt or shrill For these two phrases are used in differently See the note on Psal. 43. 4. thy salvation which thou O King hast received or which thou O God hast given set up the banner or display the slag or ensigne which was for triumph and victorie to honour God and to terrifie the enemies Song 6. 3. 9. Vers. 7. his anointed or Messias that is his King vers 10. Psal. 2. 6. with powers the salvation that is with full power or puissance even with the salvation of his right hand For Gods right hand is of wondrous excellent force and doth valiantly Exod. 15 6. Psal. 118. 16. and 89 14. Vers. 8. These that is Some mention chariots and some horses Chariot is used for chariots as also in Psal. 68. 18. so bird for birds Psal. 8. 9. Angell for Angels Psal. 34. 8. make mention of the name that is make it to be knowne and to be remembred with honour Psal. 45. 18. Esa. 49. 1. 2 Sam. 18. 18. Vers. 9. stand upright or set our selves sure to continue yet So after in Psal. 146. 9. and 147. 6. Vers. 10. the King he answer us By the King here seemeth to be meant Christ of whom this whole Psalme is composed as also the Chaldee Paraphrast understood it and therefore explained this verse thus O word of the Lord redeeme us O mighty King receive our prayer in the day of our invocation But the Seventie not keeping the distinctions turne it in Greeke thus Lord save the king and here us in the day that we call upon thee PSAL. XXI The King giveth thankes for many blessings received 8 He professeth his confidence of further grace and prophesieth the destruction of the wicked To the master of the musicke a Psalme of David IEhovah in thy strength the King shall rejoyce and in thy salvation how vehement glad shall he be Thou hast given to him his hearts desire and the earnest request of his lips thou hast not kept backe Selah For thou preventest him with blessings of goodnesse thou settest on his head a crowne of fine gold Life he asked of thee thou gavest it him length of dayes ever and aye Great is his honour in thy salvation glorious Majestie and comely honour hast thou put upon him For thou hast set him to bee blessings to perpetuall aye thou hast made him chearefull with joy with thy face For the King trusteth in Iehovah and through the mercy of the most high he shall not be moved Thy hand shall find out all thine enemies thy right hand shall find out them that hate thee Thou wilt set them as an oven of fire at the time of thy face Iehovah in his anger wil swallow them up fire shal eat them Their fruit from the earth thou wilt destroy and their seed from the sonnes of Adam For they have intended evill against thee they have thought a craftie purpose but they shall not be able For thou wilt set them as a Butt with thy strings thou wilt make ready against their faces Be thou exalted Iehovah in thy strength we will sing and praise with Psalme thy power Annotations IN thy strength or for thy strength thy kingdome strong helpe and deliverance This Psalm as the former gratulateth the victory and salvation of Christ and is by the Chaldee Paraphrast applied to the reigne of King Messias Also the Hebrew Iismach Shall rejoyce hath the letters being transplaced of the name Mashiach Christ. shall rejoyce or rejoyceth continually Vers. 4. a crowne a signe of glorious victorie and of the Kingdome V. 5. length of dayes that is a long continued life time Isa. 53. 10. Iob 12. 12. So Ps. 23. 6. 93. 5. and 91. 16. On the contrary short of dayes is short lived Iob 14. 1. ever and aie to eternall and perpetuall aie Christ being raised from death dieth no more death hath no more dominion over him Rom. 6. 9 But behold he is alive for evermore Amen Rev. 1. 18. and ever liveth to make intercession for them that come to God by him Hebr. 7. 25. Vers. 7. hast set him blessings that is made him to abound with all manner blessings himselfe to be an example of or to impart blessings unto others So to Abram it was said be thou a blessing Gen. 12. 2. the like promise is to his children Ezek. 24. 36. Isa. 19. 20. with thy face or before thy face in thy presence as Psal. 16. 11. Vers. 9. shall find out all thy enemies to wit to punish them as 〈◊〉 like phrase importeth Isa. 10. 10. or shall find for all that is shall be enough for all thy foes that is sufficiently able to overcome them so finding is used for sufficiencie Num. 11. 22. Iudg. 21. 14. For hand the Chaldee saith the stroke of thine hand Vers. 10. 〈◊〉 set them or put them all and every one 〈◊〉 is noted on Psal. 2. 3. So also after in vers 11. and 13. 〈◊〉 of fire a fierie furnace meaning in 〈◊〉 affliction Lam. 5. 10. the time of thy face that is of thine anger as the Chaldee Paraphrast explaineth it for the face sheweth forth pleasure or displeasure favour or wrath so face is used for anger Psal. 34 17. Lev. 20. 6. Gen. 32. 20. Lam. 4. 〈◊〉 â—er 3. 12. swallow them that is destroy or d 〈…〉 sh them so Psal. 35. 25. and 52. 6. and 55. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Chaldee expoundeth it the fire of Ge 〈…〉 or of Hâ—ll Vers. 11. Their fruit that is their children called the fruit of the body and wombe Psal. 127. 3. and 132. 11. Deut. 28. 4. or their labour and that which
60. 13. Hos. 14. 6 7 8. It is called Lebanon of whitenesse for the snow that lieth on it Ier. 18. 14. To this mount and to the goodly trees thereon great kingdomes and personages are compared Ezek 31. 3. and 17. 3. Ier. 22. 23. Iudg. 9. 15. 2 King 14. 9. And the just mans estate in special Psal. 92. 14. Vers. 6. Shirjon this is mount Hermon called of the Sidonians Shirjon and of the Amorites Shenir Deut. 3. 9. and by another name Sion not Tsijon spoken of in Psal. 2. 6. Deut. 4. 48. for this Shirjon or Hermon lay without the river Iarden where Ogh reigned Ios. 12. 1 5. 1 Chron. 5. 23. Here also grew goodly trees and many wilde beasts kept in it Ezek. 27. 5. Song 4. 8. Of Hermon see more in Psal. 89. 13. and 133. 3. and 42. 7. a young Unicorne a fierce untamed beast see Psal. 22. 22. The Hebrew phrase is son of the Vnicornes the like is also Psal. 114. 4. All young creatures and things that come of or belong to another are in Hebrew called sons so the sons of the cole are sparkes Job 5. 7. the sons of the quiver are arrowes Lam. 3. 13. the sonne of the morne is the morning starre Isa. 14. 12. the sonnes of S 〈…〉 are the Citizens there Psal. 149. 2. the sonnes of the wedding chamber are the Bridegroomes friends Matth. 9. 15. and many the like Vers. 7. striketh or cutteth â—â—â—mes as the flashes of lightning with the thunder Vers. 8. maketh tremble or quake or paineth the wildernesse that is the wilde beasts there which being frighted by Gods voice or thunder doe travell and bring forth their young with paine and trembling Kadesh called also Paran and Zin a desart thorow which the Israelites passed from Aegypt to Canaan Numb 13. 27. and 33. 36. and had the name of the citie Kadesh by which it lay Numb 20. 1 16. The beasts of this wildernesse were cruell Deut. 8. 15. and 32. 10. Vers. 9. the hindes though of all other creatures they bring forth with great trouble bowing themselves bruising their young and casting out their sorrowes Iob 39. 4 6. maketh bare by driving the beasts with the thunder into their dens as the Chaldee addeth the beasts of the forest or by beating off the leaves and fruits of the trees So the fig-tree is said to be made bare Ioel 1. 7. every one so the Greeke turneth it or it may be read every whit or all of it meaning of his people vers 11. which saith glory to God or all of it that is of his glory he saith that is God declareth in his Temple The Chaldee saith and in the Temple of the house of his Sanctuary which is above all his ministers doe say his glory Vers. 10. at the floud meaning Noahs floud Gen. 6. and 7. for to that onely both the Hebrew and Greeke word is applied And here the Chaldee paraphraseth thus The Lord at the generation of the sâ—oud sate on the seat of judgement to take vengeance on them he sate also upon the seat of mercies and delivered Noah and reigneth over his sonnes for ever and ever Vers. 11. with peace or in peace which word betokeneth integrity perfection a making whole and absolute opposed both to warre and sword Psalm 120. 7. Matth. 10. 34. and to division consusion and â—umuâ—â—uous disorder Luke 12. 51. 1 Cor. 14. 33. It denoteth all prosperitie safety and welfare of soule and body and specially that spoken of in Eph. 2. 14 15. where Christ is our peace which hath made of both one and hath broken the stop of the partition wall c. to make of twaine one new man in himselfe so making peace PSAL. XXX David praiseth God for his deliverance 5 Hee exhorteth others to praise him by example of Gods dealing with him APsalme a song of the dedication of the house of David I will exalt thee Iehovah for thou hast drawne up me and hast not made my enemies to rejoyce at mee Iehovah my God I cried out unto thee and thou healedst me Iehovah thou hast brought up my soule from hell thou hast kept me alive from them that goe downe the pit Sing Psalme to Iehovah yee his gracious Saints and confesse yee to the remembrance of his holinesse For a moment is in his anger life in his favourable acceptation in the evening lodgeth weeping and at the morning shouting joy And I I said in my safe quietnesse I shall not bee moved for ever Iehovah in thy favourable acceptation thou hast setled strength to my mountain thou didst hide thy face I was suddenly troubled Vnto thee Iehovah I called and unto Iehovah supplicated for grace What profit is in my bloud when I goe downe unto corruption shall dust confesse thee shall it shew forth thy truth Heare thou Iehovah and be gracious to me Iehovah be thou an helper to me Thou hast turned my mourning to a dance to me thou hast loosed my sackcloth and hast girded me with joy That my glory may sing Psalme to thee and not be silenced Iehovah my God I will confesse thee for ever Annotations DEdication or initiation which is when a new thing is first imployed and put to that use for which it was made It is applied to houses as here and Deut. 20. 5. to altars as Num. 7. 84 88. to walls as Nehem. 12. 27. to images as Dan 3. 2. and to men and then it meaneth instruction or training up as Prov. 22. 6. Gen. 14. 14. It is recorded by the Hebrewes that when the Israelites brought their baskets of first-fruits into the Sanctuary according to the Law in Dent. 26. and came thither in companies as their manner was they sang by the way the 122. Psalme and when they came to the Sanctuary with every man his basket on his shoulder they sang the 150. Psalme and when they were come into the court-yard the Levites said this 30. Psalme I will exalt thee c. Maimony in Misn. tom 3. in Biccurim or Treat of First-fruits chap. 4. sect 17. And the Chaldee expoundeth this title For the dedication of the house of the Sanctuary an Hymne of David Vers. 2. hast drawne up me as out of a pit of waters for this word is used for drawing of waters Exod. 2. 16 17. waters signifying troubles at me or over me for my ruine Or my enemies to me that is my utter enemies as Psal. 27. 2. Vers. 3. healedst me that is helpedst me out of trouble So Psal 41. 5. and 60. 4. Hos. 7. 1. 2 Chron. 7. 14. my soule from hell me or my life from the perill and state of death So Psal. 86. 13. Ionas meant the same when he said thou hast brought out my life from the pit Ion. 2. 6. Of hell See Psal. 16. 10. them that goe downe that is which die that I should not be among them The Hebrew also hath another reading that I should not goe downe the pit The meaning is
Tim. 4. 17. and all wicked rulers over the poore people Prov. 28. 15. inflamers boutefeus meaning fiery fierce and raging persons that flamed wirh wrath and envie and inflamed others Of such David did complaine to Saul 1 Sam. 24. 10. speares Hebr. the speare as chariot for chariots Psal. â—8 18. So Agur speaketh of a generation whose teeth are swords and their jawes knives to eat up the afflicted out of the earth Prov. 30. 14. See also Psalm 55. 22. and 59. 8. Vers. 6. over the heavens the Chaldee expoundeth it over the Angels of heaven so in vers 12. Vers. 9. Raise up or Stirre up to wit thy selfe or Awake A word of exciting Iudg. 5. 12. Compare this with Psal. 108. 2 3 c. my glory my tongue or soule See Psal. 16. 9. and 30. 13. at the day dawning I will rouse up my selfe with my instruments Or I will raise up the day dawning that is I will prevent the early morning and be up before it and so stirre it up A figurative speech Vers. 11. That thy mercy or For thy mercie is great c. Compare Psal. 36. 6. PSAL. LVIII David reproveth wicked Iudges 4 describeth the nature of the wicked 7 devoteth them to Gods judgements 11. Whereat the just shall rejoyce To the Master of the Musicke Corrupt not Michtam of David INdeed O assembly speake yee justice judge ye righteousnesses O sonnes of Adam Yea in heart ye worke injurious evils in the land ye weigh the violent wrong of your hands The wicked are estranged from the wombe they erre from the belly speaking a lye Hot poison they have like as the hot poison of a Serpent as of the deafe Aspe that stoppeth his eare Which will not heare the voice of charmers of him that inchanteth inchantments of him that is made wise O God breake their teeth in their mouth burst out the Lions tushes O Iehovah Let them be refused as waters that passe away bend he his arrowes be they as cut off As a snaile that melteth let him goe away as the untimely birth of a woman as they that have not seene the Sunne Ere that they shall perceive your thornes of the Bramble even alive even in wrath he will tempestuously whirle it away The just shall rejoyce when he seeth the vengeance he shall wash his feet in the bloud of the wicked And earthly man shall say Surely there is fruit for the just surely there is a God that judge in the earth Annotations COrrupt not Bring not to perdiâ—ion c. See Psal. 57. 1. and 16. 1. Vers. 2. O assembly O band Company or congregation The Hebrew Aelem which hath the signification of binding as a sheafe or bundle seemeth here to be a company that are combined and confederate Or it may be taken for the binding of the tongue that is dumbnesse as before in Psal. 56. 1. and be read thus Of a truth doe yee speake dumb justice or mutenesse of justice As blaming them for speaking and boasting of justice when indeed justice was dumb and opened not her mouth but they gave most unjust sentence righteousnesses or equities that is righteous plaine and equall things Iudges are called Gods Psal. 82. 6. and therfore should imitate God who saith I doe speake justice and declare righteousnesses Isa. 45. 19. Vers. 3. yee weigh or ye balasse of the Hebrew Palas ye peise A similitude taken from the weighing of things which should be in even peise and proportion Prov. 16. 11. so justice should weigh all words and works in equitie and reward them accordingly but these weighed out wrong for right Vers. 4. from the womb that is even from their mothers womb the wicked are estranged doe alienate themselves from God justice and vertue This noteth mans naturall corruption So in Esa. 48. 8. Vers. 5. Hot poison they have or Hot wrath is to them The Hebrew Chamath signifieth both poison and rage or fury each of them being hot The Greeke here turneth it rage the similitude of a serpent rather giveth it to be poison as Psal. 140. 3. Rom. 3. 13. Deut. 32. 24. Though both are fitly applied to the wicked who like serpents in fury spit out their venome and malice like as or according to the likenesse It maketh an exact comparison as no whit inferiour to the serpent which was the instrument to poison mankinde Gen. 3. serpent or snake called in Hebrew Nachash of expertnesse for it was more subtile than any beast of the field Gen. 3. 1. deafe aspe or cockatrice or the serpent Python called in Hebrew Pethen which name noteth by the contrary the unperswadednesse which this Psalme sheweth to be naturally in that beast And so the wicked have the title of Apeitheis Unperswaded or Disobedient Tit. 1. 16. Ephes. 2. 2. stoppeth Hebr. will stop that is usually stoppeth his eare with his taile as humane writers report whiles the other hee layeth on the ground or is naturally deafe of it Vers. 6. the voice of charmers which with words use to charme serpents that they can neither bite nor sting as may be gathered both by this place and by Eccles. 10. 11. Ier. 8. 17. And these Charmers have their name in Hebrew of whispering or soft sweet and eloquent speaking Psal. 41. 8 Isa. 3. 3. of him that inchanteth or that conjureth conjoyneth associateth Inchanters have this title here and in Deut. 18. 11. either because by sorcerie they associate serpents making them tame familiar that they hurt not or because such persons use to bind and tie bands or things about the body to heale or hurt by sorcery or because by their conjuring art they have society and fellowship with Devils And that these evill arts are not here approved the Law sheweth Deut. 18. Onely similitudes are taken from them as elsewhere from the theefe Rev. 16. 15. the unrighteous Iudge Luk. 18. 1 2 6 7. the unjust Steward Luke 16 c. of him that is made wise of the wised that is the learned expert the cunning mage Vers. 8. refused as waters that is as the Greeke explaineth set at nought nothing esteemed as waters that passe away and are not regarded bend he his arrowes or his arrow for the Hebrew hath a double reading that is every of his arrowes And this may be meant of the wicked man whose arrowes bent at the just shall be broken or of God who shooteth at the wicked and cutteth them off be they as cut off or let them be as if they were cut off or even as strawes meaning it of the wickeds arrowes or if of their owne persons let them be even cut off as the Greeke saith untill they be weakened Vers. 9. snaile that melteth or snaile of melting that is a consuming snaile which creeping out of the shell casteth her moistures and so wasteth to death Also with salt a snaile melteth into water let him go away or walk meaning let him die So where one Prophet saith to go with thy
gone farre from thee shall perish thou suppressest every one that goeth a whoring from thee And I to draw nigh to God is good for me I have set my hope for safety in the Lord Iehovih for to tell all thy workes Annotations THe third Booke to wit of Psalmes See the Note on Psal. 42. Vers. 1. of Asaph or to Asâ—ph who was both a Prophet and a singer see Psal. 50. 1. The like title is of the 10. Psalmes following These are for the most part complaints and meditations of the troubles of Gods people Vers. 2. almost or a very little lacked but my feet had swarved so after welnigh or almost nothing lacked but my steps had beene shed noting hereby his great danger to have fallen through his infirmity had not faith in God sustained him swarved or turned declined This and the next word slipped have a double reading in the Hebrew by the vowels they had swarâ—â—d they had slipped by the consonants it had swarved it had slipped meaning each of his feet and every of his steps to his utter ruine slipped out or been powred out to wit as water and so I had beene lost Vers. 3. envied or was jealous had envious zeale See Psal. 37. 1. Vers. 4. bands or knots that is paines sores diseases c. in their death or till their death meaning that they live long in pleasure dye at ease as is explained Iob 21. 13. They spend their daies iâ— wealth and suddenly they goe downe to the grave The Chaldee saith For they are not terrified or troubled for the day of their death but lusty or and fat is their fortitude their firme strength of body as Iob saith one dieth in his full strength bring in all ease and prosperity his breasts are full of milke his bones run full of marrow Iob 21. 23 24. Vers. 5. molestation of sory man that is such turmoile as other miserable men endure See the like phrase in 2 Sam. 7. 14. Aenosh and Adam are here the names of all wretched mankind See Psal. 8. 5. The Chaldee expoundeth it They labour not in the labour of men that study in the Law and with just men c. Vers. 6. compasseth c. or is a chaine to them and to him that is every of them as a collar that is hanged for an ornament about the necke And of this word Anak to hang a chaine that Giant Anak had his name whose children were called Anakims men great of stature proud and cruell See Numb 13. 23. 34. Ios. 15. 13 14. a garment a set habit or ornament finely fitted to the body such was the harlots habit Prov. 7. 10. Vers. 7. eyes standeth that is Each eye standeth or starteth out of the hole for satnesse In Chaldee The similitude of their faces is changed for satnesse So in Iob 15. 27. he hath covered his face with his fatnesse they passe the imaginations c. that is they exceed in prosperity above that they could imagine or thinke or they surpasse in wickednesse above that which mans heart can thinke according to that which here followeth and as in Ier. 5. 28. it is said they are waxen fat and shining they doe passe the words or deeds of the wicked Vers. 8. They doe corrupt or consume dissolve or make dissolute by their wicked speeches and by their oppression of men It may be understood of corrupting or making rotten with sinne themselves or others or consuming and wasting with oppression with maliciousnesse or in evill that is maliciously or malignantly from aloft that is loftily Or of the most High that is of God as in the next verse but the Chaldee expoundeth it of the highnesse of their heart Vers. 9. against Heavens that is against God and his Saints whom they blaspheme as it is written he opened his mouth unto blasphemie against God to blaspheme his name and his tabernacle and them that dwell in Heaven Rev. 13. 6. So elsewhere Heavens are used for God Dan. 4. 23. Lâ—k 15. 18. Vers. 10. his people Gods owne people are by this afflicted Therefore the Greeke saith my people the Psalmist speaking of his brethren as after of himselfe vers 13. hither to these thoughts and tentations which follow in the next verses a full the word cup or bason is here to be understood as strong for strong pawes Psal. 10. 9. See the note there By waters of a full cup are meant abundance of teares which they must drinke that is of afflictions and tentations which they suffer as in Psal. 80. 6. So the Chaldee explaineth it and teares as many waters shall flow from them wrung out to them or drunke sucked up by them as in Ps. 75. 9. Vers. 12. in tranquillity or quiet safe wealthy at ease Compare herewith Ier. 12. 1. 2. wealthy power abilitie by riches see Psal. 49. 7. Vers. 13. cleansed that is laboured to cleanse and purge by faith and continuall sanctification Acts 15. 9. 1 Ioh. 3. 3. otherwise who can say I have made mine heart cleane Pro. 20. 9. innocency or cleannesse see Psal. 26. 6. and 24. 4. Vers. 14. 〈◊〉 plagued or touched with afflictions punished which the wicked are not v. 5. my rebuke or blame to wit I beare the chastisement for my sinnes in the mornings that is every morning or early the like phrase is Psa. 101. 8. Iob 7. 18. Lam. 3. 23. Esa. 33. 2. Vers. 15. I will tell thus that is if these tentations prevaile against mee so that I should tell and declare for truth these my carnall thoughts Telling is often used for publishing and preaching to others See Psal. 2. 7. uâ—faithfully wrong or faithlesly transgresse against the generation of thy sonnes O God that is of thy people called the sons of God Deut. 14. 1. 1 Ioh. 3. 1. Vers. 17. prudently attend to or consider their latter end A like speech Moses useth Deu. 32. 29. V. 18. slippery places where they suddenly fall to perdition The Chaldee saith in darke places Vers. 19. wondrous desolation such as astonieth the beholders Such sudden strange desolation God brought on Babylon of old Ier. 51. 37. 41. and will againe Rev. 18. 10. 17. V. 20. As a dreame to wit so they are or so vanisheth their prosperity which when one awaketh is gone as is plainly set forth in Esa. 29. 7 8. So elsewhere it is said he shall flee away as a dreame not be found shal passe away as a vision of the night the eye which saw him shall doe so no more c. Iob 20. 8 9. The Chaldee explaineth it as the dreame of a drunken man thou raisest up to wit thy selfe that is risest up to punish them as Psal. 35. 23. or raisest up to wit them at the last day of judgement So the Chaldee Paraphrast turneth it saying in the day of the great judgement they shall rise up out of the house of the grave in wrath thou wilt despise their image The Greek saith in thy
generation and generation we will tell thy praise Annotations OF Asaph or to him see Ps. 50. 1. thine inheritance or possession the land of Canaan invaded by the Gentiles Exod. 15. 17. 2 Sam. 20. 19. Ier. 50. 10 11. Lam. 1. 10. heapes that is ruines Mic. 1. 6. and 3. 12. Vers. 2. carkasse for carkasses as after beast for beasts and prisoner vers 11. for prisoners See Psal. 34. 8. Vers. 3. none to bury which is a thing most dishonourable Eccl. 6. 3. CoÌ„pare herewith Rev. 11. 2 9. Vers. 5. jealousie that is hot wrath burne as Psal. 89. 47. So Ezek. 36. 5. elsewhere it is said to smoake Deut. 29. 19. this fire is the flame of Iah Song 8. 6. Vers. 6. which call not c. a note of prophanenesse Psalm 14. 4. This sentence Ieremie useth Ier. 10. 25. Vers. 8. former iniquities iniquities of former times or persons done by us or our fathers as Psal. 25. 7. both are joyned together Lev. 26. 40. Lam. 5. 7. Former and iniquities differ in gender yet many times such are coupled the sense being regarded more than strict forme of words which the Hebrew text sometime manifesteth as tabo 2. Sam. 8. 5. for which in 1 Chron. 18. 5. is jabo lahen 2 Chron. 18. 16. lahem 1 King 22. 17. So againe in this Psalme vers 10. brought low or weakened emptied impoverished See this word Psal. 41. 2. and 116. 6. Vers. 10. knowne be to wit the vengeance let it be open and manifest The Chaldee translateth Let him be revealed among the peoples that we may see the vengeance of thy servants bloud that is shed Here againe the words differ in gender as was noted before vers 8. wherefore some turne it let him that is God be knowne by the vengeance c. Compare herewith Deut. 32. 42 43. Jer. 51. 36 37. Vers. 11. the sighing or the groaning mournfull crie So Psal. 102. 21. reserve or make to remaine that is keepe alive from destruction which if God had not done they had been as Gomorrah Isa. 1. 9. And this God promised to doe Ezek. 6. 7 8. and 12. 16. sonnes of death that is persons appointed to die or worthy of death in Chaldee delivered to death as 1 Sam. 20. 31. Deut. 25. 2. So Psal. 102. 21. and Sonne of perdition 2 Thes. 2. 3. Vers. 12. seven-fold that is fully and abundantly See Psal. 12. 7. into their bosome that is largely and that it may affect cleave unto them so Isa. 65. 7. Ier. 32. 18. See also Luk. 6. 38. PSAL. LXXX The Psalmist complaineth of the miseries of the Church 9 Gods former favours are turned into judgements 15 He prayeth for deliverance To the master of the musicke on Shoshannim Eduth a Psalme of Asaph O Thou that feâ—dest Israel give eare thou that leadest Ioseph as a flocke thou that sittest on the Cherubims shine bright Before Ephraim and Benjamin and Manasseh stirre up thy strength and come for salvation to us O God returne us and cause thy face to shine and wee shall be saved Iehovah God of hosts how long wilt thou smoake against the prayer of thy people Thou makest them eat the bread of teares and makest them drinke of teares a great measure Thou puttest us a strife to our neighbours and our enemies mocke among themselves O God of hosts returne us and cause thy face to shine and wee shall be saved Thou removedst a Vine out of Egypt thou drovest out the heathens and plantedst it Thou preparedst the way before it and rootedst in the roots of it and it filled the land The mountaines were covered with the shadow of it and the boughes of it were like the Cedars of God It sent out the branches thereof unto the Sea and the sucking sprigs thereof unto the river Why hast thou burst downe the hedges of it so that all which passe by the way have plucked it The boare out of the wood hath rooted it up and the store of beasts of the field have fed it up O God of hosts returne O now behold from heavens and see and visit this Vine And the stocke which thy right hand planted and the sonne whom thou madest strong for thy selfe It is burned with fire it is cut downe at the rebuke of thy face they perish Let thy hand be upon the man of thy right hand upon the sonne of Adam whom thou madest strong for thy selfe And we will not goe backe from thee quicken thou us and we will call on thy Name Iehovah God of hosts returne us cause thy face to shine and we shall be saved Annotations SHoshannim that is six-stringed instruments or Lilies see Psal. 45. 1. Eduth that is a Testimonie or Ornament An excellent testimoniall of the faith of Gods people in afflictions The Chaldee applieth it to them that sate in the Synedrion that studied in the testimonie of the Law See also Psal. 60. 1. Vers. 2. feedest Israel O God Pastor of the Israelites See Psal. 23. 1. Ioseph the posteritie of Ioseph and with them the other tribes Ioseph is named as principall the first birth-right being taken from Reuben and given to him 1 Chrâ— 5. 1 2. So Psal. 77. 16 21. on the Cherubims which were upon the Arke of the Covenant in the Sanctuary from whence God gave Oracles to his people when they sought unto him Exod. 25. 22. Num. 7. 89. 1 Sam. 4. 4. 2 Sam. 6. 2. 2 Kin. 19. 15. Of these Cherubs see the Note on Psalm 18. 11. shine bright that is shew thy glorie and thr favour to us as Psal. 50. 2. and Iob 10. 3. where shining is favour This is taken from Deut. 33. 2. So after in Psal. 94. 1. Vers. 3. Ephraim Berjamin and Manasseh that is the tribes or posteritie of these three Patriarchs which were all joyned together in one quarter on the West side of Gods Tabernacle and when it removed they went next after it Num. 2. 17. 18 20 22. and 10. 21. 22 23. 24. After the captivitie of Babylon also the remnants of these tribes dwelled in Ierusalem for which they were thanked by the people 1 Chron 9. 3. Nehem. 11. 2. a salvation or full salvation and deliverance By adding a letter the signification is increased as in Psal. 3. 3. Vers. 4. returne us or restore us to wit from sorrow to joy from captivitie to libertie c. Psalm 126. 1. and 23. 3. So the Chaldce saith returne us from our captivity face to shine or to be light that is chearefull comfortable See Psal. 4. 7. and 31. 17 and 67. 2. Dan. 9. 17. and we shall or that we may be saved as Psal. 43. 4. so vers 8. and 20. Vers. 5. smake be very angry against the prayer that is not heare but shut it out as Habak 1. 2. Lam. 3. 8. So the Chaldee expoundeth it wilt thou not receive the prayer See smoake for anger Psal. 74. 1. Vers. 6. bread of teares bread steept in teares as the
thē I am shut up cannot get out Mine eye languisheth through mine affliction I call on thee Iehovah all the day I spread out my hands unto thee Wilt thou doe a miraculous worke to the dead or shall the deceased rise up shall they confesse thee Selah Shall thy mercy be told in the grave thy faithfulnesse in perdition Shall thy miraculous worke be knowne in the darknesse and thy justice in the land of oblivion But I unto thee Iehovah doe I cry out and in the morning my prayer shall prevent thee Wherefore Iehovah dost thou reject my soule doest thou hide thy face from me Iam poore afflicted and breathing out the ghost from my youth I beare thine affrightings I am doubtfully troubled Thy wraths passe over me thy terrours doe dismay me They compasse me about as waters all the day they are gone about against me together Thou hast put far away from me lover fellow friend my knowne acquaintance are in darknesse Annotations MAchalath a kind of wind instrument or by interpretatiō infirmitie see Ps. 53. 1. leannoth or to sing by turnes which is when one part answereth another in singing it may also be interpreted to afflict or humble This Psalme is the most dolefull of all the Bible full of complaints even to the end Heman the Aezrachite so the next Psalme is intituled of Aethan the Ezrachite there were two of this name Heman and Aethan sonnes of Zerach the sonne of Iudah the Patriarch 〈◊〉 Chron. 2. 4 6. men renowned for their wisedome 1. King 4. 31. also Heman and Aethan singers and musicians of the posteritie of Levithe Patriarch 1 Chr. 15. 17 19. and 16. 42. Heman being son of Ioel the son Samuel the Prophet 1 Sam. 6. 33. himselfe being also a Seer or Prophet in King Davids daies 1 Chron. 25. 5. And of the kingdome promised to David doth Aethan intreat Psal. 89. 4. c. Christs afflictions and kingdome are in these Psalmes fore-told he was the true David Hos. 3. 5. Vers. 4. draweth neere or toucheth hell or the grave So to touch or come neere to the gates of death Psal. 107. 18. Vers. 5. a man Hebr. geber that is a strong man but without abilitie or power to helpe my selfe as the Greeke saith helplesse Vers. 6 free that is acquitted or discharged from the troubles and affaires of this life for in death the prisoners rest together and the servant is free from his master Iob. 3. 18. 19. or free that is sequestred apart from others as King Azariah being leprous dwelt in an house of freedome that is alone apart from other men 2 King 15. 5. from thine hand that is from thy care helpe guidance c. as King Azariah before said was cut off from the house of the Lord 2 Chr. 26. 21. or by thine hand and so understand from the land of the living as Isa. 53. 8. Vers. 7. pit of the lowest places the nether most pit as the Greeke saith w ch the Chaldee paraphraseth thus in captivitie which is like to the nether pit darknesses or darke places so Psal. 143. 3. deepe places or gulses see Psal. 69. 3. Vers. 8. stayeth or is imposed and lieth hard billowes breaking waves of the sea see Psal. 42. 8. Vers. 9. set me abominations that is made me most abominable or loathsome to every of them can not get out so Lam. 3. 7. Iob 19. 8. Of this phrase see the Note on Psal. 77. 5. Vers. 10. languisheth or pineth away the Chaldee saith droppeth teares Compare herewith Lev. 25. 16. Vers. 11. the deceased Hebr. Rephaim dead men are so called as being incurable or unrecoverable to life so Isa. 14. 9 and 26. 14 19. Prov. 2. 18. and 9. 18. and 21. 16. See also Psal. 6. 6. The Chaldee expoundeth shall the bodies which are delivered to the dust rise up Vers. 12. perdition Hebr. Abaddon the grave where bodies perish and seeme to be lost So Iob 28. 22. and 26. 6. Vers. 13. darknesse that is the place and state of the dead called the land of darknesse and shadow of death Iob 10. 21 22. So Eccles. 6. 4. Note here the sundry titles given to the state of death land of oblivion where dead men are as is before noted which also are forgotten out of minde Psal. 31. 13. Eccles. 8. 10. and 9. 5. Vers. 16. breathing out the ghost that is ready to dye expiring through continuall miseries The Greeke saith in labours from my youth from the youth or for the shaking off that is the affliction am doubtfully troubled or distracted for feare lest evils should befall me Vers. 17. dismay suppresse or cut me off The Hebrew word is larger than usuall to increase the signification The Greeke turneth it trouble Vers. 19. my knowne acquaintance are in darknesse that is withdraw and hide them from my sight and as Iob complaineth are strangers unto me See Iob 19. 13 14. Or as the Greeke referreth it to the former and my knowne friends to wit thou hast put farre from calamitie or for the calamitie that is upon me Or as the Chaldee paraphraseth and to my knowne friends darke I am in their sight PSAL. LXXXIX The Psalmist praiseth God for his covenant 6 for his wonderfull power 16 for the care of his Church 20 and for his favour to the kingdome of David 39 He complaineth of contrary events 47 expostulateth prayeth and blesseth God An instructing Psalme of Aethan the Aezrachite I Will sing the mercies of Iehovah for ever to generation and generation will I make knowne thy faithfulnesse with my mouth For I said mercie shall be built up for ever the heavens thou wilt stablish thy faithfulnesse in them I have stricken a covenant with my chosen I have sworne to David my servant I will stablish thy seed unto eternitie to generation and generation will I build up thy throne Selah And the heavens shall confesse thy marvellous worke Iehovah also thy faithfulnesse in the Church of the Saints For who in the skie may be compared to Iehovah may be likened to Iehovah among the sons of the mighties God is daunting terrible in the secret of the Saints very much fearefull over all round about him Iehovah God of hosts who is like thee mighty Iah and thy faithfulnesse is round about thee Thou rulest over the swelling of the sea when the waves there of rise high thou stillest them Thou hast beaten down Rahab as a wounded man thou hast scattered thine enemies with the arme of thy strength Thine are the heavens thine also is the earth the world and plenty therof thou hast founded thē The North and the right side thou createdst them Tabor and Hermon in thy name they shall shout Thou hast an arme with might strong is thy hand exalted is thy right hand Iustice and judgement are the prepared place of thy throne mercie and truth goe before thy face O blessed are the people that know the shouting sound Iehovah in the light of
and somtime waneth and seemeth to be gone yet is continually renued and so stable a fit resemblaâ—ce of the throne or Church of Christ which hath not alwaies one face or appearance in the world though it be perpetnall and a witnesse the Moone and perpetuitie of it with the successive course of night and day is made a witnesse of Gods faithfulnesse in his covenant Ierem. 33. 20 21. Christ also himselfe is called a faithfull witnesse Rev. 1. 5. Esay 55. 4. and faithfull meaneth Stedfast as 2 Sam. 7. 16. compared with 1 Chron. 17. 14. and that lyeth not Prov. 14. 5. Vers. 39. But thou or And thou a word of grieâ—e and indignation as Psal. 2. 6. â—â—thaâ— complaineth of the miseries of the Church whereby all the former promises seeme to be frustrated Vers. 40. his crowne or diademe prophaned by casting to the ground Nezer a separation is figuratively used for a crowne or garland such as Kings wore 2 Sam. 1. 10. and high Priests Exod. 29. 6. as being a signe of their separation from others in respect of some dignitie or holinesse and hereof the Nazarites had their name Numb 6. 2 5 7. So Psal. 132. 18 Vers. 42. rob or rifle him meaning Christ in his members for that which is done to any one of them is done unto him Act. 9. 4. Mat. 25. 40 45. Vers. 4â— his brightnesse or puritiâ— that is the splendent glory and dignitie of the kingdome defiled and prophaned by the enemies Vers. 46. daies of his youth of his strength and vigour hastening old age and misery upon him Hos. 7. 9. See the contrarie Psalm 103. 5. Io◠〈◊〉 25. Vers. 48. how transitory or of what worldly time of what short durance See Psalm 39. 6. the Greeke turneth it what my substance is Compare herewith Ioh 10. 9 1â— c. Vers. 49. see death that is die So Luke 2. 26. Psal. 16. 10. The Chaldee saith see the Angell of death the hand of hell the power of the grave or of death See Psal. 49. 16. 10. Vers. 51. of all great peoples or of all the many the multitudes of peoples Vers. 52. the foot-steps or foot-soles that is the wayes life actions and sufferings Psal. 56. 7. and 49. 6. This referred to Christ respecteth the oracle Gen 3. 15. that the Serpent should bruise the foot-sole of the womans seed Referred to Christians which follow his foot-steps in sâ—iffering and dying with him that wee may be glorified with him 1 Pet. 2. 21. Rom. 8. 17. it noteth the scandall of the crosse of Christ to the Iews a stumbling blocke and to the Greekes foolishnesse 1 Cor. 1. 23. 1 Pet. 4. 13 14. The Chaldee understands it of the sâ—acknesse of the foot-steps Vers. 53. Blessed be These be words of faith and joy as finding an issue out of the temptation and rejoycing in the midst of tribulation as Rom. 7. 24 25. 2 Cor. 1. 3 4 c. and Amen Thus is this third Booke of the Psalmes also concluded See the notes on Psal. 41. 14. and 72. 19. The fourth Booke PSAL. XC Moses setting forth Gods providence 3 complaineth of humane fragilitie 7 divine chastisements 10 and brevitie of life 12 He prayeth for the knowledge and sensible experience of Gods good providence A prayer of Moses the man of God LOrd thou hast beene to us an habitation in generation and generation Before the mountaines were borne and thou hadst brought forth the earth and the world even from eternitie unto eternitie thou art God Thou turnest sory man unto contrition and sayest returne ye sons of Adam For a thousand yeares in thine eyes are as yesterday when it is past and as a watch in the night Thou carriest them away with a floud they are as a sleepe in the morning as the grasse that is changed In the morning it flourisheth and is changed at the evening it is cut downe and witheâ—eth For we are consumed in thine anger and in thy wrathfull heat wee are suddenly troubled Thou hast set our iniquities before thee our hidden sins to the light of thy face For all our dayes doe turne away in thine exceeding wrath wee have consumed our yeares as a thought The daies of our years in them are threescore and ten yeares and if they be in strengths fourescore yeares and their pride is molestation and painfull iniquitie for it is cut downe speedily and we flie away Who knoweth the strength of thine anger and according to thy feare thine exceeding wrath To number our dayes so make thou us to know that wee may apply the heart to wildome Returne Iehovah how long and let it repent thee concerning thy servants Satisfie us in the morning with thy mercy that wee may shout and rejoyce in all our daies Make thou us rejoyce according to the daies thou hast afflicted us the yeares wherein we have seene evill Let thy worke appeare unto thy servants and thy comely honour into their sonnes And let the pleasantnesse of Iehovah our God be upon us and the worke of our hands establish thou upon us yea the worke of our hands establish thou it Annotations THe man of God that is the Prophet as Deut. 33. 1. For a Prophet a Seer and a man of God were all one 1 Sam. 9. 6 8 9 10 11. The Chaldee Paraphrast sheweth it here saying A Prayer that Moses the Prophet of the Lord prayed when the people of the house of Israel had sinned in the wildernesse This Psalme hath reference to that history in Numb 14. an habitation or mansion in all our travels in this terrible wildernesse Exod. 33. 14. Deut. 8. 15. and 33. 27. Vers. 2. were borne this and the next word brought forth are similitudes taken from procreation of children to signifie the creation of the world Like speeches are in Job 38. 28 29. of the raine dew ice and frost Vers. 3. unto contrition till he be contrite or broken that is even to death as the Chaldee explaineth it Thou turnest man for his sinne unto death returne the body to the earth Psal. 146. 4. and the spirit to God Eccles. 12. 7. Vers. 4. a watch a ward or custodie which is about three houres space for the Iewes divided the day into twelve houres Ioh. 11. 9. and so the night which they subdivided into foure watches Matt. 14. 15. named the evening midnight cock-crowing and dawning Mark 13. 35. Luke 12. 38 39. Mat. 24. 43. See also Exod. 14. 24. 1 Sam. 11. 11. Vers. 5. a sleepe the Chaldee paraphraseth If they turne not thou wilt bring death upon them which is like a sleepe unto them and in the world to come they shall be changed as the grasse which is cut downe Vers. 6. is changed or changeth to wit the estate thereof that is sprouteth or groweth as the Chaldee explaineth it And so the Hebrew which generally signifieth a change passage or shifting is sometime used for the better to sprout Ioh 14. 7 So to change the strength
sittest for ever in heaven thy memoriall or remembrance of thee so Psa. 135. 13. from Exod. 3. 15. Vers. 14. the appointed time promised for restauration of the Church as Dan. 9. 2. 24 25. c. Ier. 29. 10. Vers. 15. delight or doe favour the stones though ruinous as Nehem. 2. 13 c. and 4. 2. Zach. 1. 12. Vers. 18. the lowly so the Greeke here turneth it which elsewhere we call heath that groweth in the wildernesse Ier. 17. 6. and 48. 6. by the name in Hebrew it seemeth to be some naked shrub and so a fit resemblance of Gods afflicted people made low naked and desolate by their enemies Or we may turne it the broken downe or ruined from Ier. 51. 58. Vers. 19. This shall be or Let this be written to wit for remembrance to ages after as Exâ— 17. 14. Deut. 31. 19. 21. This sheweth these to be prophesses for our times created that is restored and made a new as Ps. 104. 30. Esa. 65. 18. created in Christ Iesus unto good workes Eph. 2. 10. So a people borne Psal. 22. 32. Vers. 20. the height of his holinesse that is his holy high place or his high sanctuary meaning heaven This is taken from Deut. 26. 15. Vers. 21. groaning or mournfull cry so Psal. 79. 11. sonnes of death appointed to die as Psal. 79. 11. Vers. 24. in the way in the course of my life see Psal. 2. 12. He respecteth the affliction of Israel in the way that God led them thorow the wildernesse Deut. 8. 2 3. Vers. 25. take me not away or make me not ascend see Iohn 12. 32. The Chaldee addeth take mee not away out of this world bring mee unto the world that is to come Vers. 26. Afore-time that is At the beginning as Heb. 1. 10. where these things spoken to God are applied to Christ to prove his god head Vers. 27. shalt stand that is endure or continue as the Greeke expresseth it Heb. 1. 11. change them by folding them up as the Greeke explaineth Heb. 1. 12. for the heavens when they are changed shall be folden like a booke Esa. 34. 4. V. 28. art the same or art he that is unchangeable Mal. 3. 6. Iam. 1. 17. Vers. 29. shall dwell to wit in Sion vers 14. 22. as is also expressed Psal. 69. 36 37. before thee that is so long as thou dost dure meaning for ever as the Greeke well explaineth it So before the Moone and Sunne Psal. 72. 5. 17. is so long as the Moone and Sunne endure PSAL. CIII David stirreth up his soule to blesse God for his mercies 6 He remembreth Gods former actions to his people 8 His pitie 9 Patience 10 Clemency 15 Mans frailty 17 Gods constancy in his graces for which all are to blesse him A Psalme of David MY soule blesse thou Iehovah and all my inward parts the Name of his Holinesse My soule blesse thou Iehovah forget not all his rewards That mercifully pardoneth all thine iniquities that healeth all thy sicknesses That redeemeth thy life from the pit of corruption that crowneth thee with mercy and tender pitties That satiateth thy mouth with good things thy youth is renewed as an Eagles Iehovah doth justices and iudgements to all oppressed He made knowne his waies to Moses his actions to the sonnes of Israel Iehovan is pittifull and gracious long suffering and much of mercy Hee will not contend to continuall aye neither keepe his anger for ever He hath not done to us according to our sinnes nor rewarded us according to our iniquities But as is the height of the heavens above the earth so strong is his mercy over them that feare him As farre remote as the East is from the West so farre hath he removed our trespasses from us As a father hath pitty on his sonnes Iehovah hath pitty on them that feare him For he knoweth our forming remembring that we are dust Sorry man his daies are as grasse as a flower of the field so flourisheth he For a wind passeth over it and it is not and the place thereof shall not know it any more But the mercy of Iehovah endureth from eternity and unto eternity upon them that feare him and his justice to the childrens children To them that keepe his covenant and that remember his precepts for to doe them Iehovah hath firmely prepared his throne in the Heavens and his Kingdome ruleth over all Blesse Iehovah ye his Angels mighty of strength doing his Word hearkning to the voice of his Word Blesse Iehovah all ye his hosts his ministers doing his pleasure Blesse Iehovah all ye his workes in all places of his domination my soule blesse thou Iehovah Annotations ALl his rewards that is any of his benefits All is often used for any Psal. 147. 20. 1 King 10. 20. and rewards for benefits see Psal. 13. 6. Vers. 3. sicknesses all diseases griefes and punishments in soule or body and spiritually sinnes are meant by the word sicknesses Exod. 15. 26. Deut. 28. 59 61. Esa. 33. 24. See also Psal. 41. 5. and 147. 3. Vers. 4. pit of corruption death and the grave the Chaldee saith from Gehenna or Hell whither men hasten by their sinnes till God by chastisement bringeth them to repentance and then spareth them See this at large handled Iob 33. 19 23 24 27 28 30. Vers. 5. good things Hebr. the good thing see the Notes on Psal. 65. 5. is renewed or thou renewest thy selfe as an Eagle as thy youth thy flesh being fresher than in childhood thou returning to the dayes of thy youth as is said Iob 33. 25. This change is by the renewing of the minde Rom. 12. 2. wrought by the holy Ghost Tit. 3. 5. The Chaldee applieth it to renuing in the world to come as an eagles which casteth her feathers yeerely and new grow up whereby she seemeth fresh and young flyeth high and liveth long Compare Esa. 40. 31. Vers. 6. justices that is all manner justice and that which is chiefest Things are often spoken of plurally for their excellency So wisdomes Pro. 9. 1. Vers. 7. his waies wherein men ought to walk as Exod. 18. 20. Psal. 25. 4 5. or wherein him-selfe walketh his administration his workes as Psal. 77. 20. Iob 40. 14. This latter seemeth most meant here by comparing it with Exod. 33. 13. and 34. 6 7. Vers. 8. long suffering or slow to anger see Psal. 86. 15. Vers. 9. contend or chide compare Esa. â—7 16. keepe understand his anger as both Greeke and Chaldee do explaine it sometime the Hebrew it selfe manifesteth the defect as he set 1 Chron. 18. 6. that is he set garrisons 2 Sam. 8. 6. This phrase is taken from the Law Lev. 19. 18. So Ier. 3. 5. Nahum 1. 2. See also Psal. 109. 21. Vers. 13. Iehovah hath pitty the Chaldee expounds it the Word of the Lord hath pitty So in verse 19. for Iehovah is the Word of the Lord. Vers. 14. our forming that is our formed nature and
shalt lye unto mee that is that thou wilt not lye and in Marke 8. 12. if a signe be given which is explained in Matt. 16. 4. a signe shall not be given Stirring is opposed unto quietnesse or sitting still and unto sleepe and rest Psal. 80. 3. and 35. 23. Dan. 11. 25. Zach. 2. 13. 4. 1. and the Lord is said then to stir up or awake when he delivereth his Church out of troubles Psalme 78. 65. 66. and the Church then stirreth up the Lord when it earnestly prayeth for such deliverance Psal. 44. 24. 25. The Chaldee Paraphrast and other Hebrewes understand it so here but apply it to the deliverance of Israel out of Aegypt which might not bee untill the time appointed of God and if we take it in this sense the daughters of Ierusalem are charged to suffer affliction for and with Christ in faith and patience unto the comming of the Lord Iam. 5. 7. 1 Pet. 5. 6. 7. and not to provoke him by murmuring or otherwise through feare and unbeleefe a figure wherof may be seene in Christs sleeping in the storme and the disciples waking him Marke 4. 37. 40. But it may be applyed unto the stirring and provoking of Christ by sinne for which he often departeth from his people and chasteneth their transgressions Exod. 23. 20. 21. Esay 59. 2. and 63. 10. that they should by no meanes grieve the holy Spirit of God Ephes. 4. 30. the Love understand my Love meaning Christ her beloved who is called Love for excellency sake as in Song 1. 4. righteousnesses were righteous persons because God is Love 1 Iohn 4. 8. most worthy to be loved and loving his most dearly So loves for lovers in Hos. 8. 9. Afterward the Spouse her selfe is called by this name Love in Song 7. 6. untill it please or untill he please speaking of Christ and being understood of stirring or provoking him by sinne it meaneth never for so the word untill often signifieth as Michal had no child untill the day of her death 2 Sam. 6. 23. that is she never had any and this iniquity shall not be purged from you till yee dye Esay 22. 14. and I will not leave thee untill I have done that which I have spoken unto thee Gen. 28. 15. and sundry the like Vers. 8. The voice Here the Spouse breaketh out and rejoyceth to heare the Bridegroomes voice and signifieth to her friends the comforts that she had thereby as it was her soules sicknesse and griefe when he withdrew himselfe and kept silence By the voice is meant the word of his grace the preaching of the Gospell which she knoweth to be his and receiveth with joy as Christs sheep are said to heare and to know the voice of the shepheard and not a strangers Iohn 10. 3. 4. c. In this sense he said before Pilate Every one that is of the truth heareth my voice Ioh. 18. 37. and they knew not the voices of the Prophets Acts 13. 27. that is their doctrines and to day if yee shall heare his voice harden not your hearts c. Heb. 3. 7. This voice is heard before his comming to prepare the hearers to receive him as Iohn the Baptist who prepared the way before Christ is called the Voice of a cryer c. Marke 1. 2. 3. behold he commeth A further degree of grace from him and comfort in her that she not onely heareth his voice but seeth him comming to save her as is promised in Esay 35. 4. By the preaching of the Gospell received with faith Christ himselfe commeth and is present with his people Ioh. 13. 20. Gal. 3. 1. And as the Church was sicke of love vers 5. so Christ here answereth to her desire fulfilling that which he promised If a man love me hee will keepe my words and my Father will love him and we will come unto him and make our abode with him Iohn 14. 23. leaping a similitude taken from the Roes and Harts whereunto Christ is likened in vers 9. which are swift in running and skip upon mounts hills and rockes as in Esay 35. 6. the lame man shall leape as an Hart. Hereby therefore Christs speed and readinesse to helpe is signified upon the mountaines that is openly and apparently to the eye of faith as in Nahum 1. 15. Behold upon the mountaines the feet of him that bringeth good tidings c. Spiritually by the mountaines and hils may be meant the Kingdomes and Nations of the world subdued unto Christ by the preaching of the Gospell Rev. 11. 15. Or it may be translated over the mountaines and over the hills passing over all impediments which might seeme to hinder him as the sinnes of his people the opposition of the world and the like So the adversaries of the Church are likened to a mountaine in Zach. 4. 7. Who art thou ô great mountaine before Zerubbabel thou shalt become a plaine And by the preaching of the Gospell every mountaine and hill shall be made low Esay 40. 4. See also Esay 41. 15. and 42. 15. Habak 3. 6. Vers. 9. Like a Roe for swiftnesse 2 Sam. 2. 18. and for pleasantnesse Prov. 5. 19. The same is meant by the next similitude of the Fawn or yong Hart 2 Sam. 22. 34. Prov. 5. 19. fawne of the Hindes or of the Harts for the originall word implyeth both males and females and shee speaketh in the plurall number either because the Fawne is ingendred of both male and female which delight each in other or for excellency as Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it the Fawne of a choice Hinde or Hart. Here the Church sheweth the readinesse of Christ to helpe her as in verse 8. she saw him come leaping and skipping so by these two creatures most swift of â—cot she signifieth the speed hee maketh as in Chap. 8. 14. and the mutuall love and delight betweene them according to Prov. 5. 19. behind our wall This signifieth a more neere communion with Christ then when he was farther off leaping on the mountaines and yet not so neere but there was still a wall betweene her and him which parted them so the degrees of graces are here meant whereby Christ manifesteth his love to his Church not wholly at once but as he seeth good for us that by beholding and delighting in his goodnesse we may bee drawne to follow him calling us after him vers 10. His standing behind our wall if it bee referred to Christ himselfe may be understood of his incarnation when he dwelt in our house of clay as it is called in Iob 4. 19. and in our flesh appeared preached suffered c. to draw us after him into the kingdome of his Father as Iohn 1. â—4 the word was made flesh and dwelt amongst us and wee beheld his glory the glory as of the onely begotten of the Father full of grace and truth If it be referred to the wall which God hath made for his Church it may meane his holy ordinances which in the time
him he had no forme nor comelinesse Esay 52. 14. and 53. 2. Vers. 15. Take ye for us the foxes It is uncertaine whether these words be spoken by Christ or by the Church or both but they seeme rather to be Christs words directed chiefly to the watch-men and ministers of the Church By Foxes are meant false prophets and heretickes as in Ezek. 13. 4. O Israel thy prophets are like the Foxes in the deserts Such are by Christ likened to wolves Mat. 7. 12. And the Apostle to the Elders of Ephesus giveth warning of such Acts 20. 28. 29. c. and all Christians are to marke and espye such Rom. 16. 17. The taking or apprehending and holding fast of these foxes is the discovering and refuting of their errours the judging censuring and casting them out of the Church 1 Tim. 1. 3. 18. 19. 20. or avoiding them if they bee none of the Church 2 Iohn 10. And because the vine keepers knowing the malignity of Foxes would destroy them but by reason of their subtilty they often escape and are not taken therefore he saith Take meaning by consequence the rooting of them out And as the Foxe is famous for his craft and subtilty so are false Teachers called therefore deceitfull workers transforming themselves into the Apostles of Christ 2 Cor. 11. 13. And not they onely but crafty tyrants and other like enemies may be meant by foxes as Christ called Herod a Foxe Luke 13. 32. also sinnes of all sorts may by reason of their deceitfulness Heb. 3. 13 be here implyed under the name of Foxes whose property is to have holes in the earth Matth. 8. 20. as sinnes are hidden in the fraudulent hearts of men the little Foxes the lesser sort of sinnes errours false teachers c. even in their beginning and first bud when they may seeme to be lesse hurtfull as is said of Babylon Happy shall he be that taketh and dasheth thy little ones against the rocke Psal. 137. 9. corrupt the vineyards by devouring the grapes the foxes corrupt mar and destroy vines and vine-yards so sinnes sinners and heretikes destroy the faith doctrine and Churches making shipwracke of faith 1 Tim. 1 19. their word eateth as doth a canker 2 Tim. 2. 17. they are vaine talkers and deceivers of mindes who subvert whole houses Tit. 1. 10. 11. they privily bring in heresies of perdition being as naturall bruit beasts made to be taken and destroyed 2 Pet. 2. 1. 12. Of such the Lord complaineth Many Pastors have corrupted my Uineyard Ier. 12. 10. for Heb. and which word is often used in stead of for as in Psalm 60. 13. Esay 64. 7. Gen. 12. 19. have tender grapes or bring forth the tender grape This reason sheweth the love and care of God towards his Churches and people that are fruitfull If they beare wild grapes in stead of wholesome fruit he will take away the hedge of his vineyard and it shall be eaten up Esay 5. 4. 5. Every branch in Christ that beareth not fruit his Father the Husbandman taketh it away and every branch that beareth fruit hee purgeth it that it may bring forth more fruit Iohn 15. 1. 2. and when the fruit is young and tender hee hath care to preserve and cherish the same Vers. 16. is mine Here the Spouse professeth the joyfull communion betweene Christ and her which shee now feeleth renewed after her soule sicknesse Christ is ours when by faith wee apply him and all his graces his death resurrection ascension intercession c. unto our selves as our owne Because we thus judge that if one died for all then are all dead 2 Cor. 5. 14. I am crucified with Christ. Neverthelesse I live yet not I but Christ liveth in me c. Gal. 2. 20. And we have knowne and beleeved the love that God hath to us 1 Ioh. 4. 16. and I his by the covenant of his grace as it is written I entred into covenant with thee saith the Lord God and thou becamest mine Ezek. 168. Or as the former branch signified her faith to justification so this latter her sanctification whiles by holinesse of life she giveth her selfe to Christ in all obedience to doe his will Rom. 6. And hereby we know that we dwell in him and he in us because he hath given us of his Spirit 1 Ioh. 4. 13. feedeth among the Lilies this signifieth the continuance and increase of grace for that faith and holinesse might be increased daily Christ by his Spirt and by the ministery of his word feedeth his flocke among the faire sweet and comfortable Lilies of the scriptures and in the communion of the Saints which are like Lilies among thornes v. 2. V. 17. Untill the day dawne or untill the day blow or breath forth to wit light as appeareth by that which followeth the fleeing of shadowes Although it may have reference to the blowing of the wind at the breake of the day The like speech is used again in Son 4. 6. the shadows flie that is the darknesses of the night flee as on the cōtrary when the day goeth away the shadowes of the evening are said to be stretched out Ier. 6. 4. turn-about to wit unto me have respect unto and care of me it is a request of comfort from Christ as David saith Thou didst much increase my greatnesse and didst turne about and comfort me Psalme 71. 21. The Spouse here in the night and darknesse of her tribulation and tentation desireth Christ to bee ready at hand for her helpe by the comfort of his Word and Spirit The night and shadowes thereof doe signifie either the darknesse of ignorance and sinne when the truth and way of God is not knowne Ephes. 5. 8. 1 Iohn 1. 6. Mich. 3. 6. or the time of trouble and persecution Lament 3. 1. 2. the day is the time of knowledge holinesse comfort peace and joy 1 Thessalonians 5. 5. Rom. 13. 12. 13. Esther 8. 16. The dawning or breake of this day is the sense and feeling of inward joy and comfort by the Word and Spirit as the Apostle willeth us to take heed unto the sure word of prophesie as unto a light that shineth in a darke place untill the day dawne and the day starre arise in our hearts 2 Peter 1. 19. the fleeing of the shadowes is the removing away of blindenesse ignorance sinfulnesse misery trouble which God beginneth to his people in this life and continuing till the end when the day of the Lord and the day of Christ shall appeare 1 Thessalonians 5. 2. 2. 2 Thessalonians 2. 2. when there shall be eternity of light and joy to the faithfull to a Roe for swiftnes to help me and pleasantnesse to delight me see the notes on vers 9. fawne of the Hindes or of the Harts that is a yong Hart see vers 9. of Bether or by interpretation of division of partition This seemeth to be the place called also Bithron which was on the outside of Iordan 2 Samuel 2.
commandement of God which he tolerated onely for the hardnesse of their hearts and shewed the woman to be defiled by her second mariage after her first unjust divorce not cause the land to sinne or not suffer the land to sinne which may be understood that by their example others should not bee occasioned to doe the like or that by the Magistrates neglect of punishing this evill others bee not emboldened Or rather that the land be not in sinne that is punishable for this sin which extendeth not onely to the persons that doe it but to all the people that suffer it as there bee examples of the like in other cases as Ios. 7. and 22. 17 20. Therefore the Prophet alleaging this Law saith that the land should bee greatly polluted Ier. 3. 1. and so the Greeke version here in stead of sin saith ye shall not defile the lād This Law is figuratively applyed in the practise of it unto God and his Church unto whom he was an husband Ier. 31. 32. and unto whom in time he did give a bill of divorcement but for her adultery Ier. 3. 8. not upon displeasure without her due merit as the Israelites often did to their wives for such a bill of divorce they could not shew but for her transgressions she was put away Esay 50. 1. And though by this Law a woman put away and becomming another mans might not returne to her first husband againe yet God who is above his Law offereth his Church after her many adulteries to returne againe unto him by repentance and faith Ier. 3. 1. Hos. 2. 2. 1. 9. and 3. 1 5. The Apostle also applieth this Allegory to the Churches estate under the Law and under the Gospel of Christ Rom. 7. 1 2 3 c. Vers. 5. in the armie unto the war as the Greeke translateth In Deut. 20. a law was given for such as were betrothed and not married had planted vineyards or built houses and not eaten of or dwelt in them the Hebrewes understand those two also in this law saying Hee that hath builded a house and dedicated it and he that maried his betrothed wife or his brothers wife Deut. 25. 6. and hee that hath made his vineyard common these goe not out to war till the yeare be ended Maimony tom 4. treat of Kings chap. 7. sect 10. any thing or ought of any thing that is of any charge or businesse concerning warres or the like Therefore whereas such as had not maried their spouses nor dedicated their houses nor made common their vineyards when they were sent backe from the armie were to provide victuals and prepare the waies for the army as is noted on Deut. 20. 7. they were all this first yeare free from these other the like charges as the Hebrewes say These goe not out to the warre neither are they charged with any thing in the world Deut. 24. 5. By word of mouth wee have beene taught that he shall be free a yeare both for the house that he hath dedicated and for the wife that he hath maried and for the vineyard whose fruit he hath begun to eat of All the yeare long hee neither provideth victualls nor prepareth the way nor watcheth on the walls nor giveth to the tributes of the citie neither may any thing in the world passe upon him Maim treat of Kings ch 7. s. 10 11. passe upon him that is as the Greeke explaineth it he laid upon him free that is exempted from all publike labours and charges In the wars that King Asa made with Baasa none was free 1 King 15. 22. where may be understood none save such as Gods Law did exempt or not they neither because of the great necessity of helpe rejoyce with his wife By this Law God shewed how much hee approved of holy wedlocke as by the former he shewed his hatred of unjust divorces when to encourage the newly maried against the cumbrances which that estate bringeth with it and to settle their love each to other he exempted those men from all wars cares and expences that they might the more comfortably provide for their own estate Vers. 6. A man shall not take Hebr. He shall not take this is to be understood of any man therefore the Greeke and Chaldee change the person to make the sense plainer Thou shalt not take speaking to every man as after Moses also speaketh in vers 17. nether milstone elsewhere this word Rechajim signifieth both milstones or the mill in generall Exod. 11. 5. Here by reason the upper milstone is after mentioned the nether stone is specially meant And under these particulars all other of like necessary use for mans life are forbidden to be taken to pledge The Hebrewes say Hee that lendeth to his neighbour c. may not take to pledge vessells or instruments wherewith they make ready meat for the life as milstones or the woodden mill or pots which they boyle meat in or butchers knives or the like things Deut. 24. 6. and if hee take such to pledge he must be forced to restore and if the pawne be lost or burnt before hee doe restore it he is to be beaten Maimony tom 4. treat of the Lender and Borrower chap. 3. sect 2. the upper milstone called Recheb a charret because of the running thereof upon the nether stone From hence they say He that taketh to pledge many instruments which are for food c. is guilty for every instrument or vessell by it selfe though they be two instruments wherewith they doe one worke as the nether milstone and the upper he is guilty for them by the name of two instruments and for them twaine hee is to bee twise beaten Maimony ibid. chap. 3. sect 3. See after in v. 11. 12. 17. the soule that is the life of the soule or body meaning the instruments of his livelihood and as Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it the necessities of the soule or life The Chaldee paraphraseth thus for by them is made ready meat for every soule Thus the milstones are named but for an instance forbidding all other of like sort Vers. 7. a soule that is any person man woman or childe of Israel This the Hebrewes take as a limitation to Israel and the Proselytes thereof and for stealing Infidels they hold hee was but to make restitution Maim tom 4. treat of Theft chap. 2. sect 1. and chap. 9. sect 6. maketh gaine or serveth himselfe the Greeke translateth and bringing him under his power selleth him See this word used in Deut. 21. 14. and selleth him The Hebrewes joyne this to the former without which they thinke the theefe was not to dye A theefe is not guilty of death untill hee steale an Israelite and get him into his power and serveth himselfe of him and selleth him to others Deut. 24. 7. If he steale him and serve himselfe with him and doe not sell him or doe sell him before he hath served himselfe by him he is free from death
Maim treat of Theft ch 9. sect 2 3. Others thinke that if he either served himselfe with him or sold him hee was to dye and this may well bee the meaning of the Law for and often signifieth or as is noted on Gen. 13. 8. and 19. 12. shall dye as the Hebrewes say he was to be strangled to death Maim ibid. ch 9. sect 1. Vers. 8. plague of leprosie which might bee on mens bodies or on garments or in houses The Law of all these is given at large in Levit. 13 and 14 Chapters all that the Priests the Greeke translateth all the Law that the Priests the Levites shall shew unto you This is a warning to Israel that if any man had the Leprosie or a sore like the Leprosie he should not dissemble or hide it or pluck off or cut away the signes thereof or labour by medicines to cure it or doe any thing thereto but as the Priest directed him according to the Law because this plague was usually by the hand of God for mens sinnes and did pollute both the person himselfe and all that touched him so that for the discerning and curing of this plague they should seeke unto God by the meanes which hee appointed Therefore from this Law the Hebrews teach Hee that plucketh off the signes of uncleannesse either all or some of them or seareth the living raw flesh all or some of it or cutteth all the sorâ— out of his flesh or out of a garment or house â—ither before he come to the Priest or whiles he is shut up or after c. hee transgresseth against this prohibition TAKE THOV HEED IN THE PLAGVE OF LEPROSIE c. Deut. 25. 8. Maimony tom 3. treat of Leprosie chap. 10. sect 1. See the Annotations on Levit. 13. as I commanded them If then the Priest spake or did otherwise than God prescribed it was not to stand A Priest that pronounceth him uncleane that is cleane or him cleane that is uncleane he doth nothing at all for it is written in Lev. 13. v. 14 15. he is uncleane and the Priest shall pronounce him uncleane c. Maim in Leprosie ch 9. sect 3. Vers. 9. unto Marie in Hebrew Mirjam in Greeke Mariam shee was the sister of Moses and Aaron a Prophetesse in Israel who for speaking against Moses was smitten of God with Leprosie Numb 12. whose example is for a warning to all that they should not sinne as shee did lest God plague them also and that the justice of the Law should bee executed upon all Lepers without respect of persons So all other examples in Scripture are examples unto us 1 Cor. 10. 6 11. and so Christ saith Remember Lots wife Luk. 17. 32. Vers. 10. when thou lendest or when thou shalt exact of thy neighbour the exaction of any thing that is any debt which if it were with rigour or of a poore man that had not to pay was unlawfull See the notes on Exod. 22. 25. The Greeke translateth If there be a debt in thy neighbour that is if he be indebted to thee what debt soever See the notes on Deut. 15. 2. thou shalt not goe in This is spoken to the creditor and as the Hebrews say to the messenger of the Magistrate sent to take a pawne He that lendeth to his neighbour poore or rich may not take a pawne of him but by the Synedrion that is by authority of the Magistrate and though it bee the messenger of the Synedrion that commeth for a pawne he may not come into his house and take his pawne but must stand without and the borrower is to bring out a pawne unto him Deut. 24. 10. If it be so what difference is there betweene the crediter and the messenger of the Synedrion The messenger of the court he may take the pawne out of the hand of the borrower by force and give it the lender but the creditor may not take the pawne till the borrower give it him with consent If the creditor transgresse and goe into the borrowers house for his pawne or snatcheth a pawne cut of his hand by force hee is not to bee beaten because the act is broken off for he must restore the pawne Deut. 24. 13. If he keepe not this 〈◊〉 to restore it as if the pawne be lost or burnt he is to be beaten and to restore the price of the pawne Maimon â—om 4. treat of the Lender and Borrower ch 3. sect 4. Vers. 12. not lie downe to sleepe not goe to bed For breach of this Law the Lord reproveth Israel They lay themselves downe upon clothes laid to pledge by every altar Amos 2. 8. But hereby not onely the use of the poore mans pawne but the keeping of it is forbidden with his pawne that is and his pawne by thee or in thy custody Maimony in Lender and Borrower c. 3. s. 5. Vers. 13. when the Sun or as the Greeke translateth about the going downe of the Sunne in Exod. 22. 26. it is said before the Sunne goeth downe see the Annotations there where is shewed that every pawne is to bee restored when the poore man hath need of it by night or by day If the pawne must thus be restored when he hath need what booteth it to take the pawne The Hebrewes answer that by this meanes the debt is not released in the seventh yeere which the Law biddeth Deut. 15. 1 2 3. and if the borrower die his moveables are not made his childrens but paiment is made by the pawne after his death Maimony ibid. chap. 3. sect 5. justice in Greeke almes a worke of mercy which God will reward as on the contrary in v. 15. he saith it bee in thee a sinne that is an iniquity which God will punish Vers. 14. not fraudulently oppresse or not defraud the Greeke translateth Thou shalt not fraudulently keepe backe the hire of the poore c. which word the Apostle useth in like â—ase saying Behold the hire of the labourers c. which is by you fraudulently kept backe crieth c. Iam. 5. 4. and among the other weighty lawes our Saviour nameth this for one in Mark 10. 19. See also Levit. 19. 13. thy gates that is as the Greeke and Chaldee translate thy cities Vers. 15. In his day in Greeke The same day Day is used for all time his hire or his wages whether for his owne labour or for his beasts or other things So the Hebrewes explaine it Whether it bee the hire of man or the hire of beasts or the hire of instruments hee is bound to give it in his time and if hee keepe it after the time he transgresseth against a prohibition Maimony tom 4. treat of Hiring chap. 〈◊〉 sect 1. not goe downe upon it in Lev. 19. 13. it is said it shall not abide all night with thee which two the Hebrewes unfold thus What is the time or day of him that is hired He that is hired for a day his hire is due all that nights of